« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
Let Me Tell You What I Wish I'd Known
the House of Fëanor meets Miles Vorkosigan. It's educational.
Permalink Mark Unread

Thirty-six days after the rising of the Sun there's another light in the sky.

It's blue.

They've finished laying the foundations of their new camp on the south side of the lake; they're still sleeping under the open sky, but in an another month that won't be necessary either. The walls are sturdy. Maglor is beginning to feel like a waterbug on the open ocean - not drowning, as long as he keeps moving, but achingly aware that this stretches out ahead of him for far longer than he can possibly endure it.

"This is unlike the Valar," Curufin says.

"They noticed the Sun and the Moon were a blow to the Enemy, now they're doing variants," Celegorm offers, comfortably, his eyes narrowed at the cold blue spheres. "Varda never struck me as incompetent, exactly."

"There's no plausible mechanism that would generate light in that wavelength. It's not starlight. It's not like the Sun or the Moon, it's not like the Trees, it does not match what I know of the ancient magics that lit the world before the Valar and the Enemy first warred -"

"And how much do you know of that, really?" Celegorm says, but impatiently, already disinterested in the conversation. There's a new light in the sky. Some of the plants will wither, some will thrive. The orcs will cringe in Angband, the cousins will perch in embittered, brittle hostility on the north shore of the lake. The dead will not return to life. The world has only seen thirty-six sunrises and already they tire him.

"..smaller than the Sun and Moon, too, and moving faster - much, much faster, or else it's much, much smaller." Curufin frowned. "I don't like this."

The blue light is getting brighter, or maybe just appears so against the setting sun. It's also - Curufin is right - moving.

"Cáno," Celegorm says, and Maglor startles out of his reverie. His fingers, which have been skittering across the surface of their table, fall still. "Want me to go and take a look at it?"

"Yes," Maglor says.

By the time he's assembled a party on horseback, night has fallen and the light is both brighter and closer. Much faster and much smaller, Celegorm judges, and rapidly sinking out of the sky. Maybe this is something new after all.

Permalink Mark Unread

The light approaches swiftly, but slows as it nears the ground. Details become visible: a somewhat egglike shape, pointed at the narrow end which faces forward in its trajectory, made of an assortment of unfamiliar materials, decorated inelegantly although symmetrically with mysterious protuberances. The main source of the light is the flatter, wider trailing end, and there are other, smaller lights arranged in arcane patterns across the surface of the object, including two very bright ones at the tips of its stubby fins; but by the time those patterns are clearly visible, it is already extinguishing its blue-white flaming rear.

It comes in toward a flat stretch of rocky ground, unfolds a set of four tiny legs from its flattened belly, and settles down gently.

Permalink Mark Unread

The horses are nervous. They've put up with a lot, lately: the Darkening, the exodus, the journey across the ocean, five cold and hungry winters, the rising of the Moon and the Sun. Celegorm motions for their little scouting party to pull up a quarter mile short of the thing, and murmurs a reassurance that is probably unconvincing to the horses and certainly unconvincing to the men. 

Father couldn't have built that. 

So what the hell had?

Permalink Mark Unread

It sits there, dousing more and more of its lights, not doing very much of anything.

Then part of its outer shell detaches from the rest, lifts outward, slides down out of the way, and a ramp extends toward the ground from the lip of the opening thereby revealed, all of these actions being accomplished by unclear mechanisms.

A very short bipedal figure, either of some unknown species or wearing some carapace of unknown manufacture or possibly both, steps into view at the top of the ramp and peers out.

Permalink Mark Unread

A trick of the Enemy? Landing out here, luring a handful of them out to scout, planning to take them captive - it is the sort of thing the Enemy would try. If that's what is happening it can be presumed that it's already too late to turn and run. He's distracted, briefly, by trying to imagine how his brothers will take it. 


But the Enemy couldn't do things like this. The pod-like creature has an iron, armored shell. The lights were arranged in patterns, and went off apparently at will. If the Enemy had capabilities like those, there wouldn't even be a war. 

Even after he's decided that he is not going to shoot the thing he doesn't let his bowstring go slack. 

There were ancient powers beyond the Void, beyond even the Valar's knowledge. He would not have expected any of them to manifest in such a form, but if they had, there was a chance they weren't hostile. 

"Don't kill it," he said, "and don't let it take you alive."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The short probably-armoured person stands at the top of the ramp for a few more seconds, fiddling with incomprehensible objects, and then begins to descend. When they have reached the ground, the ramp retracts and the displaced piece of shell returns to its original position. The person fiddles with some more objects, and then the top of their head/helmet starts projecting a bright beam of light forward and down, which lights their way very conveniently as they look around and then start heading for the nearest plant, some twenty feet away from the pod-creature.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is ignoring them. 

He would have understood a grand show of its power, to declare its presence - had half-expected that the lights were for that purpose. He would have understood if it ran from them. He would have understood if it killed them. 

It does not make much sense that it is ignoring them. 

Oromë had encountered the Elves besides Cuivienen. The force of his divine presence had been so powerful that most of the Eldar had fled before him. Celegorm had been born to paradise, had been accustomed to the Valar, and still he felt it. From this distance he should know if he is in the presence of a Power.

And he isn't. 

Just in the presence of something no one short of a Power could possibly accomplish.  

"Let's head in a little closer," he murmurs. "The previous orders stand."

Permalink Mark Unread

The armoured person approaches a shrub, prods it, does things to it with their incomprehensible objects, shakes their head, and - the curved pane of black glass that was previously serving them for a face turns transparent, revealing an actual, perfectly ordinary face beneath, lit by strange lights that flicker and move in possibly-meaningful patterns. He glances around, pauses, but then continues doing things to plants.

Permalink Mark Unread

Celegorm is reminded of their own frantic recalculation in the aftermath of the rising of the Sun. Everything had died, curled up and shriveled beneath the glaring new rays of the Sun, and plants that had lain magically dormant for Ages had begun to awaken. Perhaps this creature was looking for food.

Perhaps they had something to teach each other. 

"It's all right," he murmurs to the horse, believing it this time, and approaches the creature at a cautious walk, one hand raised in what has to be a universal gesture of greeting.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks up, perhaps at the sound of Celegorm's approach, although who knows how well he can hear in there.

After a thoughtful pause, he mirrors the gesture and then puts away his plant-prodding objects and waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you were to order the whole family by "likelihood of causing a disastrous diplomatic incident on first contact with a tribe of powerful strangers" - well, Nelyo would be your safest choice, but Nelyo was currently being tortured to death because he'd rode out to a parley when he shouldn't have. And Cáno would be your next safest choice, but losing two consecutive Kings to the same error was inexcusable. Not that the family hadn't made any inexcusable choices lately. 

Anyway, Celegorm would be way down the list, competing for "likeliest to cause a total disaster" with Caranthir who had at one point or another punched 14 of their cousins and cast aspersions on the paternity of most of the King's children. 

He dismounts. 

Huan is sniffing the air anxiously. Celegorm pets him, because it makes them both feel a little better, and because if the stranger has ever seen a dog before then it'll have to recognize the gesture as at least as peaceable as raising one's hands in the air. 

The best outcome would be that the stranger has seen dogs before, correctly interprets the gesture as peaceable, but has not seen a Power in the form of a dog before and will assume that the two of them, on foot, are effectively unarmed. 

"A star shines on the hour of our meeting," he says, more for the benefit of his party than for the creature, which surely doesn't speak any Quenya. Then he says it in Thindarin. Then he says it with his thoughts, awkwardly, because in those few words there is so much to communicate. We are the Eldar, the people who awoke beneath the stars of Cuivienen, and saw their light on the water and heard the rushing of the rivers. We are the people of the stars, and we have grown stronger so we can take back that land from the monster who poisoned it and drove us away. We went to paradise, where the divine light shone so bright that the stars could not be seen, and we begged the gods to dim their lands so we could glimpse our stars again. And when the divine light was extinguished, we endured and we grieved and we fought and we came here, chasing the light of your strange iron ship, awakening like newborns beneath new skies. He thought of a sunrise. He thought of a Silmaril. He thought of Oromë thundering across Cuivienen, of the terrified, cowering Elves.

The stars shine on the hour of our meeting, stranger. We are the Eldar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He is mildly startled by the thought-based communication.

Cautiously, in a totally unfamiliar language, he says something back. A greeting, then an expression of confusion.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if you were to order the family by swiftness in learning new languages - 

Celegorm decides to stop wishing for situations to arise which he is uniquely qualified to handle, or at least not uniquely unqualified. A situation has arisen that has not yet killed him or anyone under his charge, and that's about all one can ask for.

"Turkafinwë Tyelcormo," he says "of the house of Fëanáro Curufinwë of the Noldor."

He hasn't said his father's name out loud since they'd scattered his ashes. He hadn't expected it to hurt. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The stranger pauses for a moment, thinking over his response, seeming almost to weigh a risk; then he gives his own name as,

"Miles Naismith Vorkosigan, of Barrayar."

Miles is a personal name, an expression of self, carrying a simultaneous sense of boundless energy and bone-deep weariness.

Naismith belongs to a tall red-haired woman with wise eyes and a gentle voice, wearing an exquisitely fitted gown that never quite sits right.

Vorkosigan belongs to a dark-haired man with a face very like Miles's own, and another, older man cast in the same mold, and a desolate wasteland seen from high above, and a range of jagged mountains, and a pale sun rising over a calm lake.

Barrayar is a shade of green, the smell of a cool breeze, and the feeling of being home.

Permalink Mark Unread

A few unfamiliar phonemes; Curufin will be delighted. Well, no, he won't - he's grieving, and grieving by declining to feel anything at all. Curufin will throw himself into the work with the fervor that would have corresponded to delight back before their father died. Celegorm tries loyally to commit the syllables to memory. Miles Naismith Vorkosigan. A mothername, a fathername, and a chosen name, if these strange people choose names in the same manner as the Eldar. 

"Endorë", he says, pointing at the ground beneath their feet. "It is a pleasure to meet you, Males Naysameth Vorkesegen."

Permalink Mark Unread

He listens to this, smiles behind his glass mask, and then echoes back with the pronunciation only very slightly blurred, "It is a pleasure to meet you, Turkafinwë Tyelcormo."

Permalink Mark Unread

Not a power. Not some automaton - the armor gives his face a different shape, but beneath it he looks like any Elf, only short. And ugly. There is an obvious conclusion, but it isn't until the stranger echoes back the Quenya that Celegorm permits himself to reach it. 

Melkor, in the days before he'd showed his hand and burned paradise to the ground and murdered the King, had told them of Men. They hadn't trusted him, but it was inconceivable that a Power would lie. Men, he'd said, were short, brutish, violent creatures, and the gods were keeping the Elves locked away in paradise so our homeland, our birthright, could be claimed instead by the imposters. 

Men, he'd said, would commit crimes so terrible that Elven minds could not fathom them - the murder of children, the slaughter of whole peoples. Men would develop weapons that ate their fellow men alive from the inside out, or burned them so their skin sloughed off, and hurl these weapons at the cities where their rivals lived, killing tens of thousands. Men died before their first century was out. Men locked one another in cages as punishment. Men led brief, senseless, and violent lives.

They'd asked Manwë, lord of the airs, who sat on Taniquetil and was closest to Eru of all the Powers remaining on Earth. Manwë had been troubled. He had denied none of it.

At the time, there had never been an Elven murderer; there had never been an Elven death by violence. For one person to take up arms against another would be unforgiveable; for whole communities to do it was literally unimaginable. Men, his father had said, had to be fundamentally different, broken inside, cut off from the music of creation. The Eldar would return to their homeland before the tide of blood and atrocities overtook them. They would prevent Men from committing such crimes. They would defend themselves if necessary. 

But that had been before Alqualondë. Celegorm hadn't had a chance to ask his father, in the frantic weeks that proved to be Fëanor's final ones, but he thought that his father might have revised his opinion. You didn't have to be cut off from the music of creation to raise a weapon against a stranger in the dark, to leave the shores of a city stained with the blood of your enemies, to live with yourself afterwards. Man this creature might be, but if he was a murderer, he wasn't the only one standing here. 

And weapons that burned the skin off all the peoples of whole cities would be very useful for shattering the walls of Angband. 

Vorkosigan had been the stranger's fathername. Celegorm calls up the face and impression that accompanied it, sends that one back along with his own. Fëanor carrying three sons at once through the courtyards of their home; Fëanor riding with him through the northern foothills; Fëanor alone, surrounded by Balrogs, their weapons slicing across the ground too fast to see, leaving his father's ribcage crushed and his pelvis flattened and his sternum caved in. The Enemy, Celegorm thought. Valinor's light extinguished, people screaming and crying their children's names. The Enemy. His father's workshop, the art and engineering of a lifetime smashed and stolen. The Enemy. Orcs. The Enemy.

Fëanor, dying, his eyes flickering frantically as he tried to keep all his children in his line of vision. The words they'd spoken in desperate unison as he'd suffocated on his own blood. 

Can you help us, stranger?

Permalink Mark Unread

...For some reason, what he thinks about as he absorbs the message is this:

Light, bright and hard and constant, making sleep impossible at first until you adjust; a dome of light over bare ground, and thousands of people kept prisoner inside, made to fight over the food provided to them at unpredictable intervals.

As the memory comes clearer, the reason why it came up does as well, because the feeling associated with it is extremely relevant: this is a problem, and it is in front of me, so now it is my problem and I am going to solve it. A sense that what is not right must be made right. Not as an abstract cosmic principle, but as a very personal commitment.

(He rescued them all. He had only been sent to rescue one, but once he actually saw the place, well. Plans change.)

What he says out loud in his own language, with a wry awareness of both how impossible the task seems and how many impossible tasks he has already managed in his short life, is: "Well, I'll do my best."

Permalink Mark Unread

The words are utterly foreign, but he thinks he can recognize the sentiment. 

He briefly debates whether it's a good idea to invite the stranger to their settlement, but offending him carries its own risks. The iron pod could presmably have landed on their heads as easily as it had landed here. Sometimes extending trust is safer than withholding it. 

So he points in the direction they've travelled from, and thinks of sturdy walls and people hard at work building new homes. 

See? Diplomacy is totally manageable. That went fine, really. Celegorm decides that he likes Men.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds (thinks?) like a fine plan to Miles. "I accept your invitation."

Permalink Mark Unread

These horses were bred and raised in Valinor, and stand taller than Celegorm at the shoulder. He's not sure the stranger could possibly manage it. Ah, well, they can walk. Learn the language along the way. "We're heading back," he said for the benefit of everyone else. "I believe we have just encountered the first of the race of Men."

It was two hours out here on horseback; it will take them all night to get back, assuming that carapace doesn't slow Miles down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles doesn't complain about the pace. He does attempt conversation: asking the name of this language, to start.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Quenya." 

The first thing his father had done, reaching these shores, was find the locals and learn their language. And take notes. Detailed, comprehensive ones, a hundred pages in a single week, more useful than the work they did in the entire year afterwards. Celegorm isn't good with languages, but he knows they matter

His father had done it procedurally, holding two rocks in his hand. "Stone. Two stones. - so now we know the default adjective ordering, see?" Handing one over - "your stone. My stone. Curvo, add that to our lexicon -"

He hadn't asked Celegorm to take notes, because Celegorm made mistakes when writing quickly, no matter how urgent. But he'd nonetheless wanted him there. Celegorm could speak to animals. Celegorm knew that this was important. The stranger was the only one who spoke his language: he must be desperately lonely. 

Celegorm picks up a couple of rocks and shows them to the stranger. "Stone. Two stones."

Permalink Mark Unread

He echoes this, then offers a translation in his own language: "Stone. Two stones."

Permalink Mark Unread

Technically you're also supposed to elicit determiners - 'the stone', 'a stone' - but he doesn't remember how to do that. This would be easier without an audience - academic skills are unpleasant enough, but outright hell when people are expecting them from him - but of course the whole party is crowded around, watching interestedly, echoing the unfamiliar words. "The orcs certainly saw this," he says to them. "We need a few eyes on horseback, no matter how interesting you find this."

He should commend them for their commitment to learning the new language quickly. Maglor has a policy about that. He doesn't. He hands one of the rocks to Miles instead. "My stone. Your stone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My stone, your stone," he echoes, correctly identifying the possessor of each rock; and again in his own language, "My stone, your stone."

Permalink Mark Unread

He briefly daydreams about being fluent by the time they get back, so he can be better than Curufin at a language for a few hours. Maybe even for a whole day, if the stranger needs to rest. He picks up another rock. "Three stones. One, two, three."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Three stones. One, two, three," he echoes dutifully, and then translates. Look at them go. There will be so much learning.

Permalink Mark Unread

He isn't fluent by the time they get back. He is successfully communicating, sort of. Their vocabulary has expanded to include most of the objects in the area, most things you could reasonably do with such objects, and a few things he sent through with thoughts. Orcs are unfamiliar to Miles.  Death is very familiar indeed. The pod is not a creature of its own, but obeys Miles' commands. 

Celegorm turns that over in his head for a few seconds. Baffling. "Then you are a Power." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - no," he says. "I am not a Power."

He considers how to explain, then produces one of his incomprehensible objects. It is a short stick; now it is a short stick which glows at one end. Glow. No glow. Glow. No glow. The difference between these states is accomplished by pushing on the end opposite the glowing end.

"A... thing, made by people," he says of this minor miracle, in his rapidly improving Quenya.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You cover and uncover the light source?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No... almost." Glow. "Now it is a light source." No glow. "Now it is not."

Permalink Mark Unread

That didn't make sense. Celegorm knew how to make gemstones that didn't merely refract light but created it, bright enough to read by. There were some that stopped working if you broke them, and there were some that crumbled into smaller glowing gemstones, dependng how you'd married the stone and its new purpose. None of them lit on demand.

"How did you make it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not make it. Other Men made it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How did they make it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He frowns in thought, then puts that object away and gets out another one, which also glows but in writing-like patterns on a flat pane. After manipulating this display for a few seconds, clumsily with his armoured fingers, he concludes: "I don't know."

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps Miles isn't a scholar. This makes him instantly jump in Celegorm's esteem.

Though even Celegorm could explain how to make every thing the Eldar have achieved short of the Silmarils or Alqualondë's swanships. Or some of the obscure mathematics, possibly. He wants to take the light pen and see if he can identify the alloys on closer inspection, but it must be valuable beyond measure. Better to let Curufin be the one to demand that. 

"Who was the creator?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...Miles considers this question for another few seconds, then repeats, "I don't know," in a tone that suggests he is dissatisfied with the completeness of this response but can't do any better under the current linguistic conditions.

Permalink Mark Unread

"In our people, to create a thing that enhances the world, or the joy of its inhabitants, is a great good. Everyone will know your name, and desire to study under you, and there'll be festivals, and they'll start thinking of you as collective property and crushing you under the weight of their demands for narrative perfection as well as engineering perfection until you're isolated, paranoid, and beloved by all."

That had started off in simple enough language that Miles was supposed to understand it, but he'd lost the thread of his thought somewhere through the sentence. A few of their cautiously circling guard stared at him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles caught enough of that for his reaction to be deeply sympathetic laughter.

He puts away the glowing-words-object and gets out the light-object again.

"These are made... many. By many people," he tries.

Permalink Mark Unread

"But who created the first, and taught the practice, and which of his students built on his work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...More people than that," he tries.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How many are your people?" He realizes they don't have the vocabulary for this. "We number twelve-twelves of twelve-twelves, four times over."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh..."

Okay, numbers. Sure. He gets out the glowing-words-object and fiddles with it.

"...Twelve of twelve-twelves of twelve-twelves of twelve-twelves of twelve-twelves of twelve-twelves, two times over." He reflects on this a moment and then clarifies, "Not all in the same place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not in the same place," he echoes.

That's more Men than there are grains of sand on the beaches. They'd overrun the orcs with sheer numbers. He has to be lying, or confused. But if he somehow isn't - If one in a thousand was literate and one in a thousand of those could write and one in a thousand of those copied books for a living, they'd have enough books to fill the entire palace. They could know things that not everyone knew, they could know so much that it was impossible to keep up with it all -

"Where?"

Permalink Mark Unread

A tough question to answer, apparently.

"Different... places." He resorts to the English term: "Planets. Barrayar is my planet. This place, Endorë, is... flat. The sky is up. The ground is down. Planets are not flat." He gestures a spherical shape in the air. "Down is in. But planets are big. Standing on it, you don't see the curve. Just ground and sky, like here. My people have twelve twelves of planets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do the Powers know about you?" They did, they had to, they'd been present at the making of the Universe, and yet to have concealed something of that magnitude from the Eldar - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "I don't know about the Powers."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. 

It was a good thing they were nearly back, because this was getting bigger than Celegorm felt equipped to handle. And he'd walked into it assuming he was going to die.

"Are the others coming here as well?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"No."

He has no idea how he ended up here, no expectation that anyone can or will follow, and no idea if he will ever be able to go home.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can't go home either," he offers. Though it's a little different - they know exactly why.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sympathetic nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're approaching the lake now. He realizes he hasn't explained the "there are two camps of us, as hostile towards each other as towards the enemy, glaring at each other from across the lake" thing. 

"Is there a word for the child of your father's brother?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Cousin?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Those are our cousins, but not our friends. They did not follow the King, when the war began."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The other side - those are ours." He feels oddly self-conscious about the fact the new camp is only half-established. Miles will think that the Nolofinwean host is more competent, when the fact is that the Feanorians had given them everything. And he couldn't explain that Maglor had surrendered his fortress and city and his own bed without making Maglor sound weak or incompetent, which wouldn't help at all. 


Permalink Mark Unread

Miles nods thoughtfully and does not seem noticeably judgmental.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor is waiting for them. 

Of course he is. That means all of them are, gathered around for a show that's doubtless been scripted in his absence. Celegorm will be useful for about three hours, translating for the newcomer, and then he'll be hopelessly behind. "That's my brother, the King," he says.

(They're probably still half a mile out; Celegorm is assuming Miles has Elven eyesight and I don't know anything re: the suit's capabilities.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles squints. The lights in his glass faceplate do things. Then he nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

That thing is making him deeply uneasy. 

If Miles is really the one representative of a civilization of billions with capabilities beyond description and  a penchant for horrible atrocities, it might be better to have shot him before they'd met. What if the thing is some kind of weapon? 

On the other hand, Miles can obviously win them the war, assuming Curufin can reverse-engineer all the technology, which he assuredly can. 

"Does Barrayar have a King?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes," is the answer he settles on after a few seconds' thought.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's reassuring, in a way. Men swarm like insects across their planets, whatever those are, developing things that change when you touch them and which they don't themselves understand. But still they have a mothername and a fathername and a King. The similarities in daily life endure tremendous differences in everything else. Someone with more to say about philosophy would be able to take that thought somewhere. He instead lets it settle into vague fondness for Miles and for Men. 

"What's he like?" he asks, not really interested.


Maglor looks serene, commanding, and capable. But then, he never had trouble looking the part of a King.

They have an audience from across the lake, too. In fact, the performance will probably be more for them than for Miles, because Maglor doesn't realize how valuable Miles is. Very valuable, Celegorm thinks at him determinedly, very valuable, good thing you sent me to go and find him.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles thinks of his Emperor and smiles. But he doesn't answer the question, lacking the vocabulary to describe the quiet, sad man with planetsful of presence.

And now, for his audience with the local ruler. Look sharp, Miles, you didn't play tag with this fellow as a child.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor doesn't leave the walls to greet them. He also has about half the town out of their beds and on guard, which is probably appropriate. Celegorm considers briefly whether they could take down Miles, if he turned out to be an enemy. That armor, one assumes, could protect him against any number of arrows, and he presumably has the weapons that melt the skin off cities worth of people. 

How did you stop someone like that? Stab him in his sleep, perhaps. 

They approach. Maglor smiles, for all the world as if he'd wished for nothing more than a child-sized creature in strange armor to come waltzing out of the woods, and says "is this the light that fell from the sky?"

"No," Celegorm says, "that's his mount, though it's mechanical. This is a Man."

"Canafinwë Macalaurë," says Maglor gravely. "A star shines." His thoughts blossom out like music, warm and inviting and beautiful, to convey the meaning and the majesty of the words. Celegorm wonders how long until Miles concluds he's been introduced to the stupid brother. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Miles Naismith Vorkosigan. It is a pleasure to meet you, Canafinwë Macalaurë."

God, it's like trying not to think of a pink elephant - he wants to be respectful, he wants to make a good impression, he wants to help these people, and they are all apparently bloody telepathic, and all he can think of is how Fletchir Giaja has thoroughly ruined his ability to be properly awed by the majesty of anyone who doesn't rule eight planets. Each of which alone could absorb all eighty thousand existing Elves into its population like a lake accepting a single raindrop.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What brings you here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Accident."

Not only does he lack a sufficient grasp of Quenya to render any better explanation, he's also totally at a loss to explain what a wormhole jump is and how they normally work and how staggeringly, inconceivably abnormal it is to enter a jump the ordinary way and emerge, intact but detached from your jumpship, into the sky above a flat alien world.

"But now that I am here, Turkafinwë Tyelcormo has asked for my help, and I want to give it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor is reminded of their efforts to explain themselves, when first they'd arrived on these shores. "Did the Valar send you?" everyone had asked, because of course they had. They'd been bad liars, then, unused to having anything to hide. The stranger is not a bad liar, if he's lying, and he lets his thoughts flutter around in the space between them like leaves caught in a breeze. A genuine accident, maybe. 

"Perhaps we can help each other," he said. "If there are ships that sail the sky, we would happily help you build one."

Permalink Mark Unread

And they have now reached the limit of Miles's Quenya for sure. "That would be a sight to see," he murmurs wryly in English. Can a camp this size pull together the necessary infrastructure even in theory? Does he have enough books with him, enough knowledge in his brain, to lead them the whole way from their preindustrial state to the construction of space shuttles?

Well. They'll get to find out, he supposes. It might not even turn out to rate as the most impossible thing he's ever done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor invites them all back to the town center, his home, which is unfinished and roofless except for the library. They use it as a conference room to impress people - a hundred books, an outrageous show of wealth. Celegorm suspects that Miles won't be impressed.

"How do they order sentences?" Curufin hisses at him, so softly their visitor might not hear it (or will he? Perhaps Men have better hearing), and Celegorm answers with all the details that Curufin himself would have noticed, casually, as if he's remembered those things without thinking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The books are pretty respectable, under the circumstances, but impressed is not really the emotion he's feeling. The emotion he's feeling would be more aptly named 'embarrassed about how unimpressed he is'. Again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor sits down. "I'm not sure how far we'll understand each other, but it seems important to try." He pulls out a sheet of paper and starts sketching a map of Arda as far as they know it. The map of Valinor is quite detailed. The map of Middle-earth is less so. "Can you add anything to this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Well... yes, as it happens. He overflew this insane flat world on his way here, and he wasn't too stunned to take holos.

Out comes one of the incomprehensible objects Celegorm has seen before, the one that shows ever-changing writing on a flat glowing pane. He fiddles with it - he should probably get out of full combat armour at some point, but he hasn't actually had the chance to check the atmosphere yet, he keeps getting distracted - and produces, after a few seconds, a small but detailed holographic projection that includes every part of this world visible from its sky.

(Are they going to think it's magic? They're going to think it's magic, aren't they, and he's going to have to go over the part where he's not a god again. He glances briefly at Celegorm, for the moment internally labeled The One Who Knows Better.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Celegorm's thoughts are humming in the back of his head the whole walk through their camp. The armor is airtight, he says, Huan can't smell him. That should be impossible. He can turn off and on the lights at will, but he didn't make them, and doesn't know their creator. He says his people number twelve to its own power, spread across twelve twelves of planets, each one spherical - 

Maglor looks to Caranthir, there, who bites his lip and projects the calculations into their shared anxious thoughts as they walk. A world that appeared flat to an observer standing on it, but  actually spherical - 

Yes, the verdict was, down would be in, on such a sphere. But it would be so large that down would also crush you. To appear flat to an observer, the distance to the horizon would have to be at least a hundred miles, which implied a sphere with a radius so great - he calculated - down would be the pressure of ten minutes' swim straight down in the ocean; no Elf could walk on it. Unless Men can't see as well as we can -

They can, thought Celegorm.

Then he is lying or mistaken, Caranthir answers simply. And a minute later, more thoughtfully - ask him if one can see the curvature of the planet from the tallest tower in his land. 

Ask him how he arrived here, and why he landed where he did, Amrod says.

The armor is a higher priority, Curufin says.

Maglor rearranges their voices in his head, makes them sound less anxious, less exhausted. When he can stand them he listens to them again. Celegorm is giving Curufin a whispered, stumbling treatise on the language. Amrod is trying to compose a good communication to the Nolofinweans. Caranthir is trying to imagine how rocks would drop if our fundamental assumptions about the forces of physics were wrong in a way that let 'planets' exist. 

The stranger - Miles Naismith Vorkosigan - sits down.

And generates, from the device in his pocket, a sketch of the world.

It's a sculpture, made from harnessed lightening, and Maglor's first thought is not of the terrifying implications of the stranger's power, or of the tremendous benefits, but of utter delight.  The sculpture is maddeningly intricate, yet colored like a child trying to use every paint. Every dust mote that floats through it lends it a strange dynamicism. Mountaintops are twinkling at him. Here is a vision to rival the greatest works of Valinor.

"That's Cuivienen," Amrod says aloud, rapt.

"That's Angband - there might be a way in from behind, now we can see every mountain -" Celegorm is glowing like a proud parent. 

"You're talented," Curufin says, with a faint note of surprise. 

Father had given himself a few seconds of optimism, and now he is dead. Maitimo had given himself a few seconds for optimism, and now (Eru willing) he is also dead.

Maglor is not remotely inclined to optimism. Or perhaps he's spent it all on that insistence that Maitimo can't still be alive. Either way, he rips his eyes from the artwork to meet the glass-shielded face of the artist and carefully tamps down the delight in his heart. "...thank you," he says. "That is precisely what I was hoping for. Do you happen to have one that would help us identify good sites for mining? We're short on iron."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles thinks about this. Is his Quenya up to the task of explaining...?

Okay, try it in English first, fill in the gaps afterward when people ask questions. Thank heaven for telepathic elves no matter how embarrassing they are.

"I have a copy of the book that the explorers of my mother's people take with them when they visit new planets," he says. "It tells how to look for metals, how to identify plants that are safe to eat, how to tell if the air is safe to breathe - I still haven't done that here, it's part of why I'm still wearing my armour, that and the armour lets me see almost as well as you can. But with the book and some of the other things I have with me, I can definitely find iron. Any metal you like."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is too easy. This would have seemed too easy even before the Doom. But Maglor just nods. "Thank you." He should say something else but the sculpture is still shimmering there. Even if this is a trap - especially if this is a trap - he may as well bask in the talent on display there for another few seconds. 

"Do you require food or drink?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should check the air first, now that I've thought of it..."

Unfortunately this requires him to temporarily get rid of the holo display of Arda so he can consult the Betan Astronomical Survey Reference Handbook. He navigates quickly to the correct part of the guide, gets out the appropriate tool, verifies that he can totally breathe this atmosphere no problem, and then restores the map since the elves seem to like it so much.

"Breathable," he concludes, and the glass of his faceplate retracts, though the strange lights beneath it remain. "Yes, food and drink would both be good, although if your supplies are short I can sustain myself with my own for a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

They're going hungry. For a few years it was almost impossible to grow anything here, and now that the Sun's arrived and changed the calculus of survival entirely they're scrambling to plant things. He's torn between offering the stranger appropriate hospitality and saying "yes, eat your own food." Though he can't require much - he's the size of a child of htirty or so. "Moryo, will you get us all something?" he asks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounded like a nickname. Names, he knows two names in this room besides his own - also if he's going to be eating their food he needs the Survey Handbook again, to look up how to run the toxin and microbe scans... he sighs quietly to himself and switches the display on the handheld reader back to flat text. He can bring them another reader from the shuttle later; he has at least five, so surely there's one to spare for the telepathic elves to go nuts over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor would of course give anything for leave to copy the map, but that'd be unspeakably rude. Even with the fate of the world at stake, you simply don't respond to someone's artwork by asking to make a copy for your own purposes. They all committed it to memory the minute it went up; still, they all flinch when it vanishes. Is he storing it in another world, somehow? How can he so casually -

Miles is wondering their names. Right. 

"Canafinwë Macalaure," he says, "this is Curufinwë Atarinkë and Pityafinwë Ambarussa. My brother who just left is Morifinwë Carnisitir. That's all of us, now. There used to be seven of us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A pleasure to meet you all," he says; he can manage that much in Quenya. "Sorry for your loss," he has to say in English.

And, because he suspects he knows the source of that flinch: "This," he indicates the reader, "is called a handheld reader. It's a common and unremarkable thing where I come from, but I only had a few with me when I came here, so the number that exist in this world is limited for now. It can hold millions of books," a lowball estimate if anything, "and holo images like the map I showed you. The next time I return to my shuttle I can bring back an extra reader and show you how to use it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Millions?" says Maglor.

"They count by tens," Celegorm mutters, "and that's seven tens."

"Why would anyone create something that could store that many books? It'd take you three full Ages of the world to get a tenth of them copied for it!"

"Oh, I'd do it if I knew how," Curufin says, looking faintly more engaged. "Just to see if it could be done. It doesn't have to be useful -"

"There's currently a war on," Caranthir says, walking back in with wine and bread.

Curufin spins around. "You have some nerve, to accuse me of forgetting that -"

"I didn't. Just said,as much as I'd like to devote a few centuries to studying under Miles in the art of the handheledreader, we can't -"

Huan barks anxiously.

"How long does it take to learn?" Celegorm asks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not long to learn how to use it. I don't know how to make it right now, though I'd like to teach that too..."

Thank heaven for telepathic elves going around speaking their language in front of him. He's picking it up at least ten times as fast as he did with Russian, French, or Greek, probably through the sheer psychological pressure of being the only native English speaker on this flat fucking planet... no, anyway, explain information technology to the preindustrial elves, Miles. And perhaps leave the explanation of how they cannot in fact spend centuries learning anything from you for later. Though ideally not too much later.

Back to English for the clarification: "The way they store information, it's very fast and simple to copy entire books or libraries between readers and other things with similar information storage. To copy the entire contents of this reader onto an empty one would take only a few minutes. Less than an hour even if it was full." Does he dare attempt an explanation of how a comm laser actually works? He'll probably mangle it, but where are they going to get a better one?

Permalink Mark Unread

They all fall absolutely silent.

"You can copy a book in a few seconds," Celegorm says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. One of the things my devices do best is moving information around very quickly," he says. "With the work of a day or two I think I can figure out how to copy all the books in this library onto a reader faster than a person could read them - sort of the same way the reader can do this," and he takes a holo of the current contents of this room and makes the reader display it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They all stare at the hologram without speaking for several minutes. 

"That - changes the best order of action," Maglor says. "I was inclined to insist that we kill the Enemy first, then learn how to build flying ships that will take us to the planets. But -"

"But if we learn how to do this, everyone in the world can know everything that's discovered, as soon as the creator has time to write it down."

"We can fly to the planets, learn everything they know about warfare and weaponry in a single yeni, come back, and kill the Enemy with that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I have no idea if you can fly to the planets," says Miles. "I know very little about the event that brought me here, and most of what I know is that it should have been impossible and if it wasn't impossible it should have ended with my shuttle and its entire contents including myself shredded down to a dust too fine to see and spread out randomly across an inconceivably vast distance; and instead, somehow, I ended up here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But Men learned how to fly to the planets," Maglor says. "We are not less capable than Men."

Curufin is drumming his fingers on the table. "In Valinor the time passes slower, and you don't notice its passing, and it is rude to count the years, or measure your achievements by how swiftly they could be replicated. It's part - a small part, but part - of why we left. And when we left we had to leave almost everything behind, and the Enemy destroyed my father's workshop and all its contents, so we're behind even where we were in Valinor. You see these houses and think we cannot build starships, but we can." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The problem is not whether or not you could build the ships. The problem is... there are a lot of problems, actually, and I keep thinking of more. I don't know if it's possible in principle for this place to exist in the same universe as the planets I'm used to. The way starships move between places that are far from one another involves fixed paths called wormholes, and exploring new wormholes is dangerous, and there might not be a wormhole route between here and any planet I know of even if they are in the same universe, which I still doubt. And a starship can only move through a wormhole if it's being flown by a jump pilot, and finding people with the potential to be jump pilots and then making them into jump pilots requires yet more specialized knowledge I don't have."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How long did it take Men to do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's hard to measure exactly, but at least a thousand years. On the other hand, we didn't know what we were working toward. On yet a third hand, there were billions of us even then and we may tend to act more urgently than you're used to because we only live for a hundred years or so each."

Permalink Mark Unread

Speechlessness, again.

"Yes," Celegorm says after a while. "That's - that's one of the things they say of Men. That you die while still children, all of you. Is - is there anything to be done about it?"

"It'd be the same principle as halting the decay of wood and the aging of animals in these lands," Curufin says, "I can do it. Not - not in less than a hundred years, though. Not without Father, not without - what kind of precision instruments do you have, Miles?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Many kinds," he says - this much he can manage in Quenya. "What do you need?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The way we'd do something like this - I think our approach to artifice differs from yours, the lightning-sculptor doesn't use any magic even though there are a few obvious ways it could be applied - would be to write the deep structure of the relevant phenomenon - biological decay, in this case - into a piece of jewelry, and then bind them with the music of creation, and then alter the form of our representation in a way that alters the deep structure. Then you experiment until you find the correspondance between alterations to the representation we've made and alterations to the original phenomenon, and design one that has the intended effect. It's generally powered by the will of the wearer but there's something wrong with your soul so we'd have to find a workaround.

I'm making do without a great deal of equipment for crafting - equipment for measuring and rounding, needs to be precise enough that you can't detect any bumps in a surface by sight or by touch, for something biological it might actually need to be more precise than that. Sulfuric acid for removing the imperfections from soldering and annealing, a better flux for soldering - then there's the things I'll need in order to identify what biological decay is. So I'll need the materials to make lenses - again, precision measuring equipment - " he starts sketching a device - "have you made a lens? The procedure's the same everywhere there's light, so I can't imagine your people do it particularly differently. You need molded plate glass tools, with the right sign for grinding the lenses - with biologicals, we're going to need a precision of a thousandth of a hair's width."

"Curvo," Celegorm says, "I don't think he can understand you."

"Then translate," Curufin says, "He's going to die in a century if we don't fix him, and I can learn his language once this is in motion -"

"Tools for very small things that have to be just right," Celegorm says, "Do you have them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. In my shuttle. May I bring the shuttle here?"

(Telepathic elves getting into technical vocabulary in front of him, it's wonderful, he's going to have this language down solid in a week particularly if he spends a lot of time listening to Curufinwë Atarinkë talk about manufacturing lenses.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," Maglor says after an instant of hesitation. "I need to somehow communicate to the other host that we're not attacking them. And we should send you back out with a larger escort, because presumably by now the Enemy has decided what, if anything, he's going to do about this -"

"No matter who we send we'll still be in trouble if the Enemy decides to kill Miles at all costs today," Amrod says. 

"True. Can you defend yourself, Miles?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes," he says. "In this armour, against a lot. With my shuttle, against much more than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then let's send twenty men and rely on speed. If you see trouble, run from it. Miles, everyone you haven't met is dead because they underrestimated the enemy. If you see trouble, run from it. How large is the pod, can it land within our walls?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so," he says. Running from trouble sounds like a sensible idea, possibly more sensible than he is able to carry out, but that's a bridge he'll cross when it starts shooting at him. It occurs to him to ask what a soul is and what's wrong with his, but he files that away for later. "I saw empty spaces that should be large enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good, let's go. We might have a horse here that's sized for you, and now that you've taken the glass off and have a smell you'll make them less nervous."

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts his reader away.

"...How much weight can your horses carry? This armour is very heavy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"May I try to lift you, rather than try to describe our units of measure?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He lifts him. A few inches. "Eru. What kind of metal is this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A heavy kind. Several heavy kinds. Again, I didn't make it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not going to ask that of the horses. Time is at a premium, though - perhaps we can travel at a run? How can you even move in that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It holds up its own weight. Probably well enough to let me run the whole way back to the shuttle faster than I could by myself. I can try, at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not if it might leave you exhausted. I expect that we're running into a fight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Well - I have ways of handling exhaustion temporarily, if it comes to that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When we arrived here, the Enemy was frightened. He'd expected Father but he didn't think that our people would follow him, and he thought it would take us much longer. He sent every orc and every valarauka in the continent at us. The fighting lasted three weeks. We couldn't rest, because we hadn't yet built shelter. They kept coming, and coming, and coming, until at last we had some semblance of shelter from the piles of their bodies. We won. But Father -"

"I am telling you this because it would be very unfortunate if you overextended yourself on your first day here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will avoid overextending myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

They head out. He apologizes to the horses, who have had a stressful few weeks with the new lights and aren't really being fed enough for repeated cross-country trips. "Neither am I, buddy," he murmurs, and sets a pace that probably won't exhaust Miles' baffling armor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles's baffling armour is not exhausted, and neither is Miles. They make decent time back to the shuttle.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's swarming with orcs, of course. "We have better vision than them," Celegorm says at a mile out, "they probably haven't seen us yet. Circle around, figure out if there are Balrogs. If so we're going to have to turn back. If not - Miles, is it likely your shuttle would be damaged by a fight?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Possible. Not likely." He closes his faceplate.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I think we should fight, if it's just orcs. It's not going to get any safer, not if the Enemy has any inkling how important you and your equipment are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the same."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Balrogs have a very distinctive heat signature. We'll be able to see them unless there's several feet of solid rock in the way. If we head north, and there's nothing from there, I think we're safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles nods. "What weapons will the orcs be likely to have?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They have archers, they have axes, they have swords. Everything's poisoned, but you shouldn't have a problem - you don't have any skin showing - for that matter, you can stay back where you're safe. We're just going to ride them down, shoot everything that runs, then kill everything we trampled. Five minutes, probably."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have weapons with me that could probably make this process more efficient, but if you expect to be able to handle the orcs easily yourself, I can keep my weapons to myself for now, to limit the information available to the enemy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We won't lose anyone doing this, unless there's something I can't see from here or they get off an exceptionally lucky -" the thought accompanies the words, he has a great many memories to share for that concept - "shot. I don't know what the Enemy can see. It might be that if none escape he'll learn nothing; it might be that he can see almost the whole land. He knew we'd arrived, but we had kind of lit a very large fire."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I'll stay back and not do much unless something goes horribly wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a Balrog. 

He sees it as soon as they crest the hill; the orcs are clustered around it in a dense mob, presumably so he didn't see it sooner. Turn and run, or dive in anyway, this time nearly certain to lose someone? What are Miles' weapons, and can they possibly make a difference in a fight like this? And will they have a better shot at Miles' shuttle? And what could the Enemy do with it? 

Maglor would call off the cavalry charge. But they've been erring on the side of caution ever since they lose Maitimo, and it's starting to suffocate them.

"We could use help," he says to Miles, in a language the Balrog has hopefully never heard, and then flings himself at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well then.

Time to find out how a Balrog reacts to a plasma bolt.

Permalink Mark Unread

 Something comes flying over the ridge and fries its way through the air and knocks the Balrog back several steps. It kills a few of its own allies, staggering backwards. Celegorm stabs it on a run by and turns around for another round. They still don't know for sure how much you have to damage these to drive them off. They still don't know anything that'll kill them, though something is now leaking from the scalded not-skin where Miles hit it. 

"Son of Fëanor," it says. Morgoth speaks Quenya, so it shouldn't be shocking that his servants would, but he still wastes a second wondering where they learned it. Or were even minor Powers born knowing all languages? Would they know Miles' tongue? Did Morgoth know of planets? 

He'll ask Curufin later, if he survives, or Mandos if he doesn't.

In the meantime, it's talking which means it's not currently slicing anyone's skin into ugly ribbons, so ..."It's not that hard to tell us apart," he says. "Tyelcormo. The one with the giant dog companion. I would have expected everyone who knows my tongue to know my name."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles hesitates - there are too many tactical and diplomatic unknowns for him to be sure he should shoot at the giant monster again while it is attempting to communicate.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might misguess what your house is known for," it says, "thief and murderer."

"No," Celegorm says comfortably, "I assumed Morgoth knew about that. HIs brothers kicked up quite a fuss about it. They were angrier with us than with him, I think - but then, we're mere incarnates. As soon as we stopped gratefully eating scraps from their table, they started looking for more pliant pets." It's nodding. Their cavalry circles up again, warily. 

"You hate the Valar."

"Cheerfully."

"It seems we have some interests in common, son of Fëanor."

He'd probably have kept this up - it's kind of fun - if the Balrog had just used his name. "Unfortunately," says Celegorm, "I know perfectly well that your master heard our Oath. I am utterly and irrevocably committed to destroying you, and we both know that. And I want this shuttle. So you can fight, or run."

"We'll release your brother."

Permalink Mark Unread

...hell. This is going to be one of those fights, isn't it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He charges at it again. This will almost certainly get him killed but it's much better to die fighting a Balrog than refusing to negotiate your brother's release with a Balrog. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles has a guess about the emotion underlying that charge. He tries another plasma bolt on the Balrog, since the first one seems to have had a nonzero effect.

Permalink Mark Unread

The whips lash out and knock everyone in the area back twenty feet. Celegorm lands lightly; that was probably for the best, because it's not really fair to ask this of the horses. There's going to be a long, ugly burn across his torso but he can't feel it at the moment. The plasma bolt knocks it back again, and it spins around and charges at Miles. 

Celegorm is slower than a Balrog. Huan is more or less apace, but nipping at a Balrog's heels will cook his face and claws. "Most dead are from the burns," he calls, "don't let it get that close to you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He keeps hitting it with plasma bolts, one two three four five, standing his ground. He doesn't think he can outrun it.

He does think he can switch to nerve disruptors the very moment it is in range.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles' weapons are ripping pieces out of it; it's thrilling to watch. He's not sure it'll save them. The thing gets hotter at the site of every injury, glowing white, whips still ripping through everyone in their path. One of them catches Huan in the side and throws him over a hill. Celegorm feels the hit, and the landing, and the burns, more acutely than his own.

Miles, the idiot, is still standing there. In that armor he'll cook alive.

Permalink Mark Unread

In this armour, he doesn't feel the heat at all -

And now it's in nerve disruptor range.

A crackling blue bolt splashes against the Balrog's chest. Direct hit. A human would drop dead on the spot, but this creature is huge enough that he might have to get it right in the head or spine; he's already lining up the second shot before he even sees what came of the first.

Permalink Mark Unread

He watches. 

Weapons that can level cities, he reminds himself. 

Knowing that is a little different than seeing it.

The Balrog collapses. Then it explodes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Now Miles ducks down behind the ridge.

Tactical analysis of Balrogs: Plasma bolts do superficial damage. Getting them in the head or chest with a nerve disruptor works, but he can't be sure which was the key shot or whether it was the combination that did it. Also, they fucking explode.

Permalink Mark Unread

He stands up. He can't hear, and he can't see, but Huan can do both and is already circling to check on everyone. Two of the horses are dead. Two more, and two Elves, critically iljured. Miles is presumably fine. Miles could probably take down everything short of Morgoth. Miles can presumably get his shuttle now. It'd be nice if his vision would come back. The fact his eyes don't hurt is probably a bad sign; a superficial injury would be extremely painful.

With Miles, maybe we could rescue Nelyo, he thinks.

Standing up was perhaps a bad idea; he'd expected his vision to return sooner. Huan is whining worriedly. He sits back down.

Permalink Mark Unread

When things have been quiet for a few seconds, Miles gets up and crosses the scorched battlefield to his shuttle. If these people were human, he could give them emergency care. He probably can't risk it as-is, not without some kind of analysis.

Now he has his shuttle. Okay. Mission success. Great.

He stands at the top of the ramp, surveys the damage, and wonders whether he can get everyone - and their remaining horses - up the ramp and into the shuttle to be returned home. He really doesn't want to try it without Tyelcormo's help, but if the other option is just leaving them here...

Permalink Mark Unread

He can hear out of one ear! That's more than half as good as hearing out of both ears, because he can confirm that his voice is working properly and isn't going to make anyone nervous that he's dying. 

He isn't, of course, but the thing about the burns is that plenty of people walked away from a fight with the Balrog only to die a short time later and this will of course be at the front of everyone's minds.

"Miles?"

Permalink Mark Unread

'Are you all right' seems like a stupid question...

"Yes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to move. If the Enemy knows they do - that - when they die - and I'm uncertain if that was an effect of the weapon you used or something that will happen every time - then he'd be stupid not to have a backup force whose job it is is to go in if the Balrog goes boom -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nerve disruptors don't normally make things explode. Can you all get into the shuttle? I can fly you home from here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let - let me ask the horses." Huan is at his shoulder and being reassuringly stabilizing. Time to try giving standing up another go.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he can communicate with animals... now is not the time to start missing your horse, Miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

They've been extraordinarily patient with all of this, really. It is impossible to appreciate enough the trust and loyalty that it took to charge a Balrog repeatedly, on command - at least the Elves knew that breaking formation meant much higher casualties. The horses just take his word for it. 

That hurt, he tells them. We lost some people and I'm sorry. We killed a Balrog. Well, Miles killed a Balrog. But he's going to teach us how. And it smells funny and it'll move and it's worse than a ship - and we hated the ship - but we should get on, now, so he can take us home.

Not his most convincing speech. But they're as exhausted as he is. 

He tells Miles as soon as he's won agreement. "Yeah, okay. We have - we have a couple people who can't walk, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can they be carried...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, carefully. Probably not you, not for the horses, Huan says you've stopped having a smell again and it's stressing him out. You can delegate people, if they're standing around and not being useful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Right then. Miles has a well-defined problem in front of him and the resources with which to solve it.

He retracts his faceplate again now that battle is not imminent, and commences getting everyone onto the shuttle. There are a few grav stretchers in the back, suitable for moving particularly bad cases if necessary, but they're human-sized and elves... aren't. If the critically injured happen to be particularly tall - well. Are they?

Permalink Mark Unread

His presence isn't speeding this up, and he still can't see. So he walks a couple horses up the ramp and sits with them on the shuttle, frustrated. The horses are equally frustrated. One has a broken leg. That's hell on horses. In Aman they'd have asked one of the Valar to intervene directly - too slow to heal, otherwise. It's not really fair, he thinks, that you suffer because the Valar are mad at us. They could still intervene and help you out - which, obviously, helps us - I'm sorry, though. Not really fair. Don't worry about the smells; it's Miles, we can trust him. He killed a Balrog, you know. 

Huan is whining very worriedly; Celegorm offers his wholehearted permission for him to go do something useful rather than sitting here with them, but for some reason this doens't lessen Huan's anxiety. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Everyone on the shuttle. Ramp up. Hatch closed.

"Now we go back to your camp," he says, and takes off, flying as steadily as possible so as not to jostle the injured.

As steadily as possible still allows them to go very fast. It's not long before he's approaching the camp, checking the viewport and vid feeds in search of a good place to land.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dilemma: send a family member to the Nolofinweans, and risk that they'll be outright detained there? Or send a messenger, who can be trusted to get through but will have to be told more than he's yet prepared to tell all his subjects? Everyone has assumptions about Men, and it's worth considering how best to challenge them. And Miles is dangerous.

In the end he sends Amrod. The message is short: This light does not appear to have been of the Valar's sending. We think these are Men. We're inviting them here. Please discuss how you'd like to proceed.

Enough to keep Nolofinwë busy, and probably to stop his people from loosing arrows at the shuttle when it returns. And hopefully they'll return his little brother when fthey get curious enough to want to respond to the message. 

Sound logic, he thinks, but Amrod hasn't returned yet, several hours later, when he sees the blue light arcing through the sky again. This time it's headed here.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a space big enough to set down in. Miles sets down in it. It's one of the neatest landings he's ever made, as gentle as a drifting feather.

He opens the hatch and lowers the ramp to let everyone out.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a delight to watch, though he cannot imagine how the propulsion system would work even in principle. People had tried flight, in Valinor, sometimes with Manwë's indulgent approval and sometimes while he was occupied. You could glide, with well-designed wings. That was it. Sustaining the weight of something like that shuttle would take motion, so much of it that the air should be whipped into a whirlwind, but instead it's fairly close to the ground before he can even hear the air moving. So the parts that do the propulsion are internal: sensible, if Men have enemies. Do they? They should have asked that - they should have asked many more questions before sending Miles back out to his shuttle.

As a general principle you ought to ask questions right away, rather than saving them up to look over, day after day, once the only person in the world who could have answered them had crumbled to dust in your hands.

It lands. 

He greets Miles with a few of the questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What metal is this? How do you make it? What's the mechanism that keeps it up in the sky? How fast can it travel, and how far? Could you build one from scratch? Can we take it apart?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles waits until there is a gap in the questions such that he can get a word in edgewise, and then responds with, "I killed a Balrog. It exploded. Did you know they explode?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...no. We haven't killed one, they're major Maiar, I wasn't even confident it was possible. How did you do it? If we can find a way to kill them from a distance they'll have to keep them separated from the rest of the Enemy's own forces."

Permalink Mark Unread

"One of my weapons. It does work at range, but a shorter range than is ideal for dealing with a Balrog. I don't know how to make that weapon, though, or how to make my shuttle. You can't take my shuttle apart now. You can take apart some other things. One of the grav stretchers, maybe," and he gestures to where the two critically injured Elves are floating.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll start on the lenses, actually, if you have the materials with you. It's a time-consuming process and I can learn what you know of your world once that's progressed enough that I can hand it off to other people. Unless you are, unwisely, leaving the camp again. I expect that the enemy dearly desires to kill you, at this point, and if your weapons can fire on one at a time - well, he'd happily lose a thousand for the chance to take them off your body."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll get my tools."

He fetches some things, glancing at Tyelcormo along the way - should he be asking him to play translator? How bad is an injury like that, among these people? The preindustrial elves have magic; he is not at all clear on how this should affect his intuitions about the effectiveness of their medical technology.

Permalink Mark Unread

Celegorm is trying to focus. 

It was rude of Curufin to say it, of course, but there is something wrong with Miles' soul. It clings to his body like it's been clumsily taped on, coalescing in the vital organs. One tiny knock in the wrong place would rip it loose. 

The Eldar are their souls, and can, if needed, get new bodies. That avenue is out at the moment, the Valar having communicated that they're inclined to hold a grudge, but in principle it can be done: the bare basics are given, the raw materials of a incarnate being, and the Elf's force of will shapes the rest into the form that it remembers.

There've been cases of Elves changing genders, in Valinor, because their mind knew what it was and dragged the body into line.

There've been cases, since Valinor, of Elves who experienced such griefs that their soul rejected their body, suddenly and violently, crushing it from the inside, making it crumble despite no visible injuries.

Orcs, they say, are just Elves raised from birth in such torment that their self manifests as a hidious abomination. 

And the cousins, of course, had hiked across the Helcaraxe. Impossible cold, impossible hunger, a thousand impossibilities powered by sheer force of will. We are not our bodies; we are very powerful, very dangerous, things that realize ourselves in the physical world through them.

So Celegorm can't see, and can only half-hear, and has some fairly serious burns, but there are hundreds of years of the light of Valinor burning within his spirit and all of those other ridiculous things ought to stop being a problem, very soon. My physical manifestation has a nerve there, has retina cells there, can sense light when it hits the tissue there -

Permalink Mark Unread

...Well shit. Okay. Elves are magic. Good to know.

This distracts him on multiple levels; he finishes fetching the tools, and he means to ask about the practicalities of translation, but what ends up coming out of his mouth when he meets Curufinwë Atarinkë again at the foot of the ramp is, "What did you mean about my soul earlier? What is a soul?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What word would you use for the - the visible presence of a Power when it's not deliberately adopting a human form, the thing that is visibly different between a dying person and a dead one, the thing that is different between us and you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't know anything about Powers," he says. "I don't know..." Back to English. "'Soul', maybe, if I understand what you're getting at."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Soul. So, yours is different than ours. Ours actively is the force that anchors and embodies us in the world. Yours is ...along for the ride, maybe. It makes you look very fragile. I originally assumed it was a distortion because of the armor you wear, but when you lower the helm it is even more noticeable. Can you consciously control your heartbeat?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...No."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is what I would have expected. Set your body temperature? Your metabolism?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes his head. "No and no."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This will complicate fixing your biological decay, because it's probable that whatever is wrong with you is something it will be difficult to identify externally and something which we correct automatically. I will attempt to develop a technology to attach your soul more securely. Though if that fails, this enterprise should in principle be able to prevent wood from rotting, and it doesn't do that through reliance on any innate capacities of the wood. How do I use your tools?"

Permalink Mark Unread

So Miles launches into an explanation of what all the stuff he's carrying is and does and how you manipulate it.

He has some extremely powerful lenses already, in amongst all this, and other tools that do that job in a more complicated way, a pile of scanners adapted to various specific tasks or sets of tasks and this is how all of those work, and what all the words on the displays and the labels on the buttons say, crash course in English orthography and vocabulary... they could end up being at this for a while, but Miles, like his devices, is pretty good at moving information around quickly. The fact that he's talking to a telepathic elf helps a lot. The mysteries of the handheld reader, and the Betan Astronomical Survey Reference Handbook, are going to come into it pretty soon.

He does not actually notice that he switches dialects of English as soon as he starts reading from the Handbook.

Permalink Mark Unread

But he does, immediately. "Say that again," he says, and then "I suppose with that many people, you'd have many, many dialects. Which is your native one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh... Barrayaran English, that I have been speaking, is the dialect of my father and the planet where I grew up. Betan English, that this book is written in, is my mother's dialect. I'm fluent in both. And I know the three other languages spoken on Barrayar, but not as well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Three other languages? Can you say a few sentences in each?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh..." He thinks for a moment, and then recites the first couple of sentences of a Barrayaran folk tale in Russian, French, and Greek. His level of confidence in the words falls off pretty steadily as he goes: comfortable with the Russian, slightly unsure of the French, very aware his Greek is shaky at best.

Permalink Mark Unread

He listens, utterly fascinated. "How many languages are spoken in your world?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't know. Many. Twelves of twelves at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And documents written in some of those languages are preserved on your book-copying device?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, a few."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd appreciate the chance to take a look at that. Though this is probably a higher priority. And the weapons are the highest priority, if you think we could develop the means to replicate them. If Balrogs explode there's no way to destroy them with a sword that isn't suicide, and I'm not sure it could be done even then. But if we had a few hundred of whatever you used, we could storm Angband tomorrow, which would be - 

Well, success is more important than timeliness, but there's someone who might yet live if we act quickly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I don't know how my weapons are made but I am beginning to hope that we can learn together how you might make them. But teaching you how to use all this," he gestures at the assorted tools, "is still the first step in that, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Proceed, then. Is your mother from a city?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Maybe. Yes." Beta Colony doesn't really organize itself that way, but she's not really from a non-city. "Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knowing nothing about either your native dialect or your mother's, except for the way you spoke them both, hers sounds more - Noldorin. I suppose I am really interested in whether your mother's people are the Noldor of Men, but that requires conveying - more - and I want to learn the tools - you can ask someone else later, once I'm working."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "So, this is a Survey bioscanner..." and these are its functions and what it is able to detect and analyze and how it presents its analysis. It's technically at least ten models out of date of what Survey actually uses, but still ahead of his copy of the Handbook; happily, the Betans are very enthusiastic about backward compatibility, so the sections of the Handbook dealing with the scanner are still perfectly relevant.

Permalink Mark Unread

These people are competent. He hadn't, when he'd first heard what Melkor had to say about Men, been particularly perturbed for the Men. It was a shame they died so young, of course, but it was mroe of a shame that they warred constantly and would prevent the Elves from having a homeland outside fenced Valinor. But someone created this equipment, and that someone was competent, and if that person died at a yení the world would have been robbed of something of indescribable value.

Permalink Mark Unread

If Miles notices this undercurrent, he doesn't make anything of it. He moves on at blazing speed, the speed of one genius teaching another, right through teaching Curufinwë Atarinkë about all the rest of the assorted tools. Some of them don't do much more than compensate Men for their lack of Elven sensory discernment; but the Men of the wormhole nexus, never having heard of Elves anyway, saw no reason to stop when they reached the Elven level. Here's a pair of vision-enhancing goggles that embody this principle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Infrared light visors are baffling; Men can't do that by default? Same thing with ones that enhanced Men's eyesight - when was the practical constraint on your line of sight what your eyes could manage, rather than the terrain? Looking at the Sun directly without doing (and having to subsequently fix) subtle damage to your eyes is useful, though, and he supposes perhaps sometime he'd like to be able to read a book over his cousin's shoulder across the lake.

"How long did all of this take you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure how long my species has existed..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How long since you invented writing, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A few thousand years at least. I'm not sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All that in a few thousand years? That's doable, then. I don't even need to discover true immortality, just something that slows decay by enough, and then once we're up to your world's capabilities I can refine it."

They weren't so behind, after all; they'd only invented writing a few hundred years ago.

He suddenly can't make the scanner move beneath his fingers. The sense that he wasn't the one who should be doing this was overwhelming. "You, ah, should have met my father, he'd have it done much faster. He had a gift for everything, but particularly for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Particularly for what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Objects that permanently and meaningfully alter physics. He invented our writing system. And our instantaneous long distance communication system, and most of our chemistry, and the Silmarils which are the only way we can endure as the sort of beings we are permanently outside Valinor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He sounds amazing. ...Instantaneous long distance communication?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The palantiri. What's the range of your ship? They're truly instantaneous over every range we've been able to check, but with your ship we could probably double or treble it. Though they work off our osanwë, you might have a little trouble with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Off your what? Is this a soul thing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm? No, osanwë is the thought-speech. You do it oddly, your thoughts are hard to catch and I have to speak very precisely to you for you to catch mine. So you might have difficulty conveying lots of precise information over a palantir. I don't think your osanwë has to do with your soul. It's probably just a lack of practice. People vary in natural capacity and lots aren't comfortable with it until they're fully grown, and you can't be more than sixty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm twenty-four. And I'm not sure if the thought-speech is even a thing I can do. It's unheard-of where I came from."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can hear your thoughts, so there's clearly a sense in which you're speaking them - wait. Am I hearing thoughts you don't intend to be public?" He's mildly horrified.

Permalink Mark Unread

"As far as I can tell, I don't have any control over which of my thoughts you hear and which you don't. But it's helping immensely with communicating with you and learning your language, so I'm not that bothered."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should ask someone to show you, though. Someone with more time than me. If you ever do want to hide something - though, I suppose, in one way of looking at the situation it's to youra advantage that we can be confident you're not concealing some villainous motive, it means we don't waste time mistrusting you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do very much see the logic in that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I have enough to work with here. I'm going to try to discern, first, whether any of your weapons are possible to replicate with our technology, and if not then I'll get started on the decay question, which has numerous other applications. Do you want to help? Because if it's not something you're going to want to do consistently, I'm sure you'd be equally appreciated back in the library - and what's the rest cycle of Men? We fetched you a full sun cycle ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I do need to sleep at some point. Soon would be good, even. Men habitually sleep eight hours out of every twenty-four."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not surprised at that; I am only surprised you haven't developed some incredibly impressive technical solution that makes you our equals despite the astonishing biological disadvantage."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Miles laughs.

"We have a few things, but it's a bad idea to make a habit of using them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a bed somewhere. You're welcome to use it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I might just return to my shuttle, which unlike your bed I definitely know where to find. When I wake up we can start on the weapons - please don't try to take apart any of my things in the meantime, I haven't gone into how to do that safely yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Noted. Sleep well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. Have fun scanning things."

And he goes back to his shuttle and goes inside and closes it up and has about eight hours of moderately uncomfortable sleep, after which he gets up and opens the hatch and peers out.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's an argument going on on the ground. At least two dozen people are observing, and Maglor looks very unhappy. Amrod, who'd gone to explain Miles to the other camp, is back, and appears to have company.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles has just woken up and yesterday(?)'s advanced command of Quenya has not quite returned to him. "Uh, hello," he says to the assembled, in English.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," Maglor says wearily. "Did Tyelcormo tell you of the other Eldar?" He gestures across the lake.

Permalink Mark Unread

"In brief."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is my cousin Irissë. She is-"

He doesn't continue the sentence. Irissë seems to be asking for a translation, rather aggressively, and when she gets in Maglor's face someone tugs her back and Maglor has to shout some command, rather sharply, to stop an embarrassing tussle from starting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles sighs. "Good morning," he says in cousin-Irissë's direction. The Quenya becomes more understandable as he hears more of it; maybe in another couple of exchanges he'll be back to the fluency of his conversation about scanners, through some combination of re-immersion and increased wakefulness.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good morning," she echoes cautiously, glaring at Maglor as if she expects him to burst into laughter and reveal that the words are some dire insult. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Come on, come on, language...

"My name is Miles Naismith Vorkosigan." That seems safe enough to start with.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Irissë. May I come up and speak with you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." He half-smiles. "Though I warn you I've only been learning Quenya for a sun-cycle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you've been learning from them, you're learning wrong anyway." She heads up.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He steps back into the shuttle and sits in one of the seats.

"It is a pleasure to meet you. What wrong things am I learning?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 "My uncle was a reactionary prescriptivist who politicized a bunch of sound changes in the language. His children talk like him. No one else does." A few words are in fact a little different.

She looks around, awed, raises an eyebrow, runs her hands across the nearest metal surface, and then inclines her head towards him. "You are very talented."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't make any of this. Everyone keeps thinking I made all this and I made none of it. Among my own people no one ever assumes someone made a thing just because they have it. But, on behalf of Men in general, thank you. We frequently are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you're talented at persuading people to give you extraordinarily generous gifts," she says. "I saw it fly, last night. Can you fly it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...is there a reason you haven't filled  it up with heavy rocks and then flown it over the fortress and dropped the rocks on Moringotto's head?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My time since I arrived has been occupied with learning Quenya wrong, being threatened by a Balrog, killing the Balrog, and teaching Curufinwë Atarinkë how to use some of my tools so he can research how to prevent me from dying of old age in a hundred years as would otherwise happen. Today I planned to start learning about this war. Then I came out of the shuttle and you were having an argument."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're dying? Curufin offered to help another person? You killed a Balrog?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am followed by astonishing events wherever I go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did they tell you we're all Doomed? That's pretty important, if they're asking you to fight with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I may have missed any mention of the Doom. Go on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So first thing, which is just a general point you should keep in mind: my cousins are dishonest as fuck, and in deep denial about basically everything.

Second thing, the Valar - did they tell you about the Valar? They created this world, and taught and guided us while we lived in Valinor with them -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I haven't heard directly about them, no."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They don't act directly. They're too powerful. Moringotto is their brother, and the last time they were directly at odds they nearly crushed the world between them. But they try to tip the scales, sometimes, and they'll step in eventually. Maybe. Anyway, my uncle committed a series of atrocities on his way out of Valinor, and the Valar laid a Doom on him and all who followed him: that all things we began would turn to ruin, that we would know every grief imaginable before our painful deaths, and that those of us who survived the Age would wish we hadn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That sounds..." He searches his Quenya vocabulary for an appropriate description, then shakes his head and settles for hoping the elf telepathy is working in his favour. (The thing that it sounds is stupid and petty and vindictive and generally the sort of behaviour that leads him to question someone's right to continue being a godlike figure.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She laughs. "You've never been that angry? I've been that angry. They betrayed us, you know. They took the boats across the sea and lit them on fire and left us stranded in desperate conditions in the ice. Do you know how many people died? I don't have the power to call down Dooms, but I help my brother hide from his daughter that he still has nightmares, every night, about watching his wife die, and if I could call down Dooms I might be tempted."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

His vocabulary is failing him a little bit again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She realizes this and shakes her head apologetically. "I'm sorry. I - do you have cousins?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes. One."

Much is going unsaid here. Some of it is about his cousin Ivan; some of it is about why the Doom is so fundamentally a bad idea. Maybe he'll think of the right words in a minute. Maybe he can hope to rely on elf telepathy.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If he left you and your family to die somewhere, wouldn't you be - more than angry?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. But."

God, how does he even begin to explain...

"The answer to atrocities is not, can never be, more atrocities. Otherwise it just keeps getting worse with no end in sight. I... I want to tell a story, I don't think I have the words for it in Quenya, but I want to try anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

She pokes one of the seats tentatively. Sits down. Crosses her legs. Uncrosses them. "Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where I come from, flying ships like this are common. Some of them can cross vast distances on paths called wormholes - much farther than it would be possible to travel otherwise; so far you could fly at the fastest speed possible for twelves of twelves of lifetimes of Men and never reach your destination. When my people learned to make those, we left the place where we started and travelled far down those paths, settling wherever we found a place where some of us could live. One of the first such places to be settled was Barrayar, my home. But when the settlers had only begun to build their new home, the wormhole collapsed, became impassable. They had been relying on it for supplies, for a connection to the rest of civilization; without it, they could not sustain themselves as they were. There was... fear, chaos, death. A huge amount of important knowledge was lost. It was six lifetimes of Men before the rest of the universe found us again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles slightly.

"Thank you. There's worse to come, I'm sorry to say. All this happened before I was alive. So, these paths: Barrayar had only one to begin with, and lost that, and gained a new one when explorers from another place found us at the end of a long route from a place with many paths, a place called Komarr. While Barrayar had been losing knowledge and slowly rediscovering it, everyone else had been going on without us, surpassing even the things we'd had and lost. It made us..." the word he's looking for is 'vulnerable'; he realizes he doesn't have it and goes on without. "Easy to take advantage of. A very powerful group of people from a place called Cetaganda bribed the Komarrans to let them pass by Komarr with their armies, so they could take them down the path to Barrayar and conquer it. They did that. The Barrayarans of the time resisted, but the Cetagandans had more people, better weapons, better transportation..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Men," she murmurs.

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrugs.

"Other people gave us a little help, and we learned very fast, under that pressure. Twenty years later, we fought the Cetagandans again and won. They left. I still wasn't alive yet, but my father was; he led the conquest of Komarr, because we couldn't let the Komarrans keep the power they had over us after the use they had made of it, and he did it as gently as possible, because he didn't want to start things down the path of people committing atrocities out of anger at the atrocities other people committed in response to their atrocities. Almost no one was killed. At first. It was going very well. Then someone on the Barrayaran side decided that he was too angry, that the Komarrans should suffer for what they'd done, and he gathered up about twelve-twelves and five-twelves of the Komarrans who might have been involved in the decision to let the Cetagandans pass, and he killed them all. Because he was angry."

Permalink Mark Unread

She stares at him. "And then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It stopped going well. The Komarrans were angry about that, so they started committing atrocities against the Barrayarans, and the Barrayarans, who had already been angry about the thing with Cetaganda, got angrier, and in the middle of all this was my father desperately trying to keep order while the Komarrans blamed him for what his subordinate did and many of the Barrayarans blamed him for not having done more of it, and it was obvious to both sides that the other side was evil and deserved to suffer. The point I am trying to make here is that no one is so evil they deserve to suffer, and when people start thinking that other people deserve to suffer for the wrongs they did, horrible cycles of revenge are what you get out of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So if someone murdered your father, would you just go 'oh, well. That's tough'?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If someone murdered my father, I might kill them in anger. I'm not perfect. But I hope I would know better. I hope I would look for a better way, and kill them only if there was no better way available - only if they were going to kill more people and I couldn't stop them otherwise, or if they were trying to kill me too and I had to kill them in self-defense."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're not killing them. We're here, and I came alone, today, and I didn't shoot anyone, even if I'd love to. But you don't have to shake the murderer's hand, either, do you? They did this to us, and they're not even sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If a Komarran killed my father, I'd do almost anything to make that not turn into another horrible cycle of revenge like my father had to deal with in his time. Shake their hand? I'd become their best friend, if I could and it helped."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And if you were their best friend before? Do you think you could - go back to seeing them that way?"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not easily. But I've done a lot of difficult things in my life already."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Fair enough. Now, about those rocks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why rocks?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, leaves and sticks won't really do any damage, using pure iron would be absurdly wasteful, rocks are plentiful -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I killed a Balrog. Do you imagine I dropped a rock on it?"

(Standing in his armour, its internal temperature perfectly comfortable despite the heat of the Balrog's charge melting the rocks under its feet, firing plasma bolt after barely-helpful plasma bolt until it's finally in range of his nerve disruptor, feeling the silence in his command helmet like a constant lonely ache that he cannot allow to overtake his thoughts and throw off his aim—)

Permalink Mark Unread

"From high enough, yes, I expect that would do it -" she pauses as she gets the whole story. "Wow. Uh, thanks. Okay, lightning squeezers are also an acceptable way to take down Angband. We'll leave it to the expert, I guess. Men.

Uh, technically I'm here to say that our resources are also at your disposal for as long as we share a foe, and we don't have much because we're starving and they stole everything but still, you know, our pleasure, and Tyelcormo Turkafinwë is a worthless fucking liar but it's fine for you to work with him as long as you know. So. With that said, I think I'll head back before they worry about what the cousins are doing to me. That was a hell of a story, Vorkosigan. Thank you. Good luck with everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you got that? I don't actually have any control or direct knowledge of which of my thoughts are audible to Elves. Anyway, you're welcome. Good luck to you too. If I can, I'll see about solving your starvation problem in between all the other problems I'm solving."

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't climb down; she jumps, lands about forty feet away, and then walks away. Maglor watches her go for a few seconds before he turns around. "May I request your presence, Miles? We have breakfast and more questions and I think it'll be bad for morale in the long term if anyone who wishes to speak with you has to climb into your home."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Yes, of course."

He leaves the shuttle closed when he departs it; this seems like best practice.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Curufin hasn't surfaced for air all day, which means that you must have been very useful to him. I appreciate it. You have a better sense of your capabilities than we do, so perhaps also a better sense of what our priorities should be - I want the site scan for mineable iron, but I'll take your word for it if there's something more urgent."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My shuttle has a finite supply of the fuel it uses to fly, and making more would be yet another enormously difficult engineering problem on top of the uncounted enormously difficult engineering problems already facing us. I did think to do some scans from the air on my way here, but I'm reluctant to take it up again without a clear plan of exactly what I'm going to do while I'm up there. I can show you the map of nearby metals I found over breakfast, and if none of those turn out to be useful to you, 'scan for iron' can be the first thing to go on the list of tasks for my next flight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The shuttle will eventually lose flying capabilities. Okay. How many hours do we have? Are there activities that burn more than others? If we can't create this fuel, we should save it for the assault on Angband." He's taking notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It has about four twelves of hours of fast high flight left in it, less than that if I want to go very fast. If I stay very close to the ground and fly in a differerent, slower way, I can use up a different resource which I do think you can create here, but that would make it much more difficult to survey for metals. It's also possible to teach someone how to use the surveying tools and send them out on horseback, but obviously that's slower and may be more dangerous than looking from the air."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What resource is this? If you have books, you know, I can just set people to studying them, Curufinwë says that you have an appallingly bad script for writing but he wrote out a couple pages of instructions for it anyway. And we've been doing surveying on the ground. We don't lose people often, but - sometimes. What other resources are you going to run out of?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have enough food for myself for three of twelve-twelves of twelve-twelves days... I do have books, but only six readers. What I mean to do today is learn about the tactical situation for the assault on Angband, maybe teach someone how to use some of my weapons, maybe teach someone how to safely take them apart to study them, and get someone started on making electricity - the same phenomenon as lightning but in a more controlled form. Nearly all of my devices use it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In that case I"ll leave you to it. Ah, unless you have any questions for me - you talked to my cousin..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'm curious why she believes you are all liars." Pause. "I am also curious how much of our conversation was overheard by the entire camp."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wherever she said 'my cousins', you can assume she really meant 'Tyelcormo', and was saying it mostly for his benefit. And I think a great many people heard you. Which was for the better. You had some interesting things to say." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Horrible cycles of revenge are bad. I believe this very strongly. Should I not ask what Irissë has against Tyelcormo?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, better to ask me than him. We were close with our cousins before the political tensions intensified. Irissë and Tyelcormo were close for a while after that - insulated, a little bit, by their shared dislike for politics. I think they'd promised each other they wouldn't let things get -" he waves a hand. "For what it's worth, I don't think Tyelcormo broke that commitment intentionally. They both just eroded things, convinced they weren't crushing it to rubble quite as fast as the other person was and so weren't to blame, and then woke up one day and -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah," sighs Miles. "Yes. Thank you for the explanation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for sharing your knowledge and the tools of your people so readily." He hesitates. "How did the story you told my cousin end? The one of Komarr?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose it hasn't. Komarr is still a part of the Barrayaran Empire. My father and those who agree with him have made good progress in getting everyone to calm down and stop doing horrible things to one another. He has a lasting reputation as an evil murderer on Komarr and among the rest of the planets of Men, and a... more complicated reputation than that at home."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what I ought to be doing. Metal and weapons and planning an assault on Angband seem much easier, though. You told my cousin you planned to learn today about the war?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. It seems like important information to have."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Moringotto is a Vala. The greatest of all of them, once. There's a tradeoff, for them, between flexible power and entrenchment in the world, and he's poured a great deal of himself into it - the fortress, Angband, the orcs, the Balrogs - so I would expect he no longer has the capacities typical of the Valar, such as the ability to make and discard any form at will. But he still might be able to do that. He has the Silmarils, the last work of my father and the most priceless art of our people. They contain the original divine light of Aman. They can heal, they instantaneously restore the strength that otherwise bleeds away from us in the Outer Lands, they make us stronger and faster, and their presence brings joy and reassurance. They cure grief more readily than anything else. I don't know what advantages they'll lend the Enemy, because it is supposed to be that evil beings cannot touch them. 

We fought around a million orcs, in the campaign to take this continent back. We won. Orcs are weak and disorganized. Balrogs - well, you've met one. Moringotto has a few of the minor Powers on his side, some not so minor, and we do not yet know how to kill any of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. That's... a difficult problem."

(Not quite out of adolescence, accidentally in charge of an army, leading them to victory in a mad scramble—caught up in intrigues on the planet of his ancestral enemy, near-singlehandedly saving them from a nasty civil war—uniting ten thousand dispirited squabbling prisoners into a disciplined force capable of assisting in their own rescue—Miles has solved a difficult problem or two in his life.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"One day you really have to tell me all of those stories. Let's add this one to the ledger first, though, shall we?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Happily."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't expect my strength to lie in learning to disassemble your weapons. Tyelcormo'd probably be good at it, but he's off sulking and I'm not sure where to find him. You could also just head out and call for volunteers, we have lots of capable people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I happen to find Tyelcormo I'll ask him; otherwise I suppose I'll look for volunteers. Curufinwë has also expressed interest in taking things apart."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When he surfaces from the project of designing a magic artifact to prevent biological decay, which may well be in ten years, he'll doubtless be eager to do so. He rather focuses on things, I wouldn't interrupt him. Tyelcormo, you're going to need to know how these weapons work if you're going to test our first efforts at them." He doesn't say that at a particularly raised volume.

Permalink Mark Unread

The implications of Elven hearing are... interesting. And Curufinwë's approach sounds familiar, although Miles himself more commonly spends days on things than years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Celegorm catches him on his way back to the shuttle. "I'm interested in learning how your weapons work."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. I'll be happy to show you."

Into the shuttle they go. Miles - who is not wearing his armour today - picks up a few incomprehensible objects from various racks.

"Would you prefer to work here or somewhere else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Here's fine. You mentioned the shuttle will run out of fuel; will the weapons as well? And how are they fueled?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles opens up each of the three objects and extracts from them three slightly different smaller objects, each approximately rectangular.

"These are power packs. They store the 'fuel' - electricity - that the weapon uses. At some point I should find someone interested in learning how to make that on the necessary scale and figure it out with them, but it's not urgent, it's one of the least difficult engineering problems facing us and I'm not about to run out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." He examines them, fascinated.

Permalink Mark Unread

"When the weapon and the power pack are separated, the power pack is the more dangerous of the two; under certain conditions, particularly if subjected to extreme heat, the power pack may explode." He outlines safe handling practices: in short, don't light it on fire, don't pry it apart, and don't jam conductive metals into it. He also outlines the most efficient way to turn each power pack into a bomb if a bomb is actually what you want, and the likely strength of the resulting explosion. "But hopefully you won't ever need to do that; we have only so many power packs and making them is much trickier than charging them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Noted. Do you have other ways to make explosions?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, plenty, but my supplies are again limited and unlike these they cannot be reused, so I judge them less urgent to teach about. For now: the weapons themselves."

He indicates each in turn, disassembling and reassembling it over the course of a few descriptive sentences.

"Stunner. Fires a sort of immaterial projectile which makes living things it touches fall unconscious temporarily, if aimed well, or temporarily lose function and sensation in affected areas, if not. Useful for any situation in which you might want to take prisoners. It has the shortest effective range of the three. Nerve disruptor. The Balrog-killer. Its projectile is similar to lightning, but nastier; it destroys nerves and brains when it hits them. Plasma arc. The one that made the Balrog ooze unpleasantly. Its projectile is mostly heat. Very destructive, and effective at a longer range than either of the other two."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They don't work at all outside their range? With an arrow, skill can lengthen your range -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes his head. "When we get around to demonstrations - is there a good place for that nearby? - I'll show you. The projectile itself can only survive intact for so long in each case. Now - the pulling them apart and putting them back together that I just did is a feature deliberately included in the design, so if any part is faulty it can be swapped out without trouble: here is what each of the parts does and how to determine its condition. First, these indicator lights here on the stunner power pack and here on the side of the weapon itself describe the level of charge remaining in the power pack..."

On he goes through all the parts of each weapon, detaching them from the rest, describing their function and appearance and how they fit together, and then moving on to the next. When the three weapons are laid out on the floor in pieces, he asks, "Do you want to try putting them back together now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He does, very very quickly and quite delightedly. "I know you keep saying there's no creator of your things, but they feel like they have one. Someone extraordinarily focused on a specific set of design constraints, and excelling at them so obsessively - it's very impressive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nicely done," says Miles. "The way invention works among Men, it's most likely that twelves of twelves of people all collaborated on the design of each weapon, and then passed it on to many other people who designed machines to make each of the parts, and then even more people revised and refined and innovated on all these designs over time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That really, really doesn't sound like it would work. But you're the one with Balrog-killing weapons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It requires a different mindset. There's some room for singular genius among Men, but for the most part it's larger numbers of less brilliant people working together. Anyway, now you know how these weapons work and can help me teach it to whoever else wants to know. I have about two hundred of each of these. Would you rather pass the knowledge on to more people, or learn about explosives and other non-reusable dangerous things?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...let's go teach 200 people. I've been worried that the Enemy will attack - he must be off balance, what with the new lights, but he has to realize how valuable you and your things are. Also, we could use the stunners if the cousins attacked, so we didn't have to kill them. Though I don't know what we'd do afterwards."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good to me," he says, declining to comment on what one does with unconscious cousins. "I think the mass teaching should be done somewhere that it will be safe to demonstrate the weapons in use; any ideas about location? Suggested students? I don't know anyone here outside your family yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can pick out two hundred people for you. We're using all the flat spaces for crops - we could test over the lake, but the cousins will think we're shooting at them. We could head farther afield, I suppose. With two hundred of these weapons we could win any fight we'd run into."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect so. Well, let's take two hundred people to the nearest flat space not otherwise in use. I'll get my armour on, if we're going to be travelling."

He goes and gets his armour on, a very quick process, and then pulls several large floating crates out of a storage area at the back of the shuttle.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How easily is the armor destroyed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not easily. And I have the means to make some simple repairs if it's slightly damaged."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have more than one of those?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unfortunately no."

Permalink Mark Unread

He lowers his voice to barely anything. "Can you hear me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. That won't work, then. This conversation needs to happen out of Maglor's earshot, but it's probably best if Miles doesn't realize that's what he's trying for, both because Miles might object to subverting Maglor's authority (though it doesn't seem especially likely) or think poorly of them for having a situation where Celegorm is trying to subvert Maglor's authority (how is Barrayar run, anyway?). 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles seems oblivious to this plotting.

"Anyway, even if I did they would all be Man-sized. Elves are tall."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought you weren't fully grown yet? There are seats in your shuttle that seem designed for Men taller than you, and I don't know if the conversions I did off your thoughts are precise but they suggested you were not yet thirty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Men are fully grown at twenty. I'm just short."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A tall Man would be the height of a short Elf. Can we create the armor?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Creating the armor goes on the long, long list of enormously difficult engineering problems. Sometime after I've got someone making electricity I'll sit down and put that list in some kind of sensible order and then start solving it with someone. Apparently Curufinwë will be working on the biological decay problem exclusively for the next ten years, so not him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our father's body crumbled to ash in our arms. We don't know why. That's not typical. I think our father tried holding it together through sheer force of will, long after it was dead, and that's why. But - in Valinor, a dead Elf can return to their body once it's fixed. Here that can't happen, because of decay. I think you might have inadvertently stumbled on something very emotionally important to my brother."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That... makes a lot of sense."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's also what the Silmarils were for. They prevent decay, make it possible for us to live in this world indefinitely instead of slowly losing the strength we had in Aman."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They sound very... magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. My father said he put his soul into them, and I think he might have meant it literally. They're alive, in a way. But if he put his soul into them, it was a part of it he never knew how to express in life. The Silmarils are some kind of distilled essence of joy and potential and growth and strength and healing. You hold them and the first thing you think is 'oh, I'm all right, I'm enough.' and then the next thing you think is 'there is so much I can do; I am capable enough, I am strong enough, I'm allowed...'

I love my father. But, uh, "you're good enough" is not something he was good at saying, or conveying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've... had a few moments like that with my own father."

(Seventeen years old, having just failed the entrance examination for the Imperial Service Academy, hearing every reassurance as a lack of faith in his potential, as a judgment that he'd never been going to amount to anything anyway...)

"Different situations, though, I think."

For one thing, the sons of Fëanáro Curufinwë might one day see him again... no, let's not go down that road.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We only see him again if we fail. If we die."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

They're a sufficient distance from camp at this point. If he waits until their trainees are firing the weapons, Maglor almost certainly won't hear him. The trainees will. But - well, he'd been the one to select them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They reach a flat area. Miles sets himself up so that everyone can see him give the lecture on the safe handling of weapon parts, the difference between the three types, the disassembly and reassembly process and the function of each part, how to make a bomb out of a power pack and why you probably shouldn't; then he demonstrates the range of each, by firing them across a long area of flat ground. Everyone can watch the stunner bolt blur and fade from the air as it whines along, watch the nerve disruptor bolt frazzle itself to death at a little more than half again that distance, and then watch a sequence of plasma bolts make successively less impressive scorch marks on the ground at successively greater distances.

Permalink Mark Unread

"He didn't make them and can't yet teach us how," Celegorm says, "but he killed a Balrog with them and can teach you that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," Miles agrees.

So he distributes weapons from the floating crates and has Tyelcormo help make sure everyone is able to take apart each weapon and check its parts and put it back together correctly, and that they all have the meanings of the various settings and indicator lights straight, and then he sets people to shooting at rocks. Stunners have a power dial which can be turned low to conserve energy and maximize gentleness, or high to abandon gentleness and maximize range. Nerve disruptors have no such feature, but run their power packs down slower than either of the other two anyway. It would be very bad if anyone accidentally hit anyone with a plasma arc or a nerve disruptor, so don't do that.

Their students shoot at rocks. Miles watches with a critical eye and a satisfied smile.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Miles."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's something - you must have picked up pieces of it. My oldest brother. The Enemy offered to give us a Silmaril, call a truce. We knew we couldn't trust him, but Nelyo thought it'd be worth the chance to play along and get a Silmaril. We sent more than the permitted numbers to the agreed-upon site. He had Balrogs. When the rest of our army arrived, everyone was dead but Nelyo. A year later, the Enemy started sending us pieces."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've picked up on a little of this, yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to go get him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This sounds like the sort of situation where rescue missions are stupid. But then, I've always been the sort of person who goes on the stupid rescue mission anyway, and I haven't yet been made to regret it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is. Cáno said no, when we first learned, and I obviously did not go on a rescue mission then. But now we have something the Enemy could not have anticipated - your weapons - and more reason to think we can pull it off. Cáno will still say no, because he regards not being stupid as his job. But my job is to fight for my family."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It has frequently seemed to me that my job is to do the impossible. I'm in favour of this rescue mission."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great. So, Angband is in the mountains, and they're nearly impassable - but you have maps of them, in the lightning-sculptor, so we can find a way through. I have no idea where he's being kept or if he's still alive, though if we're close enough and he's conscious and still sane, I'll be able to hear his thoughts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A way through without the shuttle, you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It has limited fuel, right? Cáno will literally kill me if I use that for this. On the other hand, if we're going to drop explosives on Angband anyway, it would be a good distraction to try this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"People who are having explosives dropped on them are frequently very distracted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might kill Maitimo. But - honestly, that's the best I'm hoping for from this. I don't really think we're going to get out with him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A successful rescue does seem unlikely."

But Miles has never been inclined to let that stop him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to do this right away, before the Enemy learns more of your capabilities and so Maitimo doesn't have to be there a day longer than necessary. Can we take a look at your scans of the area?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Here is his reader; here is his map; here is just the part of it concerning the impassable mountains.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at it intently. "This is passable. It'd be difficult, but possible. That bit - uh, that looks harder. I wonder if there are tunnels."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can look for tunnel entrances on this," he says, fiddling with the image some more. "There's a lot of detail getting left out because the display isn't fine enough to show it..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not sure."

He re-centers the image on the anomalous thing and zooms in another several factors.

"...oh."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alive? Can you tell, from there - make it bigger, that's him."

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes it bigger by another several factors. Yes, that's a person. An alive person, as of the time the holo was taken.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should leave right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Maybe. Yes."

His brain fills with tactical and political considerations, churns over them for a couple of seconds, and comes around to:

"There's a case to be made that the time to make an assault on Angband is right now while we have as many people armed with my weapons as we're going to get anytime soon and the amount of thinking and preparing your Enemy is able to do about the situation is minimized." He dismisses the image of the mountains. "The fact that this would also be the optimal course for rescuing your brother... need not be mentioned until we either come back with him or don't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're pretty great, Miles. Let's convince Maglor. Of the first thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles grins. "Let's."

Permalink Mark Unread

They come in much sooner than he'd been expecting them. Miles is looking a little bit the way their father sometimes got when worked up.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your people learned my weapons faster than I expected them to," says Miles. "It may be that I should be planning the assault on Angband for today, before the Enemy has any more chance to decide what to do about me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. 

"Do you all die so young because you're this hurried, or do you hurry because you're all dying?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A little of one, a little of the other."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, the Enemy is one of the Ainur, and paces himself like us. I don't think we need to leave today. Surely there's more they could learn?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Enemy sent a Balrog after my shuttle within a day of my arrival. That didn't work. It may well be he'll wait ten years before trying the next thing, or it may be that he won't, but it doesn't seem obvious to me that he'll give me time to train everyone here to flawless expertise in my weapons. And I don't have any reason to hope he'll give me time to figure out how to make more of my weapons, or of anything similarly complicated. The Enemy may pace himself like you, but I pace myself like myself, and if I'm prepared and he isn't, that sounds like a good time to go cause him as much trouble as I can manage."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you're prepared? Really? For an assault on Angband? We don't even know what's there, we don't know how many Balrogs there are, we don't have a means of getting in - or are you thinking the shuttle?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am thinking the shuttle. Do we have a better way to find out what's there than by scanning it on the way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"And if it's something you can't manage, or can't manage without planning?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Turn around and go home, I suppose. But tactical improvisation does happen to be one of my greatest strengths. I think the central remaining question is, is there anything you want removed from the fortress before I do my best to level it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor looks up, at that, and goes quite still for a second. "You should not delay doing your best to level Angband, once you're there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Understood."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was a nice speech. About doing things at your pace, I mean. I owe you one - if we pull this off, but even if it fails, and in that case I probably won't get to tell you so later. So. Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome."

And now: planning. Miles wants the majority of the armed Elves to stay at the camp, on the logic that he's bombing Angband, not organizing a commando raid; but the shuttle doesn't have externally mounted nerve disruptors, and a Balrog could probably damage it if they tried, so he does want the six best shots, Tyelcormo included, provided they are all willing to brace themselves by the shuttle's various apertures and shoot at Balrogs.

He also very carefully plans for the - unlikely, he thinks, but certainly possible - event that he doesn't come back. He makes sure all the readers are fully supplied with books, takes everything out of the shuttle that he isn't going to need and stacks up the crates on float pallets next to his landing spot, writes out his best description from memory of the power generation problem and includes that in the readers' libraries, sets up a comm relay so he can transmit detailed scans of everything back to the readers in the camp - generally makes sure to maximize his hypothetical posthumous contribution to the camp's prosperity.

There is one grav stretcher left in the back of the shuttle, in case it comes in handy. Someone could end up injured enough that they can't move on their own but not enough that they have to be abandoned.

Also, in case it comes in handy for whatever reason, here is how you cut metal with a plasma arc.

Permalink Mark Unread

For five years he's been terrified that Maedhros wasn't dead. Now he's terrified that he is. Because surely this is bait, intended to lure them into precisely what they're doing: why else hang a prisoner outside your fortress? And yet why bait someone whose capabilities you don't understand? Or does the Enemy think he can take Miles prisoner?

He mentions the possiblity once you're in the air. 

"If he moved my brother to a location where he knew your scan would see him, he knows your capabilites better than we thought, and is probably doing this specifically to bait you into his hands."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose we'll see how well that works out for him."

As their altitude increases, he does repeated, detailed scans of the surrounding territory and sends them back to the camp.

"...If he did put your brother out where I could see him, though, that implies that he knew I was coming. That holo was taken early in my first flight, not long after I arrived."

Permalink Mark Unread

"....he is a Vala."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And yet... I don't know, it doesn't stand up to strategic analysis. Even if he's very very bad at strategy, which is not the impression I've gotten, there are so many things he could have done if he'd known I was coming that make more sense than that, at least if you assume his goals include making your life difficult."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He drums his fingers on the windowpanes. "So probably not. If he does capture you, though, that's worth more than anything else he can do to make our lives difficult."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Potentially, yes."

Miles gets his first long-range scans of Angband itself, which they are fast approaching; he sees no reason to make this a leisurely trip. He checks first of all for whether there is still an Elf chained to that cliff.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is he still alive?" he asks. It's surprisingly difficult to get the words out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. And if the Enemy would like to get him out of our reach, the Enemy has," he checks estimated flight times, "one and a half more minutes in which to do so."

Also, there are structural scans of the fortress. Lovely, lovely structural scans of the fortress.

"So: we arrive, I rain assorted destruction upon Angband, I open the hatch so you can all shoot at Balrogs if necessary, I fly by that cliff at the first opportunity and you retrieve your brother from it. Sound like a plan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," he says fervently. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good."

Miles spends the next one and a half minutes studying the scans, calculating his bombardment, and keeping an up-to-date view of the cliff visible to Tyelcormo at all times.

And then the shuttle dives toward the fortress, and Miles hits it with a gravitic imploder lance. Stone crumples like paper. The sound is absolutely incredible. He fires the plasma cannons, opens the hatch, and corkscrews away from what would otherwise have been a collision course with the falling fortress, aiming to make a pass at the cliff if possible and at minimum avoid getting within whip range of the flying Balrogs rising to the defense.

Permalink Mark Unread

He wishes there were some way more reliable than memory to capture the sight of Melkor's fortress dissolving on the point of Miles' invisible weapons. It's extraordinary. They lurch in the air and he watches Miles for cues about whether that was the Enemy striking back or the recoil from the discharge of yet another weapon. Miles looks exhilarated, but that doesn't answer the question. 

Maitimo's going to be so impressed if there's anything left of him at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

The shuttle jinks through the air, working completely off of grav thrusters now, no fueled boosts at all. Compensators tame the forces involved so that the interior of the shuttle experiences no more than gentle tugs this way and that.

...That lurch was unexpected. He wrenches at the controls to keep them from slamming into the cliff face. "Interference," he says. "But I can still make it. Rescue opportunity coming up... now."

The shuttle slides past the sheer cliff, open hatch facing into the stone, dangerously close to the prisoner hanging in chains. It's an absolutely stupid stunt, and if killing Maitimo weren't explicitly preferable to leaving him there, Miles would absolutely not be trying it. But with those priorities taken into account, it's genuinely the best plan.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has about two seconds. Certainly enough time to use a plasma arc to slice through the chain, which is the important part of this operation; it means Maitimo is no longer a prisoner. It also means Maitimo will immediately plummet several hundred feet to the ground below, unless - 

He fires the plasma arc. He leans out as they blur by. He grabs Maitimo by one emaciated arm. Maitimo weighs nearly <i>nothing</I> but pulling him in when they're moving this fast is like lifting something twenty times the weight. Maitimo's body is scraped along the cliff face for an instant, and then he's on board. Celegorm drags them both backwards away from the hatch. The shuttle lurches again, more forcefully, and they both smash against the opposing wall.

"Miles," he gasps, "get out of here."

If this was bait, they've just bit down. But his brother is breathing.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are rather a lot of flying Balrogs to contend with by now.

Miles aims the next spike of the gravitic imploder lance through a cluster of them. The shuttle shakes itself like a dog; the hatch clicks shut. There are at least two Balrog explosions along the central force-line of the lance, and the rest of them are crushed in toward their detonating brethren, which is sure to do them no good at all.

They could get out of here with their prize right now. But the stated purpose of this mission was for Miles to do his best to level the fortress of Angband, and there are parts of it still standing.

He flies in a jittering half-circle around the remaining architecture, hitting it with the lance and the plasma cannons. The number of flying Balrogs able to give chase has decreased significantly, but there are still enough to bring the difficulty level of the mission from 'easy' to 'harder than it looks'. After the lance incident they're spreading out more, trying to blanket him.

Evasive maneuvers, or see how the Balrogs hold up against his mass shielding? He isn't sure how the mass shielding will hold up against the Balrogs, and he doesn't want to show off all his tricks just yet. Evasive maneuvers it is, and a few more discouraging strikes with the lance, and then he activates the main engines and blazes up into the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is conscious. Maitimo does not appear to recognize him, because to the extent there's any expressiveness on  a face this badly disfigured Maitimo is looking at him like he's a stranger. The shuttle is rocking and shaking but Miles still looks delighted, which probably means everything is fine. 

"Nelyo," he says. 

His brother's tendons strain as if he'd like to be shaking his head, or looking away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is delighted. It's so very rare that an engagement goes almost exactly as planned. Okay, so if he had slightly slower reflexes they would all be dead - five times over - but he doesn't, and they're not, and that's enough to be going on with.

The probably-magical turbulence can stop anytime now, though. Please. It's making it really annoying to plot his trajectory back to the camp, and if he keeps having to use up the shuttle's power on stabilizing its flight, there may be yet more stupid flying stunts in his near future.

Permalink Mark Unread

This mind-game of the Enemy's includes the illusion of movement, which is new. He hopes that doesn't mean they've learned to get farther inside his head. The not-Tyelcormo is holding him and assuring that he's been rescued, which is typical; the others are unfamiliar. The setting is unfamiliar. He tries to close his eyes and ignore it all, but the movement is getting more intense, jostling him painfully, continuing to pull his attention back into the illusion.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I may not have enough power left to land neatly inside the walls when we get back," says Miles. He pulls up scans and holos of the lake and its surroundings. "Safest landing spot if we run out of power is... there."

Permalink Mark Unread

Celegorm looks up. "You mean you're out? That's all for the shuttle, it's not going to be able to run anymore? And no, you can't land there, pick somewhere outside the walls but on our side."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The thing I'm going to run out of is the thing that's easiest to make more of; I've barely run down the main fuel supply at all, but the grav thrusters, which run on electricity, have been badly overtaxed dealing with what I believe is the Enemy trying to pull us out of the sky or slam us into a mountain. Are you sure I can't land there? The options are landing there or risking damage to the shuttle. Damage to us, if we crash particularly badly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Landing on their side of the lake is also risking damage to us. They don't like us very much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I distinctly remember hearing their emissary tell me that their resources are at my disposal for as long as we share a foe. A corner of the lake they don't seem to be using is not much to ask, in my view. Also, we have stunners and they don't."

Permalink Mark Unread

He relaxes slightly. "Fine. Don't open the door when we're down."

Permalink Mark Unread

Their flight begins to steady. "I think we're out of range of whatever the Enemy was doing to us. Either that or he would like us to think we are. Good enough for me; it'll be more of a landing than a crash, which is always nice, and I won't have to use any more of the main fuel supply making sure we don't hit the ground too hard, which is even nicer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll take your word for it. Should we, uh, brace ourselves?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I'll tell you when. You might want to get your brother on the grav stretcher; it'll be the most comfortable spot in the shuttle when we land."

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone passes it towards him. Maitimo seems aware he's being lifted, but disinterested. He tells himself it's probably because Miles is present, and Maedhros is too careful to say anything when he's not sure of the situation, not when he has the ready-made excuse for silence of being tortured-nearly-to-death.

Permalink Mark Unread

They approach the lake at dangerous-looking speed.

"Brace yourselves," says Miles.

He extends the landing gear and taps the grav thrusters. The ship descends toward the lake in a series of jarring bounces, ending in a final splash, then scoots sideways toward the shore with all the grace of a mortally injured waterfowl. When it finally comes to rest, the floor is noticeably tilted, but the hatch is completely above water.

"I've made worse landings," he declares, sitting back in the pilot's seat. "The fun is now over. Everyone all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone nods. Except Maitimo, who still isn't moving and who probably is not all right. 

Alive, though. Safe. There's vague unease flickering in the back of his mind, but this can't possibly have been a trap. The Enemy simply underestimated Miles and his miracles; they got lucky. All right. 

"Uh," Celegorm says, "You should probably be the one to go remind Irissë about her promise? I don't really think I should talk to her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems reasonable," Miles agrees.

He goes to the hatch and opens it, surveying the stretch of water that remains between him and the shore.

"Despite appearances, this is perfectly safe," he says, and hops into the lake. Fully armoured, he sinks like a stone. The hatch closes itself behind him.

Shortly afterward, visible on the external vid feeds and also to anyone in the nearby settlement who has line of sight, he wades out onto the shore.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Changing sides? Because that'd be a very dramatic way of announcing it, and I wholeheartedly approve, but also it looks like it's gonna be hard for that thing to take off from there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm afraid not," says Miles, opening his faceplate so she can more clearly see his smile. "I just came back from leveling the fortress of Angband, and that was the safest landing place I could find. I hope you don't begrudge me a corner of your side of the lake. Also, I have two of your cousins and a handful of miscellaneous members of their following still in the shuttle and needing to return to their camp." His smile lessens a little when he adds, "One is badly injured."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You - what? Is there a reason you didn't tell us so we can head out there and try to take down Morgoth now, while he's apparently without a fortress?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would knowing ten minutes earlier have made that much of a difference? People keep telling me that Elves do things slower than I'm used to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it wouldn't have. What would have made a difference was coming over here about ten hours before you did this so we could be there on the ground once the walls crumbled. What would have made more of a difference was knowing weeks in advance, but I guess you didn't know that far in advance yourself. You're something else, you know that? Tell my cousins that their men can head back over to their side as they please, but that the two of them have to swim."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Would you like to revise that suggestion in light of the fact that one of the two was just rescued from being chained to the side of a mountain next to the fortress?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks. "Eru. Russandol's alive? You got him out of there? Is he - thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Rescue missions are my favourite," he says brightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a few more people hurrying down the shore from Irissë's camp. She grimaces. "Unfortunately, I think you'll find this one to be a very unrewarded good deed. Who's with him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tyelcormo."

Permalink Mark Unread

At that she outright laughs. "Nope, not reconsidering on the swimming. Actually, Russandol should just stay here, it'll simplify the succession dispute tremendously. Is that what you were coming here to say?" she asks the men arriving behind her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure I follow your logic about the succession dispute."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is not what I was coming here to say. Miles Naisameth Vorkosigan, yes? Findekáno Astaldo. Welcome. Do either of my cousins require immediate medical attention, or do we have the luxury of talking politics for a few minutes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Talking politics for a few minutes won't kill anyone."

And they do know how to open the hatch, so they won't be stuck in the shuttle unable to call for help if Russandol - Maitimo - Nelyo - how many names does that Elf have - if the rescuee's condition worsens unexpectedly.

"A pleasure to meet you, Findekáno Astaldo."

(He hasn't quite noticed that he's started picking up their dialect and shifting into it. Other things are occupying his attention.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you've done half of what you claim to have done in the last five minutes, you are a great hero of our people, Miles Naisamith Vorkosigan. The political complication in question is whether Russandol is King of the Noldor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That does sound complicated."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The current situation is fairly tenous; my experience of tenuous situations is that throwing new candidates for Kingship into them rarely improves them. On the other hand, my experience of Russandol is that throwing him into situations reliably does improve them. On the third hand-" - he borrows one of Irissë's for emphasis - "the House of Fëanor is an exhausting, internally divided meatgrinder and were it remotely in my power I would keep a politically important convalescent very far away from them. And on the fourth hand, we have a few grievances which Macalaurë has been ducking on the grounds he's really more of a regent.

So the questions I have are - is he well enough to defend himself, is he well enough that he'd be in charge, is he well enough to answer for the wrongs that were done to us, and does he expect our fealty?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In my estimation? No, no, no, and I'm not sure he's even well enough to notice your fealty if you gave it. That may change as he recovers, of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then it is my sincere recommendation that you not send him across the lake. We have better houses here, we have healers specifically familiar with extended starvation - thanks to them - and there will be no confusion about who is giving orders on the Feanorian side while Russandol is too sick to avoid being used. Or keep him in your metal mount, and let us aid him. I think better of my cousins than almost anyone on this shore, and yet - did Macalaurë ask you to do this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it just seemed like a good idea when I noticed there was a prisoner chained to the cliff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was a very good idea. Sending him home, though, might be a very bad one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am prepared to trust you on this. ...Also, if you're all still starving, I have some travel rations with me which you may try if you like. I don't recommend them to anyone who isn't starving, as they are unpleasant in nearly every way food can be unpleasant and I don't yet know whether the food needs of Elves and Men are similar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be interested in seeing them, at least. Thank you. I'll get everyone who might be capable of assisting Russandol. My cousin's people can remove themselves to their side of the lake as they see fit." He raises an eyebrow at Irissë. "You can communicate that we'd be delighted were they to swim, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. Is there such a thing as a boat with which I might approach my shuttle again? I'm not very buoyant in this armour, and neither is the crate of travel rations."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If anyone in either host was capable of building boats,a great deal of trouble would have been avoided," Irissë says. 

"We can," Findekáno says, "but it'll take some time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll figure something out," sighs Miles. "The food and the rescued cousin will be on their way to your shore soon enough."

He turns around and walks back into the lake, closing his faceplate on the way. When he reaches the shuttle, he climbs the side of it. He waits until the water has mostly run off his armour, and then he opens the hatch and extends the ramp so he can stand on it.

"Hello again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Told you it was a bad idea to land on this side of the lake," Celegorm says. He's sitting next to Maedhros' grav stretcher, a stunner held loosely in one hand, the other anxiously knotting his hair.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're all permitted to return to your camp in whatever way best pleases you, although Findekáno and Irissë would be personally delighted if you swam. It has been suggested, and I agreed with the logic as presented, that he," he gestures to the stretcher, "should stay here because he'd be better cared for. They also said something about him possibly being king. I'm going to give them a crate of my travel rations in case it helps with their starvation problem. Since no one has any boats, we might have to be very clever to get a grav stretcher with your brother on it to the shore if we wanted to do that. Do we want to do that? What do you think?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We want to get him home. They want him because then they have leverage; they won't hurt him, but I don't think it's in anyone's interest but theirs. If he stays here, we need a way for his family to get out here to see him. I really think we want to get him out. And he is the King, though I'm surprised they'd acknowledge it. It's currently not really relevant."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What I am concerned with at this moment is his interest. I am prepared to solve political problems by reminding everyone that I levelled the fortress of Angband until they listen to me; the health and safety of your brother cannot be solved in this way, as far as I know. Findekáno says their camp has healers who are good at dealing with extended starvation. And better houses. Are those considerations less important than he made them seem?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He'll have the same roof over his head in our camp; the fact most of us are still sleeping under the stars isn't relevant to what kind of care Maitimo can get. No one on either side of the lake has any sense of what to do for him. It's not just starvation. I don't even think it's primarily starvation. Anyway, he'd want to be with us, we're his brothers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, then, you can present those arguments when we get him to shore. The grav stretcher will float over water, and it will be nearly impossible to overbalance, but since none of the rest of us can float over water, it will be difficult to move it along and we should get it to solid ground quickly rather than trying to haul it directly across the lake."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And how am I supposed to win an argument with eighty thousand armed people who hate me? No, we get him to the other shore. Then, if they want to share healing expertise, they can send healers over."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...You win an argument with eighty thousand armed people who hate you by having me be the one to argue it while you walk off with your brother, probably. It might honestly not be possible to get him to the other shore. It depends completely on how easily you can drag the grav stretcher around once it's in the water, and I don't know how to estimate that in advance. Try it and I'll tell you the likelihood that it'll run out of power and sink before you get there. Alternately, leave him in the shuttle, but it'll be even harder to visit him in that case, I imagine. If you'd like time to think about it, I can haul that crate of ration bars to the shore."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, good idea." He looks torn. "I'd offer to help but I don't really want to leave him -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can handle it. I will look silly, but I'll handle it."

He picks up the crate - no float pallet, so it doesn't float. He hops into the lake again. It does make a bit of a ridiculous spectacle, the tiny armoured figure dragging a cube of metal and plastic nearly as tall as he is out of the water.

Permalink Mark Unread

The movement has stopped. The pain is as present as ever. not-really-Tyelcormo is holding on to him too tightly and it feels like his skin is being stripped off him again. It's a nice touch. The real Tyelcormo might do that. There's a diplomatic problem. Is that how they're going to get him to buy into this illusion? Maitimo, you've been rescued and they're arguing over you. It must be real. And then he starts to hope for it, starts to believe in it, and sits up only for the strange walls here to dissolve into the familiar ones of Angband. He knows that is what will happen but still he is thinking about the diplomatic problem and how to solve it. The premise is that Tyelcormo and Findekáno are fighting over him, which is ridiculous, because why would Findekáno try? The solution...

...no point, he tells himself. At least make them improve their game, first. A realistic rescue, a realistic diplomatic incident, and you'll play along and let yourself hope it's real.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles sets down the crate and looks around for someone to whom he can explain ration bars.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is the food?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. This is the food."

He opens the crate, extracts a ration bar, and tears the wrapper.

"And this is how you get at the food. Any other questions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That looks like the most straightforward of your magical items. Let me get moving on distribution."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll leave you to it."

And back to the shuttle he goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's the main complication here? I can't push the grav-stretcher while in the water?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's... likely to be awkward. It doesn't float on the water; it floats above it. And if you end up hanging your weight off the side so you can push it, that'll run down the power much faster because of the unbalanced load."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How far above the water?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Variable, but not much less than this," he gestures a height of three feet from the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should be able to design some kind of harness so I can tow it while swimming. Do you have rope?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so."

He checks the place where he thinks he saw something rope-like. Here is a roll of cord.

Permalink Mark Unread

He ties eight knots at seemingly arbitrary places, then slips it over his shoulders. "We'll be fine. Tell Irissë I thought she'd get twice as much amusement."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. I will have to go the long way around, myself, since I would rather not walk on the bottom of the lake all the way across. Also, given the current location of my shuttle, I might end up teaching them how to make electricity, since the recharging of the shuttle will need to happen here where they are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Betcha Curufin will figure it out before you teach any of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wasn't he going to spend the next ten years obsessively studying biological decay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, but he has a son he can parallelize on things with, and if I tell them that you're teaching the cousins eleketaricity, one of the two of them will make it a project."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A race! What fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

He starts to climb down. "Thank you, Miles. Please do feel free to stop by whenever."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I certainly will."

He helps get the grav stretcher out of the shuttle, waits until all of the Elves are also out of the shuttle, closes it, and hops into the lake to wade to shore again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo's still not moving. He tells himself this is all right. Then he starts swimming.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles emerges near where he left the crate. Is it still there? Any Elves nearby?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm arranging to give one to everyone in the camp. We did this sort of supply movement all the time on the road, so I expect they'll be done quickly. You sure you won't starve?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's not the end of my supply. I will have to look for other food sources sooner than I otherwise might, but that's fine, I was planning to anyway, and as you may have noticed, I do things quickly when I do things. How would you like to learn my language and read all my books? Or if not you, then someone else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My sister-in-law would be enraptured, but they murdered her. I can give it a try."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Excellent. And who here might like to help me figure out how to make more of the resource I need to make my shuttle maneuverable in directions other than 'forward' again? It's useful stuff, most of my devices need it, and I imagine I might run into trouble if I crossed the lake, made it over there, and then had to negotiate its transport back to my shuttle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You saved Russandol from Angband. They should be falling at their feet, and the reason they aren't is because they know that if you act entitled to the world, most people will give it to you. But yes, I'm sure we can try."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. Then that's what I'll be doing for the rest of today, I guess. Language, books, and electricity."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You really don't rest, do you? Are you sure we shouldn't spend today riding out to Angband and taking advantage of its destruction?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could. But I need electricity before my shuttle will fly properly again. I leave the decision of whether or not to assault Angband without me up to the people who'd be doing it; without my shuttle I'd just slow you all down on the way. Better for me to stay here and, for example, teach you English out of my book on how to find food in strange places."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I won't get to go anyway, so we can get started in English while my father decides whether to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good to me."

Out comes the reader, with its copy of the Survey Handbook. Miles commences translating.

Permalink Mark Unread

She listens, gnawing on a ration bar.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems most efficient to give a practical demonstration of the 'how to find food in strange places' aspect, and he still has some, though not all, of the appropriate tools with him. Here's a scanner. There's a plant. Here are many characteristics of the plant, revealed.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "I rode with Oromë, I know how to do that. How does it arrive at the safe to eat determination?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it says it's safe to eat for Men, I wouldn't know how to ask it what's safe to eat for Elves, but here's all the information that went into that and how it arrived at its conclusions from the data available..."

So many kinds of analysis. She's going to learn a lot of English biochemical vocabulary. The software also has guesses about the plant's optimal growing conditions, and it can compare soil samples to plant samples and guess how well the latter would thrive in the former.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've been doing that by smell. Is your system not going to be thrown off by the fact the Sun just rose in the sky a month ago and killed basically everything that grew here before then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, not very. And it probably would've been thrown off worse if I'd landed before there was a Sun."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wish you had. We were still crossing the Ice, then, and you could have slapped Macalaurë into giving us food when we arrived."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would happily have done so. But here we are." He pauses consideringly. "Well, maybe not literally slapped. The fact that I'd have to stand on a crate to reach his face would be likely to lessen the dramatic impact."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Draw your Balrog-killer on him, then. We tried, you know, appeals to decency, but none of them have any."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They seem to have more food than you do but I'm not sure they actually have enough even for themselves. Not optimal conditions for decency. Is more precise access to the biochemistry of your surroundings going to help you, or should I be teaching from a different part of the book? In theory the Survey Handbook contains all the knowledge required to arrive in an unexplored land, find out whether it is possible to survive there and if so how, and learn everything else about it that an interested settler might conceivably want to know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, this is plausibly useful. We seem more resilent than you Men - if we eat a small amount of something poisonous, for example, we'll notice and easily protect ourselves, and we've been eating everything and getting a sense of its nutrient content from whether we're any less exhausted afterwards. But the time saved is precious. What other parts of the book are there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Basic biochemistry, flora and fauna, microbes, geology, cartography, equipment maintenance and repair, some other things I'm forgetting - this is the Complete Survey Handbook; in print, the table of contents takes up its own entire volume."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll need iron, though food's probably more of an immediate concern. Let's stick with this, walk around and test a bunch of different things. Your people routinely land on new planets and have to figure out how to live there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some of us. My mother's people are famous for their explorers. I've mentioned that exploring new wormhole routes is dangerous? To work with Betan Astronomical Survey, you have to be willing to take that risk on an ongoing basis, often without anything to show for it afterward, and smart and educated and competent enough to successfully do all the right surveys when you do find a planet. And the planets themselves have dangers, too, of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds amazing. By the end we felt very confined in Valinor. I'd be willing to take some chances on planet-hopping."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I doubt it will ever be possible to introduce you to my mother, but if I somehow did, I think you might get along. She used to be in Survey. Which is why I carry around a copy of the Complete Survey Handbook for its sentimental value."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Ages of the world are long, I'm sure we'll meet eventually. And this is more than sentimentally valuable." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't expect to be suddenly transported to a strange planet and need my copy of the Handbook for practical reasons."

And, well - Curufin might solve biological decay in time to make Miles effectively immortal, but he doesn't really expect anyone to solve interplanetary and possibly interdimensional travel before his mother has lived out her Betan hundred and twenty. He's trying not to dwell on it. There are plenty of more pressing issues to deal with, like elven politics and the continued existence of Moringotto.

Permalink Mark Unread

"These grow everywhere, what does your scanner say?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles investigates the plant.

"Promising things!" he concludes, showing her the display and paging through the highlights.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'll take me a while to have a chance at deciphering your script. Could we carve, maybe, a guide with some key phrases, for people to compare against?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, good idea, that's one of the things I've been meaning to get around to for a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

She pulls out a small knife. "We'll have to head farther afield to find the right kind of wood."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Is carving wood the most efficient writing method you can currently access?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We know how to do clay, but we don't have clay here. In Valinor parchment is lovely, but here it'll rot. So will wood, but not quite as fast. They stole all the ink."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Parchment rots? I'm used to parchment lasting. Most of the early history of the Time of Isolation that stuck around the entire subsequent six hundred years was on parchment. I suppose some of the rest was also on parchment, but maybe the lasting stuff was better preserved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where I'm from, nothing rots. Here, everything does, and we're rather scrambling. Does the scanner explain how to make parchment that lasts?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's see."

He investigates the contents of the reader.

"Yes it does. What's... oh, right, of course. The person whose job it actually is to fly my shuttle has a sister who's doing a treatise on document preservation, so she brought a copy of the latest draft on board."

He misses his army all of a sudden. Are they doing all right without him? Who knows... he may never find out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shuttle flying is a job? We have got to get back to your planet, Miles. I think I'd like it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Pilot, is the term in English for one who flies shuttles and other flying vehicles. You might very well make a good one. Anyway, I can apparently teach you how to preserve parchment but carving wood is probably faster for the immediate purpose if you don't have any ink right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

She gestures at the other side of the lake. 


"It doesn't matter. I can carve wood quickly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you want me to go ask your cousins for ink, I can do that too, but it may take longer than finding a tree."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I don't, I just want you aware that they stole it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Consider me informed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're being remarkably not bitter about the whole thing, really, but I'm not above reminding them. This tree will do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Finding a tree didn't take long at all!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The other reason I want to see your planet is because a civilization of Men seems like it'd be overwhelming and utterly ridiculous and I very much want to try it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Those are accurate descriptions of many parts of the wormhole nexus. I like to think my planet is less ridiculous than some, but of course I'm biased."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's it like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the biggest difference between this place and what I'm used to is the number of people around," he says. "My planet's population is low by most standards, but we still have cities with more people in them than I've seen or heard of in the entire time I've been here. I miss that a little." One of the safer things to miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's funny about that - my parents' generation went to Valinor mostly for the promise of big families. We don't have children in troubled times. But my generation, almost no one married or had children, because politics was starting to get rocky, and then the Darkening, and then the exile. Now maybe we never will. My brother has a daughter and wanted more, but now of course he never can."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles entertains the thought of finding where all these dead elves are kept and arguing for their freedom. Something to put on the backburner, maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's carving English symbols into a piece of wood, with Quenya translations underneath. "So how do we make electricity?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"At its simplest: magnets and some way to make them move, and copper wire for them to be moving near. But first I probably have to explain how you make or find magnets, and I don't actually know that, although the Handbook might have some clues. They're, uh... an oversimplified summary would be 'lumps of stuff that behave oddly around iron'. Other ways to make electricity exist but I'm less confident of the steps involved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. Okay. We can start looking for those."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The way they behave oddly specifically involves moving when near iron, or causing iron to move when near them, or both. Usually at very short ranges," he gestures a plausible such distance. "And they show up on some of the scans I've been doing, so it's possible I could find out if there are any nearby..." He brings up a holomap on his reader, specifically the version with various metal deposits marked.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I have heard of that! I wouldn't know where to look for it, but that isn't very far away at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts walking. "Do we need more than we'll collectively be able to carry? By the scrambling around, I'm guessing they decided 'yes' on pressing Angband, but I bet we can peel one or two people off."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think we'll need more than we can collectively carry just for the 'messing around figuring out how this is supposed to work at all' phase. You can always send people to collect more of the stuff once we have a better idea of what to do with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...are we messing around figuring out how this is supposed to work? I assumed the scanner has instructions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I checked; it doesn't. It shouldn't take me very long to figure it out, because I know the theory pretty well and it's just a matter of filling in a few missing steps, but I don't have actual instructions available."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's the theory?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm... how much do you already know about the underlying structures of matter and energy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have people who studied it. I'm not one of them." Then, more cheerfully, "if it's not in the book then they're not going to figure it out before we do, will they?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm told Curufin will try. I'm fascinated to see who finishes first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stupidity and laziness do not number among my cousins' numerous personal failings, but absent something to work with I can't imagine they'd be able to figure it out very quickly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure they could eventually piece together most of what I know from the books I left with them, but that still leaves me with a nice headstart."

Permalink Mark Unread

She smiles, and shakes her head, and almost says something but seems to think better of it. 

 

"So. Tell me about the fundamental nature of matter as your people understand it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. In brief, and somewhat oversimplified: matter is made up of parts called atoms, each of which is a specific arrangement of three kinds of smaller parts - electrons, protons, and neutrons. Protons and neutrons are fixed in place in the atom, while electrons can move more freely. The number of protons in an atom determines what type of atom it is, the number of neutrons determines what variant of that type, and the number of electrons determines its electric charge. More electrons indicate a lower charge, because someone started writing it that way a long time ago and now we're all stuck doing it backwards. Electricity is the flow of loose electrons between atoms, and it's a very useful way to move energy around, because under optimal conditions electrons move very fast. Chemistry is essentially interactions between atoms, and the name 'atom' was chosen to mean 'indivisible' because the chemists who discovered them were overconfident about their properties."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are types? Do they look different? How do you identity them??

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're mostly too small to see one by one; you identify them by their behaviour, and by how they look when you have large quantities in one place. Metals, for example, are all made of specific types of atoms—I have a table of all the types in here somewhere—"

He navigates the appendix of the Survey Handbook and finds a periodic table of the elements.

"Iron, type twenty-six. Copper, type twenty-nine. Silver, type forty-seven. Tin, type fifty. Gold, type seventy-nine. And then there's things that are made of more than one type of atom, arranged into molecules: pure water, for example, is an arrangement of two of hydrogen, type one, and one of oxygen, type eight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can in fact tell iron apart from copper," she says gamely. "I think some of our chemists would be able to talk about how this fits our model - they've been on about cycles in fundamental types, it's got to be related - but again, not my specialty. Are the magnets we're looking for going to be visible, or will we need to dig?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He flips back to the map and zooms in. "A few visible, it looks like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, perfect. Maybe we should have gone at night to stop the cousins spying, but I actually can't imagine Curufin stooping to that - not over an engineering problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles giggles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They have principles, just not ones that bear any semblance to -" she sighs. "Magnets. What are we looking for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Magnets!"

He zooms in the display yet further, then toggles the highlighting on and off a few times, causing specific rocks to intermittently glow. "Those. They don't actually do that, my map is just being helpful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow. Your people are - very gifted and very generous. Can we run one of those off electricity?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. If you get enough electricity going, I'll give you this reader, show you how to charge it, and go back across the lake to ask nicely for one of the spares I left there when I went to assault Angband." He pauses. "Also, one of the things I end up doing next time I'm there might be to go through their library and scan all their books into a format the reader can use. I'll need a little help setting that up, for maximum efficiency, I'll want someone to come into my shuttle and write down your alphabet, but once I have that... books can be transferred onto and between readers in seconds, maybe minutes for a libraryful. Once it's on one of them, it can be on any of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can copy a book in a few seconds?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it's written on parchment or wood or any other physical thing, I can get it onto the reader essentially as fast as I can glance at all the words in order. Once it's on a reader, moving it between them is trivial. Things that use electricity... can take advantage of the fact that electrons are very small and move very fast to put a lot of information in a very small space and move it around very quickly. There's some manipulation of light in there too, because light also moves very fast."

Permalink Mark Unread

She shakes her head. "That's even better than making them give the books back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad you think so!"

Permalink Mark Unread

They keep walking. She's actually nearly skipping. "Electricity - am I saying it right? So this flows into all of your devices and makes them light and calculate? How does that bit work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, you're saying it right, and yes, it does. Time for me to oversimplify some more things! So, what happens is that inside the device there are a lot of little pieces of stuff with tiny, tiny carvings engraved in them, and the electricity flows along the tiny carvings, which are specially designed to do certain things. Some of the tiny carvings will react in lasting ways when electricity flows into them in certain patterns, so that afterward using more electricity you can check which state they're in, and that's how the device can remember or record things. As for how you make a tiny carving do calculations - well, how much detail do you want? Until now this was one of the most useless pieces of information I knew, so I'm delighted to explain."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Please continue. Carvings I can do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right then. Elves count by twelves; my people count by tens; our devices count by twos, because it's simplest that way. So if you want to represent the number three to a device in a place where it's expecting numbers, you have electricity flow into the last two channels in that part of that carving, to represent two and one. Five would be the third-last and the last, to represent four and one. Fifteen is the last four channels, to represent eight and four and two and one. Then calculations are just a matter of designing the carvings so they behave how you want. In the abstract, they're usually made by assembling tiny sub-carvings that each have a useful behaviour: for example, to add two single channels, you use one design that only passes on the flow of electricity if there's some flowing into both of its channels, and another one that only passes on the flow if there is electricity coming into one or the other but not both. You split the channels you want to add, pass one of each into the two 'gate' designs, and what comes out is a representation of zero if both channels were empty, one if one channel was full, and two if they both were. Is this making sense or should I be drawing helpful pictures?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pictures, maybe. I got about half of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he fiddles with his various objects a bit and then draws a simple diagram of a half adder and shows it to her.

"Two channels going in; each can say either 'zero' or 'one'. Two channels going out, which, taken together, will represent either 'zero', 'one', or 'two'; they could do 'three', but there's no way to get three out of what's going into them, you see. Does that make more sense?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." She counts it out on her fingers. "Yes. That's brilliant. Who figured it out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have no idea. It was lifetimes and lifetimes ago, anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's a lifetime?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"An imprecise measure of time, referring to the usual span between a human being born and dying of old age. Approximately a hundred years."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's horrifying. You're so used to dying that you talk in terms of life spans? How do any of you live? My cousins, one assumes, are -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"And this would be why Curufin is working on solving biological decay. We manage pretty well, though. But if you're ever given to wonder why I can't seem to stand still..." He shrugs. "It hits me harder than most, I think, just how limited and limiting the natural span of a human life is. So I aim to cram as much accomplishment into mine as possible. And possibly extend it indefinitely. I should visit the other side of the lake soon and see how he's getting on, whether I can help, and how stirred up they all are about my unannounced rescue mission."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're going to be in a proper Fëanorian panic, which is mostly communicated through destructive testing of thier recent handiwork and oblique comments that seem to be about something else. Maitimo would have been safer on this side of the lake."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He may well have been, but I couldn't convince Tyelcormo of that, so here we are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can smash Angband and kill Balrogs but you can't go tell Tyelcormo to take a long walk off a short pier?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I... didn't want to, I guess. It seemed likely to cause conflict. If I'd had some way to find out directly what Maitimo himself actually preferred, I would have gone with that and let the consequences fall where they may, but he was in a bad state - looked like he could barely tell where he was." He sighs. "And I am so very reluctant to cause conflict."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have the Balrog-killing weapons, no one's gonna cause a conflict with you. Or did you give those to my darling cousins, too?'

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did, actually. I may yet turn out to regret that decision, but somebody had to have them, I wasn't about to leave none of you with the ability to kill Balrogs, and they were the ones I was already dealing with. Ultimately, of course, I want all of you to have the ability to make Balrog-killing weapons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And the bit where they tried to kill us just... escaped your memory? Don't worry, I don't think they're going to come charging over here and cut us all down with the Balrog-killing guns, the last time they tried they did it so they didn't have to face us. But still, they did try. You had better hope Maitimo recovers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I had ever got the impression from them that they were going to try to kill you, I would have acted differently. So far your situation looks like one of the most solvable feuds I've ever seen. It's very heartening."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What the hell kind of feuds have you seen?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, is it time for another Miles Story?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You just told me you're not even a hundred, I don't understand how this much has happened to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In a universe containing twelve-to-its-own-power of people none of whom is going to live past a hundred and twenty, things frequently happen. But they do happen to me with greater frequency than to most people, I admit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you've encountered a feud worse than this one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Plenty. When I was seventeen years old - just barely not quite an adult, in human terms - I stumbled into the middle of a conflict so old that the actual nature of the original grievance never came up the whole time I was there; I had to win the war just so I could leave. If I'd been able to reconcile the sides instead, I would have."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...how does one stumble on a war? And why win it if you don't know who's in the right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was... an accident. A very long and complicated accident. And I... don't come off looking very good in this one. But I can attempt to explain anyway if you like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well then. To begin with... I failed the entrance examinations to the Imperial Service Academy on Barrayar and my grandfather died a few days later. I felt like I'd lost all control of and joy in my life, so I decided to leave my home planet for a while and travel to the planet my mother's family comes from, to get away from everything because everything was wrong. I brought my childhood best friend along with me, because she seemed like she would enjoy the trip. When we got there, I happened to overhear some people talking to a jump pilot about taking his ship away from him... oh, I might have to explain money before this part will start making sense, it just occurred to me that I've never yet heard anyone here refer to the concept."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might have to explain the imperial service academy, how one just decides at 17 to change planets, and what a jump pilot is. And, yes, money."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was always my ambition as a child to train as a military officer, because that's the most prestigious thing it's possible to do on Barrayar and people kept implying that I couldn't; the Imperial Service Academy is where one goes to attempt that. A jump pilot is the pilot of a jumpship, which is the only kind of ship that can fly through wormholes. Visiting other planets isn't all that difficult - the length of the journey from Barrayar to Beta Colony is one or two twelves of days. Not trivial, but not out of reach if you happen to want to go there. As for money... it's a sort of proxy for trade. If you want something someone else has, can't convince them to give it to you as a gift, and don't have anything that they particularly want in return, you could find out something they want and figure out how to personally get it for them... but it's often more convenient for everyone involved if they can ask you for an amount of money, which you give to them in exchange for the thing you want, and which they can then go on to give to other people in exchange for other things. As long as everyone mostly agrees on the value of money, then everyone can benefit from that convenience."

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks. "I suppose when you have that many people it's necessary."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. So. Along with the concept of money comes the concept of debt. Sometimes, you want something and don't currently have the money to pay for it; when that happens, you can borrow some temporarily, either from a friend or from an institution dedicated to lending people money, or you can ask the person whose thing you want to give it to you now and wait until you have the money to pay them for it. In either case, you now owe someone some money. If you mismanage this ability badly enough, you can end up owing a lot of money, often on uncomfortable terms. This particular pilot was going to have to give up his ship to cover his mismanaged debts, and if he lost that ship he was probably never going to be able to fly again. I felt sorry for him and decided to take on those debts myself. I didn't have the money to pay for them either, but once I got the creditors to agree, he was able to keep his ship for the time being, and therefore we could use the ship to acquire more money by getting other people to pay us to move things between planets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. You could buy something, at home, with promise of payment, but if you couldn't pay your family would, so you wouldn't end up having spoken falsely, and then they'd chastise you later for having been unwise. You couldn't lose your horse for it. All right. So you got his ship. Is that the ship currently in our lake? Do you still owe someone money?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No and no; this was all years ago, and that's a significant amount of time among humans. We did get his ship, but it turned out I had made a poor estimate of how quickly we could acquire the necessary amount of money, never having owned a ship before. Most of the people who wanted to pay us to move their cargo wanted to pay us less than we needed. But there was one person on the planet who wanted to move what he referred to as 'farming equipment' from Beta Colony, famed across the wormhole nexus for its advanced weapons, to his home planet of Tau Verde, which was at the time experiencing a war he was on the losing side of, for what I might describe as a suspiciously high price that also happened to be enough to cover our entire debt in one trip."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you joined his war so you could honor your word." She seems satisfied that this is reasonable.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Actually, no. Originally I didn't intend to fight in the war at all; I just wanted to move his so-called farming equipment, get paid, clear Arde's debts, and be done with the whole business. Unfortunately, things... didn't quite go according to plan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The winning side in the war was guarding their end of the local wormhole, searching any ship that came in, and then taking their jump pilots hostage. A brilliant idea, actually. You cannot cross a wormhole without a jump pilot. It isn't just a matter of skill; some people can be jump pilots, and most people can't, and the ones who can still have to train for it and be specially outfitted with a pilot's headset that connects them to their ship. No pilot, no way out. So we got that far, and the blockaders searched us and didn't find any concealed weapons because I'd hidden them better than that, and Arde wasn't happy about being taken hostage but he was willing to go along with it... except that the captain of the blockading ship decided he'd rather have my best friend instead. And he acted in a way that implied her stay with them was not going to be pleasant. And she looked to me for protection."

Permalink Mark Unread

She frowns and nods. "Uh...why? Did they know each other?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. He was just bored and felt like making trouble. Anyway, so we captured their ship. Then we had the problem of this captured ship full of semi-competent enemy soldiers who we honestly didn't have much chance of maintaining control over in the long term, and I decided to apply a Brilliant Plan... see, when the man with the so-called farming equipment first spoke to me about moving his cargo, he assumed I was a professional soldier and I encouraged him in that assumption. Well, it seemed to me that although the fact of the matter was that the crew of the blockading ship was a bunch of screw-ups and we'd won the fight only by being a luckier bunch of screw-ups and a little cleverer where it mattered, they would probably appreciate the chance to think that instead they had been defeated by a crack team of elite military geniuses. So I implied that that was exactly what had happened, and, ah, offered to let them all join my imaginary army. My previously-imaginary army. And they were so generally confused about their situation, and so glad to have an explanation for recent events that didn't involve thinking of themselves as laughably incompetent, that they all agreed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At first I thought that I was going to have to drop them somewhere without any explanations and run away as soon as I'd delivered my cargo. But they - they believed in this imaginary army of mine, and believed in their own places in it. I very much did not want to abandon them. And then we ran into some of their former comrades, and my new not-so-imaginary army fought for me and won. The captain of that ship managed to escape, and went back to his commander to demand a new ship as was his established right by previous agreement, but instead his commander got angry about all this nonsense - in fairness, the reports he'd been getting must have been very nonsensical - and yelled at him for losing and gave him nothing, so the frustrated captain took his crew and came back and asked if he could join my army too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I like you, Miles. So then you had a real army, and there was a war going on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had an army, and a war, and there was no way I was going to be able to leave without applying the one to the other and winning. So I did that. And my best friend fell in love with one of my officers and decided to stay, so I left them in charge of the army when I went home. And that's the story of how I stumbled into a war and semi-accidentally won it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Their feud might have been quite trivial, though. It, uh, doesn't sound like you checked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm eliding over a lot of the details. Part of the reason why I managed to successfully steal a large part of what had previously been the winning army was that they weren't actually members of the relevant side in the conflict; they were mercenaries, an army for hire, being paid to fight on their behalf. When the fighting was over and the two sides themselves had to sit down together and negotiate the resulting peace, they were... disinclined to cooperate. To put it mildly. Of the many things about that whole situation that I wish I'd handled better, that's one of the major ones. They did eventually get something worked out, and as far as I know they haven't started the whole business up again since, but still, if I'd been thinking ahead... well, if I'd been thinking ahead the whole thing would have gone very differently, but particularly I would've tried to figure out why these people hated each other so much. They did hate each other a whole lot, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The cousins abandoned us to our deaths, got everyone Doomed, and murdered a bunch of people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your cousins made a series of very bad decisions that got a lot of people hurt. But I've managed to get along reasonably well with both sides so far, and no one has tried to kill me over it or even so much as suggested I must be morally corrupt for being friendly with the wrong folk, and that's a big step up from situations like the Tau Verde conflict."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, if we were suspicious of anyone who's friendly with them we'd have to dump me and Findekáno first, and I don't think Father's ready to lose two more of his children."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, exactly. That's... extremely promising, on the scale I'm used to. From my perspective, it seems - well, not easy, but doable, to bring you to a meaningful reconciliation. It's on my list for sometime after I save the world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"From Melkor?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Save the world from Melkor, teach you all everything I know, reconcile the two groups of elves, make my sincere best effort to return home despite believing that it's probably more impossible than the kind of impossible thing I can usually accomplish if I put my mind to it, and then what I do after that depends on whether the previous step succeeded. But I'll consider my life to have been well lived if I get through the first three all right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's almost a shame my uncle is dead. He could get you home, he'd just also have started several civil wars by now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm tempted to respond 'and I can avert civil wars, perfect, I should've arrived earlier', but I suppose we will in fact never know how that would have gone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are a lot of people who devoted their whole lives to averting the relevant civil war and managed only to delay it. But. I think you arrived at the right time, for what it's worth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'm glad you think so, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are we at the site of your magnets? What should they look like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm - yeah, we're close. Over thataway." He points, then brings up the display again. Elven eyes should have no trouble matching the visible rocks to the ones highlighted on the zoomed-in map.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I see them. How much do we need?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's take as much as we can comfortably carry in one trip. If we need more later, it won't be that hard to go get it."

Permalink Mark Unread

She lifts a rock that's around fifty pounds. "I can drag about twenty of these if we want to make a sort of sledge? Or carry three or four, if there's a way to balance the weight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Might as well go for the sledge, if we can manage it."

They can! They will haul so many rocks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If Curvo's figured out yet that he needs this," she says smugly, "he's going to be torn whether to come and copy us in acquiring it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is sort of amusing to contemplate, isn't it."

Hauling rocks, hauling rocks. Miles in his armour can haul a fair amount of rocks too.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So what's the next step?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fiddling with rocks and metal. The same phenomenon that makes iron behave strangely around magnets also makes electrons behave strangely around magnets, so it's possible to make electricity by moving magnets in repetitive patterns near suitable objects, where a suitable object is usually silver or copper wire, and the method of getting them to move may range from putting the whole contraption in the way of moving wind or water to having someone stand there and turn a crank. Now all we have to do is figure out the details. If you don't have suitable wire lying around, and why would you, I can probably get something out of my shuttle that will be workable at least for the experimentation phase."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't have wire, if you mean string made of metal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a serviceable description, yes. Well, someone will have to make some eventually, but for now we'll be fine with what I can get from my shuttle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We do know how to make it. It's that metal is very very scarce at the moment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I can show you where to get more with my lovely maps, and then it will be less scarce."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. The bigger problem was setting up a mining operation in hostile territory, but I expect the territory will be less hostile after they've finished this march on Angband they're mobilizing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are the folks across the lake cooperating in this venture? Should they be prompted to cooperate?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm? No, both of us with weapons on the same battlefield is a recipe for disaster. Normally they'd participate just to prove they're as courageous as we are, but with Maitimo just recovered I expect they'll be glad of having an excellent justification not to rush off to war. Tyelcormo will be sour about sitting at home but he's already been to Angband this very day, and he has a sick brother to nurse to health, and anyway he can go wed himself to one of his mother's sculptures for all I care."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds like an uncomfortable enterprise," remarks Miles. "Well, anyway. I find myself tempted to move up my timeline if the continued rift between your camps is preventing you from cooperating effectively in the effort to save the world, but I suppose even I probably can't bring reconciliation to your peoples in the next couple of hours, so I will reluctantly conclude that the way you conduct your wars is not currently my business and I should focus on building a functioning electrical generator."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might have done it in the last couple hours. If Maitimo recovers, he'll fix things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I hope Maitimo recovers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't we all. I was going to say 'except possibly his brothers', but this is unkind to them. I think they do care about each other. If only the way they care about their father's other possessions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My impression of Tyelcormo is that he cares about Maitimo very much. I don't know the rest of them as well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tyelcormo gives the impression of caring about everything, it just doesn't really translate to doing right by them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He did ask me to rescue Maitimo."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And Macalaurë told you not to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"At Tyelcormo's suggestion, I refrained from informing Macalaurë of the secondary objective of my proposed assault on Angband. All of the reasoning I described to him was perfectly sound and accurate to my thought process, and I did do all the things I said I would. I just... succeeded a little harder than he might have been expecting."

Permalink Mark Unread

She shakes her head. "Fine. Electricity. How do we get it up and running?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll need to construct a contraption of some kind in which magnets can be caused to turn repeatedly around a wire, and I'll need to test how well it's working and refine the design - probably the first few will need someone to stand around turning a crank; eventually I'll be able to come up with a design that can be propelled by the natural motion of wind or water - and then once we have enough of these we can connect them to my shuttle and store excess electricity there. We're unlikely to overrun its capacity anytime soon, but if we turn out to be astonishingly productive I can get started on figuring out how to manufacture batteries right away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. There's a workshop back at the camp which we haven't had the chance to make much use of."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hooray."

Permalink Mark Unread

Their forces have already ridden out towards Angband when they return to camp, and the settlement is nearly deserted. Irissë waves to a child who looks perhaps seven or so. "Itarillë, this is Miles Vorkosigan of all the trouble. Miles, my niece."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Miles Vorkosigan of all the trouble'. Never have I been so accurately summarized. Pleased to meet you, Itarillë."

Permalink Mark Unread

The child nods at him. 

"Itarillë, do you want to join us? We're making a generator, and small fingers might be useful for parts of this. And I know you know your way around the workshop."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might even be fun," says Miles. He considers adding that he loved this sort of thing when he was her age, and then reflects that the kid may very well be older than he is.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it will be very satisfying," she says. 

Itarillë sits down on the sledge with a mischevious smile. Irissë pretends to suddenly have difficulty pulling it. And they proceed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles giggles at the addition to Irissë's sledge.

Permalink Mark Unread

When they reach the workshop, it contains an Elf. She smiles uncertainly at them.

"Hello, Irissë. I have been thinking about the problem of paper," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And the adjacent problems of wood, food - everything rots," she adds to Miles as an aside. "It never happened in Valinor and has us completely off-balance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is unfortunate," she agrees.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I have something less unfortunate for you to think about," says Miles. "Any interest in helping me reinvent the electrical generator?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might first need to explain what one of those is, but I predict I will be very interested."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We need to make these move, apparently," Irissë says. "A handheld crank that turns it in a circle might be enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why must we make them move?" she wonders.

Permalink Mark Unread

So Miles explains again about the electrons.

Permalink Mark Unread

The workshop Elf is fascinated and delighted! And forgetting to introduce herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Miles, this is Ténië. She's going to be better than I or Itarillë at anything particularly technical; I had just barely enough skill with a forge to acquit myself as in fact Noldorin, and Itarillë hadn't even yet had that chance when the war started."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pleased to meet you, Ténië. I'll be glad of your help - all three of you, I'm sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This electricity stuff sounds very exciting and I am very excited," says Ténië.

As they work to assemble a prototype generator, she does turn out to be very good at technical things. And very excited about electricity.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is glad of both the skill and the excitement. He produces safety advice at appropriate moments, and flits about busily assisting and organizing and suggesting and making an occasional trip back to his shuttle for various parts.

After several hours and three discarded prototypes, they have a generator that he says will suffice to charge a reader's batteries at reasonable speed, although they're still far from having enough to get his shuttle operational again.

"That went even faster than I thought. I'm so pleased. I wonder if it's time to go across the lake and see how they're doing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Irissë is turning a hand crank delightedly. "I can't imagine they're already done. You can go check, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I will! You've got the basic principles well enough now that I think you can continue making progress without me. You can keep that reader; I'll solicit another one from the bunch I left with them. Lovely working with you all."

And he's off. How are they doing over there?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Miles Vorkosigan, yes?" someone says when he reaches the other side of the lake. "I'm Curufinwë Tyelperinquar, you spoke to my father yesterday. I think I've invented a perpetual motion machine; your books insist this is impossible, but they also don't reference making gemstones glow with divine light, so I think they may mean that it's impossible if you don't try that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A pleasure to meet you, Curufinwë Tyelperinquar. Making gemstones glow with divine light is not an ability of Men as far as I know. I would be fascinated to hear all about your perpetual motion machine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I was reading the section of your books pertaining to entropy, and I was intrigued firstly because it's appalling and secondly because I wondered if it had some resemblance to the slow decay of our people, which is said to eventually result in our fading entirely from the earth. And they said you can't make a perpetual motion machine, but they'd also said that all light sources use energy, and I can make light that doesn't use energy. So from there it was merely a question of finding a way to turn light into motion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have a solution worked out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, but it's not very interesting except as a proof of concept and for the generator it still makes more sense to use a hand pump. I use the light to heat the water; hot water is less dense, so it rises and generates water movement and then you can attach a wheel" - he shows him a palm-sized tank with a glowing gem set against it - "but it's a very slow wheel, thus the hand pump being currently more efficient. I rigged the generator to both."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nicely done! I'd like to reclaim one of my readers, and then I'd like to discuss your design in detail and find out if we can improve on each other's ideas."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure!" he says. "The problem is that when my grandfather designed these he deliberately designed them to create as little heat as possible, so they were comfortable to the touch even while lighting a whole room. I'm basically reengineering his work to make it less efficient, to create a heat stone rather than a light one. It's not something we needed in Valinor. It shouldn't be hard, though - there's a sense, perhaps related to your entropy, in which heat is more fundamental and easier to create..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That does sound related, yes. When machines waste energy, they primarily waste it as heat. Heat is - sort of fundamentally what energy ends up doing when it isn't doing anything else, I think, or something along those lines."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Yes, and the difference is Men fundamentally can't make it do something better, without using it. I can. Do you want to take a look at the generator?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, absolutely."

Permalink Mark Unread

He hands it to him, his movements very careful and precise despite the fact he is obviously barely paying attention.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles examines it delightedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I assume wrapping the wire more makes it more efficient? Would that be true if we got a finer wire that permitted more wrapping? Which metals are most conductive?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Silver is the most conductive; copper nearly as good; gold's all right; it goes downhill from there," he says. "I was playing with some very fine wires in my recent experiments, and you do get benefits from that but only up to a point," and he goes on into detail about the results of his fiddling with rocks, summarizing efficiently over anything that already seems to be covered in Tyelperinquar's generator design but going into more detail where he expects his information to be novel.

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "We can do silver. We'll be melting down some jewelry but this is way prettier."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so too. And I'm delighted by your perpetual motion machine. There's actually a way to convert light into electricity more directly, but I don't know how it works and couldn't find it in my books, so it can go on the 'projects for later' list. All in all, we're off to a very promising start, though. D'you know how your father's research is coming along? I meant to look in on him earlier, but then I was distracted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's trying to cure you of mortality? That's a long project, much harder than electricity. I'll ask him next time I bring him food."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to keep up with the research if I can; there's always a chance I'll remember some useful relevant insight someone on some planet has discovered that doesn't happen to be in my rather impoverished library. I bet he's getting a lot of use out of the Survey Handbook, though. Its biochemistry section is pretty thorough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's said that when the Elves first arrived in Valinor, and saw light for the first time, they were nearly blinded by it; it was too much to process, too much to imagine, so much wealth when we'd been starving for so long that it was all we could do not to fall to the ground weeping.

 

This is like that, but with books."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I dearly hope that one day I'll be able to show you what my people would consider a real library," says Miles. "Until then, I'm glad you're getting so much use and pleasure out of this one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect you will. We're pretty good at what we do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm favourably impressed so far. Still not sure it's possible to reach my home from here, though. But I suppose even if we can't reach the libraries of my people, we can build our own."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can," he agrees. "And if you got here from your home, it's possible to get back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm... not prepared to rely on that assumption, but I grant that it's a reasonable one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You learn that you can't really survive in this family without relying on it, in a strange sort of way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you don't believe that we can and will do everything, everyone's expectations are overwhelming and you have to face all of the bad things we've done and it's too much to ever possibly justify and you wonder who you even are. If you do believe it, then everything that matters is in the future, and all it takes to make the future good is to invent things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Well, that's... a familiar way of thinking," he says. "And reminds me of my intention to go tell Macalaurë interesting stories about my life sometime. Not right now, though, we still haven't finished exchanging information about electrical generators."

Magnets!

Permalink Mark Unread

They talk well into the night; at some point someone brings them food.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, right, that. Food and sleep, those both exist.

...but inventing is more fun. And Tyelperinquar is a delight.

Interesting stories from Miles's life do end up making it into the conversation, for example when he explains as an aside that you can use magnets to propel a projectile made of or encased in magnet-affected materials very quickly, and in the course of this explanation mentions that when he was fifteen he accidentally turned an interactive display at a science museum into a makeshift railgun.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are these easier to invent than your Balrog-killers? What's their range and accuracy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Much easier, at least in principle. Range and accuracy both depend on construction, which depends partially on the strength of your available materials. I can probably assemble a prototype for testing." He yawns. "...But before I do that, I should sleep."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good night."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodnight. Lovely meeting you."

He makes the trek back to his shuttle, which is not the most comfortable available bed but maintains the advantage of offering him breakfast without his needing to dip into any elves' scarce supplies, and sleeps and wakes up and eats a 24-hour ration bar and reminds himself that if it comes up he should update his estimate of the length of his food supply now that he's given half of it away and exits his shuttle and wades underwater to shore.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't hear them, they're out of range," she greets him. "I assume they're not all dead, but if they are we'll run over to Macalaurë's side of the lake and ask him to protect us, I'm now reasonavbly confident he would. We have a bigger generator. I think we require less sleep than you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you require less sleep than me too. I have some fascinating insights about generator construction to deliver, unless I've been preempted. Would now be a good time for someone to help me add your alphabet to the set of alphabets recognized by the readers? It will involve coming into my shuttle and writing things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can do. Guess who invented the alphabet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it the same person who invented nearly everything else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he was scared that he'd lose it all if he ever stopped. Or maybe it was just that he'd lose the reputation for constantly coming up with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that's unexpectedly relatable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was not a happy man, and he ried very hard to earn all of the things he was desperate to have. I think that's why everyone forgave him for so long."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles sighs. "Yeah..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not trying to make you feel sorry for him. Mass murderer. Twice over. Just - we did understand, this didn't happen because no one understood. And we still do, and that doesn't make it any better."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"An unusually depressing Miles Story springs to mind..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do share."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Before I was born, my grandfather tried to kill me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? How?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, 'how' is the easy question. There's a device for that. Most children of Men spend little if any time in their mothers' bodies unless their parents are old-fashioned; they grow in a uterine replicator until it's time to be born, instead. Under most circumstances it's safer that way. No, the hard question here is why."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"To explain that part I have to start way back in the beginning of the Time of Isolation. One of the many things that went wrong involved a kind of... heritable poison. A child would be born with some problem, whether subtle or obvious - the ones with no head or no mouth or no lungs tended to die at birth or earlier, but if it was no eyes, or only one lung, or something wrong with their nerves that did nothing noticeable for a few years and then made them collapse in unbearable pain never to recover... well. We can't fix our own bodies, you know. Nothing even as simple as changing our heartbeat or temperature. We're stuck with whatever we've got. So our options for intervention are limited, and much more so when everyone's just lost all their knowledge and technology. Lacking any better idea, terrified and heartbroken, the people of Barrayar started killing their own babies, any of them that looked like they might have something wrong with them, because if there was anything wrong at all it could've been one of the very bad things and getting rid of them as soon as possible made for less pain all round. I can't say I approve of their solution, but I do understand it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Oh no. Oh no oh no - children - you poor, poor - that's the most terrifying thing I've ever heard about Men, and I've heard a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," says Miles. "So then we come to my grandfather. He was a war hero. Born in the Time of Isolation, coming to adulthood right around the Cetagandan invasion, resisting the occupation until we threw them out, then turning around and fighting a deeply upsetting, deeply necessary civil war almost immediately afterward, when the new Emperor went mad with fear and started killing everyone he thought was a threat to him, including Grandfather's wife and two of his three children, my father being the third. Grandfather fought through it all. He was incredible. And he kept up with the changes, all the new things the wider world kept throwing at us. New weapons, new devices, new knowledge. He was ecstatic when my father married my mother, I'm told - very anxious to finally acquire grandchildren. But someone poisoned my mother. By accident, actually, they were aiming for my father, it was a political grievance gone very personal. And I nearly died, they had to transfer me out to a uterine replicator to have any hope of saving my life, and I was not going to be a perfectly healthy child. All those old Barrayaran fears got to him. He told them to get rid of me, that he couldn't have a grandson like that, and when my mother refused and my father backed her, he tried to do it himself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because you'd be born sick?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. He was very Barrayaran, my grandfather. It was a different poison, a different problem - mine isn't heritable, my children if they had any would be fine - but it was still unacceptable to him. Well, my parents got me a bodyguard, and for the first five years of my life my parents and my grandfather were not speaking to one another. Then they tried - my grandfather kept horses, you see, and loved them dearly - they tried showing him what a charming child I was by introducing me to his horses."

He smiles.

"I was a very charming child, and I loved his horses just as much as he did, and so he finally became willing to acknowledge my existence. We got along pretty well after that. I didn't actually learn about the attempted murder until much later. Although I did pick up on some of the tension even before I heard the whole story. He tried, but he was never perfectly happy with me. I'm short and funny-looking even by human standards; there was no pretending I was normal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm very sorry. It's - good your parents seemed to be concerned with the right things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," he says. "I'm not entirely sure I can identify the point of this particular Miles Story, but it's something like... what he tried to do to me was awful and unforgiveable, and if my parents had decided not to forgive him for it, that would be reasonable and I wouldn't blame them. And yet I'm still glad they kept trying to reconcile, still glad I got to know him even if it was only for twelve years, and I still loved him and grieved his death."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "That seems like a very relevant moral to draw from that story."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It turns out I have a lot of stories with relevant morals. I wonder if anyone's going to start thinking I'm making them up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have the Balrog-killing weapons. And - it's not as if you come off particularly heroic, in any of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've done a few heroic things in my time, but yeah. Old pains, by and large, are more educational than old triumphs. Which reminds me of an exciting alternate use for magnets!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Railguns. Magnets can cause things to move; a sequence of precisely placed magnets can cause things to move very quickly. A steel ball moving very quickly can really ruin somebody's day. Might not do much good against a Balrog, but it'll have better range than a bow if you build it right. They're uncommon in my world because there aren't many situations for which a railgun is the right weapon anymore - simple physical projectiles are too easy to shield against. But I have not observed any orcs carrying force shield generators, and a railgun is beautifully simple to build. I did it by accident when I was a child. Damaged the magnets exhibit at the science museum, and I'm lucky no one was hurt."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I feel like you'd have accidentally broken Valinor before your majority, if you'd been born one of us. All right, let's build a railgun. Can we send projectiles whizzing over the cousins' heads, or would that be childish?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be childish. And vaguely threatening. Childish and vaguely threatening is not a good combination, in my experience. Let's build a railgun - oh, but first, the alphabet, I nearly forgot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They have Maitimo now, they're not going to overreact. And yes, let's do the alphabet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd like to avoid even risking an overreaction, if possible. Alphabet! Come visit my shuttle. I apologize for the necessity of swimming there."

He tromps underwater to his shuttle, climbs it, and opens the hatch to let her in, then brings her to the comconsole and demonstrates how to write on a proper display using a stick that projects a narrow beam of light.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's delighted. "Do you mind if I just make circles on the parchment? Getting the feel of it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not meaningfully possible to waste space on a comconsole, not with drawn or written things anyway. Play around all you like."

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts doodling, delightedly. "Even if you're the King's granddaughter if you did this at home people'd flinch and tell you it's disrespectful of the animal to be so wasteful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hah. Well, after enough reinvention you'll all have these and doodling will be univerally available."

Permalink Mark Unread

She's sketching a city skyline, now. "Can't wait."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles giggles.

Permalink Mark Unread

A family, awkwardly posed on elaborate furniture - a man, a woman, four children. She makes a line where she doesn't intend it and grimaces.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles shows her how to erase.

Permalink Mark Unread

At that she's practically giddy with delight. "This is like chalk!! Except as precise as ink!!" And she fixes the drawing, elaborates on it; the eldest of the children wears his hair in golden braids, the second is reading, the younger two are playing on the floor with glimmering precious stones.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is so good to be able to give people nice things.

Permalink Mark Unread

"My mother," she says when she's done. "She turned back after the Kinslaying. And my little brother Arakáno, he's dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They aren't."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles... finds he has nothing to say to that. He doesn't have enough information to agree or disagree, and this doesn't seem like the time to start an argument anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's drawing something else now anyway. A series of elegant curving figures. "These are the letters," she says. "I can tell you the sounds that go with each of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please, I haven't actually found the time to become literate in Quenya yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

So she reads off the sounds. "It's written exactly as spoken, and all the dialects follow the same transcription rules."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's amazingly convenient, no wonder everyone complains about English. I apologize on behalf of my native language."

He fiddles with the comconsole to extract the glyphs, then starts keying in an assortment of sentences in the newly recognized alphabet. "Tell me if I make any mistakes."

He makes a couple of typos but corrects them almost immediately; his actual command of the rules as described is perfect.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And this is how you write books so quickly," she says, awed. "It's less of an art, but it's easier to value art for its own sake in Valinor than here. Can I try?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely."

Permalink Mark Unread

So she does. She gets distracted by checking how fast you can type if you do characters at random (quite fast!!!!!!) and how the characters line up - "see, this is no good, the vower markers are supposed to be centered on the consonants and in some cases it means something different when they're off on the edge like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is fixable!"

He dives happily into the text-rendering software and corrects it of its misapprehensions.

This involves several new panes appearing in the holographic display, most of them filled with largely-incomprehensible English text and other symbols, some of them with individual characters and vowel marks displayed in guideline-filled rectangles. With frequent reference to a couple of panes off to the side that may be some sort of manual, Miles uses his light-pen to drag the symbols around and occasionally types or edits quasi-English text in yet another pane.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What does this do, and how does it work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is the system that controls how text is displayed. This part controls the positioning of the synbols," he points to the many rectangles with various Quenya symbols in them, "and this part controls the more complex rules, like which things are vowel marks and how they should be treated differently from the consonants," the pane of weird text.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can I try it? To teach the system the sarati, for example, the runic alphabet we used before Fëanor developed his."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

She works at it intently for about an hour, asking him questions occasionally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is happy to decipher manuals and offer advice and explain what a programming language is.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is very clever," she mutters when she has it finished. "Such an odd thing to do, develop something that just lets you write faster, but here it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not quite accurate to the mindset, but it might clear up a lot of your confusion about human inventions to think of our little efficiencies as reducing the fraction of our finite lifespans we will spend on particular tasks. In the final accounting of my life, I don't want to have to say that a third of it was spent delivering ink to parchment because no one had invented comconsoles. You know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm surprised you didn't just fix the finite life-spans."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've tried, some of us anyway. The problem is fairly intractable, and some of the attempted solutions have been gruesome."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can travel the stars. That seems much harder than not slowly rotting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And yet, we travel the stars and continue to slowly rot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not for much longer, probably. They're thieves and murderers but they're not useless in the forge."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll be fascinated to see what they come up with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Jewelry, probably. It's always jewelry. Fëanor wore the Silmarils on his forehead."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles laughs. "They're melting down jewelry for electrical wiring, I'm told. Which reminds me again: railguns!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! Let's do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

So Miles treks back to shore and returns to the workshop, where Ténië has not yet stopped refining generator designs, and he explains again about railguns.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they get started on building one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is less exciting than generating electricity but I will help with it anyway if it means fewer people get killed by orcs," says Ténië.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can skip projectiles across the lake, if we're not aiming at the cousins," Irissë says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Still less exciting than generating electricity."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We could figure out how to get them to plop gently on the cousins' doorstep."

Permalink Mark Unread

They both giggle.

Miles finds time while they're working on the railgun to catch Ténië up on the latest electricity-related developments from across the lake, and records notes on their current projects with the aid of his shiny new device-supported alphabet.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a while both Elves straighten. "They're coming home."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles looks up from tinkering with a tiny prototype. "Yeah?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thirty dead," Aredhel says tensely after a minute, and starts listing names that Miles doesn't recognize. "They aren't displeased with the fight, but they didn't get close to the enemy - oh. Rockslide. When they were making progress the mountains folded in on them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not a capability I saw demonstrated," murmurs Miles. "Not directly, anyway. He shook my shuttle around a lot but didn't collapse any mountains on it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could he have? I imagine you were moving rather fast. The powers of the Valar mostly work slowly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was moving fast, yes. Maybe that's why."

Permalink Mark Unread

She shakes her head. "Anyway, the Enemy's now buried himself under mountains of rock, which inconveniences him quite a lot; he must have been afraid of us. They're pulling everyone out, lest some of the other mountains collapse also."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should send word to the other host."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not like war," mutters Ténië. "I like mathematics and electrical generators."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not going to send word to the other host."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why not?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Doesn't harm them in any way, and I don't owe them a damned thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was planning to return to the other host to ask after Curufin's progress on biological decay. Will I end up being the one to tell them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead, though I expect he'll just resent being interrupted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We worked pretty well together when he was just getting started, and I catch up fast. But we'll see, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You will." She looks almost sympathetic. "They're quite compelling until the knife sinks into your back, aren't they? And sometimes even then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Quite compelling until the knife sinks into your back' is... a label I'd put on some people I've met, but not these ones in particular. A story for another time, maybe."

He smiles, waves, and trudges around the lake.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor greets him. "Miles."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Macalaurë. I've been meaning to speak with you since I got back from Angband, but things kept coming up. Comes of trying to do everything at once, I suppose. How have things been here, generally?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My brother is alive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad to hear it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're very welcome." He pauses, then adds, "The folks across the lake assaulted Angband. The Enemy collapsed a mountain on them and thirty people died. I don't have their names with me, but it seemed the sort of thing you should know."

Permalink Mark Unread

An eyebrow quirks. "Considerate." He frowns. "I no longer have a library, but shall we find somewhere we can sit down?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't? What happened to it? I was planning on copying those books into the readers sometime soon - but yes, certainly, let's sit down somewhere and talk."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is currently in use as a sickbed. This way." He starts walking.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah." He follows. "Well, the books can wait, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have given us a great deal to think about in a very short span of time," he says. "And given the Enemy even more to think about, it sounds like. It is good and welcome news that he's closed his own front doors with the rubble of a mountain; he must be very nervous. What are your goals now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Get electrical generation going to the point where I can fully resupply my shuttle - that's going very well so far. Bring assorted technological benefits to everyone around me as fast as I can think of implementable ones, assist the folk across the lake in not starving - also going very well. Get your library copied onto the readers - that can wait. In the immediate future I was planning to catch up on Curufin's progress in thwarting biological decay and see if I have any useful insights to offer, which I expect I will at some point even if that point is not now. I think that's most of what I mean to accomplish in the near future but it's very possible I'm forgetting something. Did you have any suggestions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Building replicas of the weapons you've supplied our people with is a longer-term objective?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I thought of a different style of weapon that's much easier to build than the three I supplied you with, we started in on them across the lake this morning, it's looking very promising but there are a few problems left to be solved, I brought notes to share."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." He leans back. "I am afraid I am, at the moment, poor company. I do not wish to discuss my brother's health, but is there anything else you would ask of me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If your brother's health is something I can conceivably help with, I am eager to assist, but otherwise I agree that it is none of my business. On other subjects - nothing springs to mind on the scale of the next few days, and that's where I'm currently focused. I'll probably start thinking in the longer term once I've got power to my shuttle again, or in a week or so, whichever comes first. Are there any problems you'd like me to direct my attention to before then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The brevity of your lives seems to have dealt you some advantages in outlook, if that's the longer term. We have food and supplies and do not expect retaliation from the Enemy, and are in any event well-prepared for it; if your weapons can cut rock, I really ought to send a small team out to Angband to aid my uncle in recovering his people from the rockslide. If they cannot, nothing comes to mind."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A plasma arc will do it. Tyelcormo knows how. It's hard on things adjacent to the cut part of the rock, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps not ideal for rescue. We should try anyway. Tyelcormo, will you ride out?" He does not raise his voice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles awaits signs of a response. And reminds himself to figure out how to approximate Elven hearing. The microphones on the exterior of his power armour are capable of it, it's just a matter of processing the noise into something comprehensible to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor smiles faintly after a second. "Our good deed for the Age. I am not serious," he adds at Miles' expression. "I would like to do right by our cousins; it was not intended this way, but things turned out quite badly. And I think it'll help Maitimo's recovery to keep faimly politics peaceable even without his intervention."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am very happy when things stay peaceable," says Miles. "And sometime we should perhaps exchange stories about unintended results..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not inclined to offer an explanation of what they've no doubt told you, not right now," he says. "But I understand why you might demand to hear it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not inclined to make demands. But I find myself telling a lot of stories around here. By local standards, my short life has had an astonishingly high density of events. I think it might be useful to share perspectives."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How long would it take you, with all of your technology at your disposal, to build a fleet of ocean-going boats?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I imagine that depends substantially on how urgently I needed a fleet of ocean-going boats. Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Imagine that we learned orcs were ravaging a continent east of here, and we needed to land everyone there as quickly as possible while there were still any civilians left to save."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I have no idea how long it's supposed to take to build a fleet of ocean-going boats, but I would be surprised if it took me longer than half a year and I'd be aiming for substantially less than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes his head and smiles. "I think my father might have been able to do it that swiftly also, though we were hampered by having no instructions as to how. He was unwilling to wait. He decided instead to steal some."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If there were boats sitting around that weren't in use for projects more important than rescuing orc victims, that... doesn't sound too unreasonable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Their owners opened fire on us. 

I actually don't know if that's what started it - it might have started with a scuffle on the decks of one of the ships, we were tryng to move quickly and didn't mind tossing a few people overboard - they could swim, all the Eldar can swim - and perhaps it escalated from there. The first thing I noticed was that they had opened fire on us, on the boats that were already leaving the harbor, and so we tried to get to their archers to stop them, and people spilled out of the houses and into the streets with fishing spears and gutted us. 

My cousin Findekáno arrived at that point. He saw that we were all moments from being dead and charged in, with many many more people. When the fighting ended we'd lost a significant part of our people. Everyone had a dead family member and lots had several. They'd lost almost no one, and they were angry and furious to learn we'd started it by stealing the ships, and they had aided in the theft. There were already differences between the host but that night cracked them wide open."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles winces in deep sympathy. "Hell. I'm sorry. That's... exactly the sort of disaster of unintended consequences I was thinking of, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At that point the god of the sea lashed out, sank some of the boats - we tried to get to people, but if a Vala wants you dead it's over - and then spoke the Doom, sentencing us to fail in our mission and die on these shores."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which strikes me as very high on the list of stupidest possible responses to the situation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It did not help. Now we were in the north of the continent, losing people to grief and lingering injuries, and there were skirmishes every time our people made contact with theirs. My uncle told my father that he was a monster - which was untrue, but a comprehensible sentiment - that every single death was on his hands - true in some senses - and that it'd have been better for everyone if he'd never been born - depends how bad the Doom gets, I suppose. My father can safely be assumed to have said things just as bad, of course. And my father decided he couldn't win the war with an army under someone else's command whose members hated him and kept fighting with his, so when we reached this shore he said not to go back.

We did not imagine they would cross the Ice. We assumed they'd turn back and stay in Valinor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah," sighs Miles. "What a mess. I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"For us? We came out of that all right. I appreciate your condolences for Alqualondë. We've been hesitant to offer them, even to each other, because it was our fault."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry for everyone. My sympathy is not a limited resource. And I know how unpleasant it can be to have to live with doing unintended harm. It's not worse than being the one harmed, but it's not fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was easier when we weren't living right next to it," he says with half a smile. "I cannot help but be angry with them for crossing at such risk to their lives, making us accountable for even more. I don't want to renounce my father and his final choices, but I don't know how to set anything right without doing so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want to hear my unintended consequences story?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I was a child, I needed a bodyguard, for reasons that are a story all their own. He had a daughter about my age, and we were close friends growing up, she and I. My bodyguard was... not the sort of person it's easy to be close to, but he loved his daughter and she loved him, and I trusted him and relied on him and appreciated him deeply. As a small child I would sit on his shoulders when I needed a better vantage, it being difficult to see most things when you're about this tall," he gestures the height of his younger self. "Then when we were a little older, not quite at the point of adulthood but getting close to it, my friend started to be curious about where she'd come from, who her mother was. Her father hardly ever spoke of it. She knew almost nothing. We did a great deal of speculating about where this woman might be and what might have happened to drive the pair of them apart, whether it was that she'd died or left him or that they had been separated by circumstances outside their control... We even took a trip to what we thought might have been her mother's home planet and tried to see if we could find her on a war memorial, since we were pretty sure they'd met during a particular war, and might have been on opposite sides."

He pauses for a moment, steadying himself in the face of old memories.

"There was no sign of any such person, and my friend's father didn't question our interest in war memorials the way he might have if he'd thought we might find her mother there. We gave up the search and continued to travel, just for the diversion. My friend was disappointed, but she enjoyed seeing new things and new places and hearing new ideas, even without the answers she'd been looking for. And then... under circumstances that also very much make for their own story, I happened to find my friend's mother. She was just the right age, looked strikingly like my friend - they even had the same name. There was no doubting it. I thought it would be a wonderful surprise to reunite them all, mother and daughter and lost loves. So I arranged for them to meet as though by accident, without telling any of them ahead of time. It seemed like it would be - more special, that way. Nicer for them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Eldar...can't raise a child without both parents. That sounds extremely painful for all involved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Among Men it's... not the most common arrangement, but not a remarkable one, either. Anyway. I still don't know exactly what happened between my friend's parents before they went their separate ways, but I do know what happened when they reunited, because I was there. My friend's mother looked at my friend's father with terror and loathing the likes of which I had never seen before in my life, and he looked at her as though the sight of her caused him incredible pain and transcendent joy at the same time, and he said she was still beautiful, and she killed him on the spot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Oh no."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Out of all the mistakes I've made in my life, that, I think, is the one I regret the most."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can imagine. Was your friend all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Eventually, yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. 

"My brother doesn't believe that he's here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Damn," says Miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have a story for us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Maybe. I'm not sure."

His thoughts are disordered; he tries to sort them out.

"I've - there's - this isn't something that has specifically happened to me or anyone I know, but - a solution springs to mind. I'm not sure if it's a good one. Does he think he's dreaming, or - being made to dream? Or...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently the Enemy can induce whatever impressions he wants and sometimes uses this to try to get reactions or information from him. And "you've been miraculously rescued and are safe" seems like an obvious instance of such a hallucination."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would. But - I keep surprising everyone. I and my life are not things the people of this world expect, or could easily invent. So what if I introduced myself, and... told him stories? All of the stories. The entire contents of my memory. I couldn't drop literally everything else for it, it would be an enormous project, but I'd do it if it seemed like it might help. I speak four languages not previously found in this world, I have had cultural and personal experiences not previously found in this world either..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes very still for a second. "It could be worth a try. I don't think the Enemy could make you up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it's worth a try, I'll give it one. I don't think the Enemy could make me up either. It might help if I knew how to make my thoughts visible on purpose - I still can't even tell which things I'm showing, and the extra depth could only help, I'd think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's teachable, or should be. We teach it to small children at - at about your age, actually, probably." He shakes his head. "What happens if you imagine saying something aloud to me, but without moving your lips or making a sound? Surely sometimes you've desired badly for someone to read your thoughts from your face..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries to put himself in the relevant state of mind. An intense desire to communicate, to be understood...

The test message isn't speech: it's a childhood memory of listening to his grandfather explain how maple sugar is made, rich with sensory and emotional depth. It comes across very clearly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I caught that," he says. "You're sure no one in your world can do this? You can hear and you can speak, it's bizarre you can't do it with each other."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have never experienced this phenomenon, or heard of anyone experiencing it, until I came here. If there was another human available we could try 'speaking' and 'listening' to one another and see if it worked, but unfortunately the supply is rather limited. Should I try introducing myself to Maitimo now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes still again. "Probably not now. He's a bit agitated."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I can catch up with the inventors instead, if that would be more suitable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I think they'd appreciate it. Bring them dinner when you go in? We have to feed our inventors, they forget to do it themselves."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, sure. Where do I find inventor-food?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He points him towards a large hall with food. "It'll be set aside on plates near the end, or you can ask someone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks."

So he acquires inventor-food and then seeks out inventors.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are both in the workshop, and both initially look annoyed when the door opens.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," says Miles. "Sorry to interrupt. I have food, and also notes on railgun designs which I can trivially copy to the local readers because I figured out how to pass around and display information in Quenya easily on my devices. Can I ask you to catch me up on what you've been doing while I've been busy elsewhere?"

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes them look significantly less annoyed. "I told you the first part of this process involved establishing the correspondance between certain magics and the effects on nearby biologicals," he says, "and am sketching out the series of combinations that will be maximally informative towards that end. For example, you might think it's most efficient to tweak only one thing at once. But there are thousands, and they intersect; it turns out to be most productive to create paired and trebled elements, find the nature of their interactions through - hmm, perhaps there's an easier way to introduce you to the concept, given your background. Imagine you have a million items - the names of all the Men in an intermediate-sized city, for example." He nearly smiles. "You need to sort and store information about them. What's the fastest way to sort the information?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know just enough to know it's more complicated than I remember, but I think the sensible solutions tend to involve dividing the list into pieces..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "The fastest method we've devised is to pick an element, reorder your list so all elements with a value less than yours are before it and all elements with a value greater than it are after it, and then repeat this procedure on each of the unsorted smaller lists that are created. This problem happens to be analogous in a relevant sense to the engineering problem of distinguishing correspondences between tugs on the threads of creation and effects in a biological organism; you can imagine that the items in your  list are the relational strengths between threads, and the engineering process is mostly disambiguating them. I have to create magical items for each of the steps in the aforementioned process, which is many more items than there are possible avenues of interaction between creation and aging, and then I'll have them sorted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that sounds familiar. Very tidy. I'll update your readers with my latest notes on railguns." He does that; it takes negligible time. "There. The electrical generators are coming along nicely too, but the railguns are most of what we were working on this morning, that and getting your alphabet onto the readers. You can take notes on those now too if you want; they're unlikely to run out of storage space this century."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it out and spends a few minutes poking around. "The typography isn't quite right, can I improve on it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Any adjustments to the way the text is habitually displayed have to be done from my shuttle, and I imagine your time has better uses than walking there and back to fiddle with it, but you can issue corrections to me and I'll fix them next time I'm on that side of the lake."

Permalink Mark Unread

He has several for each letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles gets them all down in a neatly organized fashion. "Thanks, I'll take care of that next chance I get."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're quite welcome. You see, then, why my project here is time-intensive and requires a great deal of precision. I might be done in a decade."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. And my ability to contribute is limited because as far as I know I have no capacity at all to make magical items. Still, I'll keep it in my thoughts and see if any brilliant insights shake loose. And I hope you'll get plenty of use out of the Handbook's biochemistry section."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, it gave me around eighty different things to look for in early testing. You could be useful in interpreting results, once I have some, and I'll make you aware of them when that day comes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Heat turned out to be easy. Now I'm trying to discover whether there's a means with our methods to do what your lights do, which is go on and off at will..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, is there a magical equivalent of opening and closing a gap in an electrical circuit?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet, but if there is some way to have one I'll come up with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have every reason to expect as much. You're a delight to work with."

Permalink Mark Unread

He starts explaining in a distracted undertone the ways that magics can be established in a way that allows the user later manipulation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles listens and takes notes. It's a fascinating subject.

Permalink Mark Unread

"..none of which work to allow someone not the creator to turn it on and off at will," he says, "which is why I'm trying to think of something new."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I see that. Mm. Tempting though the analogy is, I don't think magic is actually enough like circuit design for me to import useful insights. It's not as though I even know that much about circuit design. Though I can tell you what I know if you think it might be inspiring."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't mind if you keep talking about it," he says. "I'm just thinking, right now, no work to interrupt."

Permalink Mark Unread

So Miles shrugs and explains the representation of binary numbers in electronic devices and the principles behind the half adder again. "And that's the foundation at the heart of any device of mine that manipulates information using electricity, although of course they get vastly more complicated than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could just copy that," Tyelperinquar says, though he doesn't sound happy about it. "Or...hmmm..." and then he's off with another mumbled speculation about Elf engineering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles follows along delightedly. Magical engineering is great.

Permalink Mark Unread

A minute later he shakes his head. "That's not going to be it. Are there related problems I should think about?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Depends what you mean... I know there are mechanical rather than electrical systems that can accomplish some of the same behaviours, but I'm not nearly as well-versed in their details."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anything else that has a stop-and-start behavior I could replicate in some sense might be a useful avenue to think down."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm..."

He thinks. He recites some examples, in varying levels of detail. Mechanical timers; clocks and wind-up toys...

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "I'm sure it can be done. May I see your drawing slate?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

He toys with it, delighted, for a while, then claps his hands together. "Interactions! Miles, you know how waves of water or in a rope can overlap and cancel each other? I think I can do that with magic. The switch would be a resonance frequency. Like so - " and he starts sketching.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh, yes, that's brilliant."

Permalink Mark Unread

He wants a prototype and is clearly going to stay up until he has one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's continually delightful, but Miles does have to sleep eventually. He says his farewells, goes back to his shuttle, applies all the requested typographical fixes and sends out the update, sleeps, wakes up, eats a ration bar, and emerges onto the shore.

Permalink Mark Unread

Several people are standing there with arms crossed.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Morning. We were hoping you could help us resolve a problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's generally what I'm for. Go on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The rock-cutting tools that you gave our cousins are indeed very useful for cutting rocks. Except there was an accident in attempting to extract someone, and he was rather badly burned, and at that point we demanded the tools ourselves, and at that point our cousins drew them on us - "

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles experiences a flash of deep exasperation with said cousins, rather more loudly than he intended to.

Permalink Mark Unread

His audience looks appreciative. "Anyhow, both sides shouted their own angriest people down but there's still around forty people out there yelling at each other, we took all of the injured back here and I don't actually expect anything's gone wrong since but they're your rock-cutting tools and you're best-equipped to settle this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for letting me know. Can someone show me the way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," he says, and takes off at a run.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles and his power armour keep up adequately well.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a long trip even at an Elven running speed, though. They can't see the site of the argument until it's been several hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles spends the time organizing his mental to-do list, contemplating assorted engineering problems, and generally calming himself so that he will not greet the plasma-arc-wielders with a mental snarl of you bloody children. He is very successful!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Miles," Celegorm says when they crest a hill and are within view. "We have two problems, one more urgent than the other."

Permalink Mark Unread

Isn't he glad he did the hearing thing.

"Yes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Firstly, there are still two people alive and trapped here and they're in a great deal of pain and it is not obvious to me how to cut them out without crushing them. Secondly is that their cries have been stressful to everyone involved and there were shoving matches for control of the plasma rays and now we are holding a few people hostage."

Permalink Mark Unread

His exasperation is... a little more sympathetic with added context.

"As soon as I arrive to take charge of them, I am going to ask for the return of my borrowed plasma arcs," he says. "And start on solving the engineering problem. In the meantime, you can explain in more detail how this hostage situation came about."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As soon as we've gotten out everyone who we can, you can do as you please with your plasma arcs," he says, "but we're not setting aside the possibility of rescuing these people because you want them back at once. I have no particular interest in explaining how the situation came about so you can appropriately assign guilt and threats and lectures. You can blame us for it if you wish. We rode out here to try to help get people out from the rock, and we've been doing that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, now he's a little offended.

"I am not interested in delivering blame, threats, or lectures," he says, with a depth of sincerity no doubt audible to any telepathic elf within range. "I am interested in solving your problems. To do that, I need information. Let there be no doubt that I will do everything in my power to rescue those people without further harm. I would be grateful for your assistance in that enterprise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nolofinwë's people disagreed with our approach to the rescue, and demanded that we give them the plasma rays so they could try. I said I'd be happy to teach them, but preferably in a slightly less time-sensitive situation, and I was not going to hand them weapons they had no idea how to use, they'd accidentally kill someone. Older grievances were at this point expressed at length, though I wasn't really listenning because I am trying to get people out from under a rockslide. Then some of them made a grab for some  of the plasma arcs and we tackled most of them but one of them got one and one of my people said that if he tried to use it while he obviously had no idea what he was doing, he would shoot it out of his hand, at which point Nolofinwë's people drew their weapons on us, at which point I demonstrated that these have a bit of a longer range and told them to stay the fuck away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," he says, still broadcasting his sincerity and the meaning behind his words. "I apologize for being unclear about my intentions earlier. When I said I was going to ask for the return of my plasma arcs, I did not mean I was going to deny you their use in the rescue effort. I meant that I plan to deescalate the hostage situation by politely asking everyone not actively participating in the rescue effort to lay down their weapons and stop threatening one another, while everyone who is actively participating can have a plasma arc if they know how to use it. Your concerns about ignorant handling of plasma weapons are extremely valid."

He glances at Findekáno. "Have you anything to add to my understanding of the situation?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tyelcormo's currently-stated reasons for insisting all the weapons remain in the hands of his people were not communicated at the time, and there might have been less trouble if they had been."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Noted. For future reference, trying to use a plasma arc when you don't know how to safely use a plasma arc is dangerous to you and everyone else in range."

And he is still very much in the mood of strongly desiring to be understood, so everyone gets to see the thoughts behind this: in his army, training accidents are rare, because his instructors are competent and his students are appropriately humble. But every so often, someone does get cocky and disregard the safety lectures, and then if you're lucky you end up with a big ugly hole in the wall and if you're not you end up with a big ugly hole in one of the other trainees. This ranks high among his least favourite reasons to have to send a condolence letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So they prevented an accident by threatening to murder us on purpose."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I remain disinterested in assigning blame," says Miles. "You asked for my help. I am helping."

He's close enough now to start doing preliminary scans of the rockslide. He does that. Also gets his first good look at the details of the hostage situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are six angry and bruised Nolofinweans sitting at the base of the rock where Tyelcormo's people are doing rescue work; several plasma arcs are pointed not exactly at them but near them. There are two dozen Nolofinweans armed with longbows a substantial distance away, pointing them at the people who are holding said plasma arcs. There are two people pinned under the rocks. Getting them out looks tricky.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right.

"Tyelcormo, your assessment of the engineering problem?"

He already suspects that the solution is going to involve him personally holding up large amounts of rock while the remaining rescuees are cut free, but he'd like to find a safer solution if possible, since his power armour isn't actually designed for rescue work and its force tolerances would be somewhat strained by the enterprise. Everyone is still getting all of this. He hasn't quite consciously thought about it, but he wouldn't be surprised to learn how loudly he is broadcasting his thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cut here, this falls. Cut here, this falls. Try both at once, we might be able to drag them out first, but that's a stupid and dangerous plan. Call a Vala, my old standby, is unavailable to us as an avenue of problem-solving."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can hold up the precarious parts," he says, internally admitting defeat on the question of whether he'll have to. "Not especially comfortably, but it won't kill me. Now. I request that everyone put down their weapons except for those who are about to use my plasma arcs to help me cut rocks."

He is acutely aware that he has no authority to command these people; however, Findekáno asked for his help and this is the help he has available, and the weapons Tyelcormo's people are holding belong to him. It is blindingly obvious that this is the sort of situation where both sides feel compelled to threaten the other in order to maintain control and protect themselves. The solution to that is for both sides to stop threatening each other. It will work. He has faith in the ability of everyone present to put the rescue work above their grievances, and in Tyelcormo and Findekáno as reasonable people in difficult situations neither of whom is going to turn this into his own personal Solstice Massacre because they are both better than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelcormo is listening to this with amusement. "If they put down their weapons, we'll do the same."

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances back at Findekáno on his way to the precarious rocks, stepping slowly so as not to shake anything up with the weight of his power armour, most of his thoughts now occupied with calculations about where to put himself to maximize the chance of a safe rescue. "Your show, then," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Likewise," Findekáno says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, now he's mildly disappointed in everyone present, with the exception of the ones who are currently under a rockslide and not contributing to this farce. But if they insist on all standing around glaring at each other like unusually well-armed five-year-olds, he will solve that problem after he gets these people out. He closes his faceplate and steps up to his chosen position.

"Tyelcormo. I'm going to hold it up from here. Someone has to cut the rock, and then someone has to haul them both out. I am being very careful in my choice of where to hold, and you need to be very careful in your choice of where to cut, because I can take the amount of pressure I'm aiming for but not a whole lot more than that. If you cause any more to fall than the two parts you were worried about, I will be in trouble. If everything goes well, then please tell me as soon as everyone's clear and I can drop it and step away, because I won't be able to look over and check without risking something shifting. Ready?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good."

He holds up the rock. The feeling that accompanies solving a problem with the help of someone he can rely on is an intense relief and rightness.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clear," Celegorm says a second later.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pulls back and gets out of the way as a large quantity of rock settles into the place where he was just standing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great," Celegorm says, and nods to his people, who set down the plasma arcs. 

 

Findekáno's people lower their bows.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," says Miles, relieved and vindicated and genuinely proud of everyone. It isn't fair to think of them as a bunch of children and be annoyed when they won't put away their toys at word one; he knows how hard this must be and he shouldn't let his frustration get the better of him.

As his urgency fades, there's more room in his mind to think about details such as the fact that he is surrounded by telepathic elves. He experiences a flash of embarrassment and hopes he hasn't offended anyone; in hindsight, with the mood he was just in, there's no way he wasn't yelling his thoughts in every direction.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some people do in fact look fairly amused. "Everyone's alive," Tyelcormo says, "I think you have a fair bit of latitude to think uncharitable things." He nods curtly at Findekáno. "We bear you no particular ill will, or we wouldn't be here. Take your injured and go home."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles, no longer broadcasting his every thought, checks the joints on his power armour and looks at Findekáno. "Anything else you need from me this morning? If not, I'm likely to head to the other side of the lake for the day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You seem to have an astonishing capacity to make my cousins behave reasonably, and my encouragement to exercise it by spending all your time with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. "Thanks."

To the Feanorian encampment, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is very quiet, perhaps because everyone's hard at work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right then. How would he go about finding out if now is a good time to talk to Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

He could knock on the door of the repurposed library.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems intrusive, but he hasn't seen anyone around he could just ask, so, lacking any better ideas... tap tap?

Permalink Mark Unread

Macalaurë opens the door. "Hello. We're keeping it quiet today at Maitimo's request. He heard the discussion across the lake this morning and was distressed by it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is now a good time for me to try speaking to him, or should I go away and do something else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Macalaurë hesitates. "Not a particularly bad time, I don't think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In that case, may I come in?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. He opens the door.

Maitimo is still resting on the grav stretcher. He is very badly emaciated, barely conscious, horribly disfigured, and yet manages to sigh in something resembling exasperation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," Miles says to him. "My name is Miles. I apologize for not introducing myself earlier; I've been very busy."

Permalink Mark Unread

He stirs slightly. "Yes, you have been."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I first showed up and started mentioning events that have happened in my life and recounting stories where they seemed appropriate, everyone was very astonished that I've managed all this in just twenty-four years. I think the astonishment may be decreasing by now. Anyway. Should I assume you know exactly why I'm here, or do I need to explain?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Talk endlessly, one assumes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ha. Yes. Having considered your position, it seems to me that there aren't a lot of things that might constitute genuine evidence that you're out here in the real world having been actually rescued, and the best I've got would be to tell you the history of my people and my own life story in as much colour and detail as I can manage. So I'm going to do that. Unless you object, in which case I can refrain."

Permalink Mark Unread

He stirs uncomfortably again. "As you like."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Miles regards him conflictedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You usually do a better job of nursing me back to a state of some health before attempting games this complex. I don't particularly care, but it seems a shame to waste a story you must have spent a great deal of time crafting on an audience who can barely remain conscious."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles sighs.

"I can also wait, if you prefer. Though I suspect believing none of this is real isn't doing much to speed your recovery. I know if I was held prisoner by a malevolent force that liked to make me hallucinate escapes, I would feel strongly motivated to structure my every action to be as personally annoying to him as possible."

Permalink Mark Unread

He almost smiles, at that. "You can talk. If I fall asleep you can repeat yourself later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure," he says. "So, in order for you to understand my life story, there's some necessary background information..."

He runs through the by-now-standard explanation of human history, including such details as what planets and wormholes are and how Barrayar was founded and lost. He is aware as he speaks that the whole camp and some of the other one is probably listening, but this is strictly a secondary concern; his actual audience is the Elf in front of him.

Still, he feels like he should warn them.

"It may get upsetting from here," he says. "I apologize, but there's really no way to give a complete and comprehensible account of my life without including some disturbing material."

Then he goes on into what he told Irissë about the rise of infanticide in early Barrayaran history.

"In the very beginning of the Time of Isolation, among all the other problems the original settlers and their close descendants were having, they started to notice a sharp rise in nasty heritable illnesses and birth defects. Children born with no eyes or no mouth or half a heart or a degenerative nerve condition that lurked silently for a while and then wrecked them out of nowhere. And, Men being unable to change our own bodies the way Elves can, they were stuck with whatever problems they started with. So they started killing their own children, anytime a baby was born with any detectable problem of that nature, because that was honestly the best solution they could think of. Because they were frightened and grieving and it seemed the least painful path to take."

It's heartbreaking and awful, and the lasting cultural effects have not been kind to him, but he understands why they went there. He is sympathetic to the early Barrayarans as well as their unlucky offspring.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not a very good audience; he barely even stirs. At that, though, he does mutter something.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unlucky?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't consider being born with no lungs an example of particularly good luck. Or - what do you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Being murdered in infancy strikes me as...not at all the worst way a life destined to be painful could go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Confronted with such a situation, I'd rather change the destiny. Or let it be the person's own choice, if the option is available. Failing both of those... I mostly wish it hadn't been such a trauma to the population that in some parts of the world they're still killing infants born with even the most harmless and easily corrected visible defects."

And the effects of that attitude on his own life have in many cases been as painful as his own actual personal health troubles, if not more so. But that's for later in the story; he still has at least two major wars to explain before he gets to the point of his own conception and birth. No, make that three or four. Barrayar has seen a lot of wars, it turns out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's approximately six hundred years of Barrayaran history after that, much of which involves people killing each other for stupid reasons. Then in the year 2898 standard, Emperor Dorca the Just - Emperor is the English title of the ruler of Barrayar; it's like a King but more so - successfully united Barrayar under his rule to the point where for the first time in quite a while, there ceased to be a war going on."

This was not to last.

"Soon afterward, galactic explorers discovered a new wormhole route to Barrayar, from a planet called Komarr which was rich in wormhole routes and very little else. The eight-planet Cetagandan Empire," whose capital city and planet he can picture very vividly, having been there, "decided they liked the opportunity presented by this vulnerable new addition to the wormhole nexus. They bribed the Komarrans to let them take an invasion fleet through. The Komarrans unwisely agreed - I can't imagine what they thought they were doing, putting themselves on the sole route between two separate pieces of an aggressively expansionist power. Anyway, the Cetagandans conquered us. My grandfather Piotr," a remembered holo of his young face, "began his long-running career as a war hero during the initial twenty years of resistance against the occupation. We were stupidly outgunned and outnumbered - they had eight planets, we had one; they had atomics," a flash of Vorkosigan Vashnoi seen from the air, the blasted ruin too poisoned to touch where once there was a thriving city, "we had swords. But after twenty years, thanks to a combination of galactic aid and total unwillingness to quit, we threw them off our planet anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are atomics?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A weapon capable of creating an enormous and devastating explosion by manipulating some of the fundamental forces of the universe in tricky ways."

He recalls the before-and-after of Vorkosigan Vashnoi in greater detail for illustrative purposes. It's his city now, this haunted ruin where none can safely walk.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have any?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not with me, no. Or I'd have dropped one on Angband on the way out. I'm sure it's possible to recreate them, but on the long list of extremely difficult engineering problems presented by the reinvention of various things I've heard of, I'd put it somewhere at the far end. 'Might be easier than gravitics' is the best I can say for it, but unlike atomics, we have an example of gravitics to study; that's what I actually levelled Angband with."

Permalink Mark Unread

He moves somewhat violently at that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Um?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You want me to believe Angband is already leveled? Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have no opinion on whether you should believe it. It's what happened, but from your perspective it's probably the least convincing claim I've made so far. Ignore it if you prefer."

Although if Maitimo would find the sight entertaining, he did take holos of the fortress imploding and can produce them on request.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hallucinations within hallucinations. No. Continue."

Permalink Mark Unread

He snorts. "Sure. Where was I? Right, the end of the Cetagandan occupation. So old Dorca didn't last long after that; he died shortly after we repelled the invaders, and his son Yuri succeeded him. Yuri was the sort of person who believes everyone is out to get him, so a few years into his rule he tried to have every single one of Dorca's other descendants assassinated, including my grandfather's wife and their three children, all of whom he apparently suspected of plotting to overthrow him. My father was the only survivor of that attack. But Yuri didn't bother sending a death squad after Grandfather, which just goes to show how much of an idiot he was, since Grandfather immediately went to war against him and won, an event called Yuri Vorbarra's Civil War by the politer variety of history textbook and the Dismemberment of Mad Yuri by everyone else. Occasionally the fact that I'm related to Mad Yuri through two separate lines of descent keeps me up at night."

Much less lately than it used to, though.

"The next Emperor therefore was Ezar, a distant-ish Vorbarra relative who helped Grandfather pin down Yuri, and he brought order back to the planet and then launched the invasion of Komarr, a war which my father got to be the hero of because my grandfather was finally starting to get a little old for that sort of thing. Father's a brilliant strategist, he had the whole thing planned out perfectly. The objective was to get control of the planet so that we'd have anything resembling a defensible position if the Cetagandans came back and would generally not be dependent on people who clearly did not have our best interests at heart to guard our only path to the rest of the galaxy, and he accomplished that objective beautifully with astonishingly little violence. Unfortunately, not everyone agreed with his priorities. There were some people who thought that what the Komarrans had done to us should be punished with more than just the bloodless conquest of their planet. And, against my father's sworn word that any Komarran who surrendered would be spared, one such person among his subordinates rounded up two hundred high-ranking Komarran prisoners and killed them all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Charming," he murmurs.

Permalink Mark Unread

"My father flew into a rage and killed him on the spot, an understandable if not exactly admirable response. The Komarrans were naturally very upset, and what could have been a mostly peaceful occupation got... substantially nastier than that."

How many wars is he up to now? Dorca, Cetaganda, Yuri, Komarr... just Escobar and Vordarian left, then. Six. Six wars before he was ever born that you need to understand if you want to understand the full context of Miles's life. Wow.

"My father has a lasting reputation with the Komarrans as an evil murderer, and there's been periodic unrest on Komarr since then, but it's getting much better recently. Anyway. Buoyed by what they perceived as an unqualified success at Komarr, a certain faction at home decided they might like to try their hand at galactic conquest. They got a lot of people on their side, including Ezar's only son, Prince Serg. And Barrayaran explorers found a new route to one of the richer and less well-defended planets in the galaxy, a place called Escobar, via a previously-undiscovered planet that had no name at the time. Prince Serg launched an invasion. I'm told it was supposed to have been very well planned, but they failed to account for a recent innovation in military technology that hardly anyone had heard of yet, and most of the invasion fleet was wiped out, Serg included. We named the in-between planet Sergyar in his memory, and I'm very happy to say that the warmongers seem to have permanently learned their lesson from that experience, because no one has seriously suggested we try to conquer anybody else since."

(Miles has strong feelings about conquering things just because you can. The feelings are: don't.)

"I'm also told my parents met at some point during that war," he adds, "though I can't imagine how, and no one's ever said - she's Betan, you see, from Beta Colony, the planet that provided the innovation with which Escobar won the war so dramatically. I do know that after the war ended, she moved to Barrayar to marry my father, and Ezar, who was dying of old age by that point, made Father the regent over Serg's five-year-old son Gregor, and now we're at the last of the six wars that are apparently necessary to understand the context of my birth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Men sound every bit as bad as the Enemy characterized you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know how the Enemy characterized us, so I can't speak to that, but certainly I am not in the business of pretending there's nothing wrong with us. There's plenty wrong with us, individually and collectively."

The point of this exercise is absolutly not to paint a flattering picture of humanity. The point is to tell Maitimo everything Miles knows about his own life and the world he came from, and that definitely includes a lot of very unflattering things. He does think that people are more than their flaws, that there is value and goodness in the lives and hearts of Men. But he understands that someone listening to him describe Barrayaran history might reasonably come to a different conclusion.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Enemy says that you're all Kinslayers a thousand times over, that you do each other unspeakable violence with unspeakable weapons and fill the world with hungry and desperate and parentless children."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure," says Miles. "That happens. Particularly on Barrayar, which is an especially violent and backward place by galactic standards. But on the other hand there's Beta Colony, where everyone has the right by law to food and shelter and all other things that Betans consider basic necessities - including education, by which I mean effective access to the collected published knowledge of all the hundreds of billions of humans in the galaxy - but any Betan who wants to have children has to apply for a parenting license and pass a course and a background check."

He can see the appeal of both systems, but personally he prefers Barrayar. Barrayar is home to him in a way that no other place will ever be. It's fucked up, violent, backward, uncivilized... and beautiful, and full of people who deserve better than what they've got, and when he thinks about how far they've come he aches with pride, and when he thinks about how far they still have left to go he aches with love and duty. More than anything else about being stranded probably-forever in this alien world, what gets to Miles is that he will never see Barrayar again. His heart hurts at the memory of the morning breeze off the long lake, but that's nothing to how much it hurts that his planet will have to go on without him. He wasn't finished! There are so many problems left to solve!

"...Sorry," he adds after that moment of emotion, "I didn't mean to get so distracted. I was about to describe the war of Vordarian's Pretendership."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your technology is infinitely more sophisticated than ours, but you are able to offer less to your people than Valinor offered us even as illiterate primatives. Yes, do tell me about another war."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles makes an amused noise. Maitimo is kind of delightful to talk to, which isn't at all what Miles went in expecting.

But if he thinks about what he'd expect himself to be like in Maitimo's position, he's going to get distracted again. Vordarian.

"So my parents were trying to have children, and around the time my mother got pregnant, someone tried to assassinate my father and she ended up poisoned. At first it looked like I was probably going to die; then it looked like if I didn't die right away, I was going to be born with no bones and die shortly afterward as a miserable blob-thing. My grandfather, child of the Time of Isolation that he was, said they should get rid of me and start over. My mother decided to keep me instead. She had me transferred to a uterine replicator and found the most brilliant doctors available to try their most brilliant ideas for how to save my life and make it worth living."

Rather than waste any time explaining what a uterine replicator is out loud, he just thinks the explanation. It is this thing. By no means common on Barrayar at the time, in fact nearly unheard-of, but very common indeed in the wider galaxy.

"It was going pretty well. Then an ambitious man by the name of Vidal Vordarian decided that, as the position of Emperor was at the moment held by a five-year-old child, it was his for the taking. So he tried to take it. His assassination of Emperor Gregor failed, but he did succeed in capturing Gregor's mother, Serg's widow, the Princess Kareen, and - by coercion, one must assume, it certainly wasn't by personal charm, not after he tried to kill her son - convincing her to marry him. This kicked off a lovely civil war."

By lovely, he means nasty and violent and horrifying.

"My father, as rightful Regent, led the Imperial side. Vordarian had enough political and military backing to make it a fairly even fight, especially since he captured the Imperial Residence as his very first move in the game, and of course there were a lot of people he could sway to his side or at least to neutrality by making it look like it was a foregone conclusion and they'd better not fight him if they didn't want to be executed for treason after he won. But he wanted a tighter grip on his power than that, so he kidnapped as many of the wives and children of opposing political and military figures as he could get his hands on, including raiding the research hospital for my uterine replicator. This turned out to be a mistake."

It's kind of funny, in a horrible sort of way. A lot of Barrayaran history is like that.

"My father, very reasonably under the circumstances, said that he couldn't launch a raid to retrieve me after he'd let the kidnappings of his subordinates' families go uncontested; it would be the worst kind of favouritism and would undermine morale horribly. My mother pointed out that, unlike the wives and children of his subordinates, I needed regular maintenance and experimental treatments that the kidnappers would have no idea how to provide. He said he still couldn't do it because they didn't actually have the resources to pull it off. She - you may begin to notice that this is a pattern with my mother - decided that wasn't good enough for her, took a couple of her close friends, and launched a secret raid all by herself, coming back in the end not only with my uterine replicator safe and sound but also with Vordarian's head in a bag. The story goes that when she walked into a conference where my father was attempting to talk some recalcitrant generals around and one of them asked her where the hell she'd been, she held up the bag - it was originally from some clothing store - said 'Shopping', and then dumped the contents on the table."

Despite not having been there, he can imagine this scene pretty vividly. God, he misses his mother.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is not how we typically settle disagreements over kingship, and I thought we were quite bad at it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not my favoured method. Civil war is bad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could Barrayar have given him half the country? Lived civilly side by side? Or was it only going to end with either Vordarian or your father dead?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He wouldn't have settled for half, because he thought he could have the whole thing. His attempt was prompted by a desire for power, not any belief in a legitimate right to it, because he had no such right. That sort of person - someone who'll try to kill a five-year-old because they want his empire - generally makes a poor ruler if they succeed. Father could technically have pardoned him for treason, if Father had managed to win the war without killing him, and at that point it would've been stupid for Vordarian to try for a second round, but trying for the first round was already stupid, so that's no guarantee. All in all, no, I think once Vordarian started the war the only practical course was to fight it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "And because this was known to anyone, the enemy had the same incentives."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Not a nice situation. Could have been avoided completely if Vordarian hadn't bloody decided he wanted to be Emperor badly enough to kill a child and start a war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway. My grandfather tried to kill me, at some point during all this, while I was still in the replicator. Because I was going to be born visibly unhealthy - even with the best they could do for me, I'm short and funny-looking and my bones are unusually fragile - and he couldn't stand the idea of his grandson being a mutie."

Much as with 'uterine replicator' but more painfully, he packs all the history and meaning into the word. This is what gets shouted at you in alleys and schoolyards, muttered by the people who cross the street when they see you walking down it, hissed and growled in heated arguments with people you thought were better than that, when you look like Miles does and live on Barrayar. It's awful and unreasonable and totally understandable and he was helping to fix it...

He's getting distracted again.

"After that, my parents got me a bodyguard. His name was Konstantine Bothari."

A troubled soul to be sure, but always there for Miles when he needed protection, from the world or from himself. They're fifteen years too early for that story, though. Miles thinks of Bothari's fascinatingly ugly face, the absoluteness of Miles's trust in him, and then he thinks of his early childhood, the cast of characters at last assembled, their names and young faces.

"My closest friends when I was a child were Gregor, my cousin Ivan who was born during Vordarian's War, and Bothari's daughter Elena. For the first five years of my life, I had to wear this awful spinal brace because my bones would break at the slightest provocation and if they broke too often I'd be permanently fucked up to an even greater degree than I already am. I couldn't stand or walk or run, with the brace on; I had to be picked up and carried anywhere I needed to go. Bothari did that, mostly. I think my parents credit my time spent in the brace as the reason why I'm so charming and persuasive, charm and persuasion having been literally my only recourse if I wanted to accomplish anything at all during that time; but I'm not so sure. If I'd been a different person with different talents, maybe the way I worked around that obstacle would've been by crying a lot and inspiring pity, or being very annoying and inspiring grudging compliance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or being useful, and having people want to have you around."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was a tiny fragile child who couldn't stand up without help. My options for being useful were extremely limited."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think I have ever once solved a problem with a skill of mine that required bones."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles laughs. "I'm starting to get the impression you and I have a lot in common," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sensibly, becuase you must be generated at least half by my floundering subconscious. Do continue."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. So the first five years of my childhood," he broadcasts an impression of how much of a human childhood that actually is, "were spent in a back-brace, unable to walk, charming the hell out of everyone around me. Then the brace came off. I'm told I immediately took off running and barely slowed down for days. Some would say I still haven't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I noticed."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs.

"My parents and my grandfather were also not speaking to each other during that time. Grandfather still wouldn't budge on the question of whether it was acceptable for him to have a mutie grandson. But he kept horses, and loved them dearly; and my parents took me to visit him, shortly after I came out of the back-brace, and someone foolishly told me I couldn't ride the horses, and I took this as a challenge, and only after I'd climbed one and was stubbornly clinging to his back did they clarify that no, they meant I didn't have permission, not that I wasn't able to. I fell off and broke my arm," which comes with a vivid sense-memory ingrained over many repetitions of how that feels, "and Grandda was impressed with my wit and courage and discernment - I'd picked his own favourite to climb, because I liked the way that one moved best of all of them. The family was very happily reunited after that."

Grandda, seen from a five-year-old's perspective: an old man, sometimes stern, often smiling, whom absolutely everyone looks at with immense respect, but who always has time for his only grandson. A source of knowledge and wisdom and the opportunity to ride horses and watch maple sugar being made. Five-year-old Miles did not know his Grandda tried to kill him before he was born.

Permalink Mark Unread

"When did they tell you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Later. I'm not sure exactly when. As I grew up, his attitudes became gradually obvious, until when I finally heard the story I was barely surprised. He never admitted it to me himself, though. I... sometimes wish I'd been able to talk to him about it." An impression of old grief. "But we're jumping ahead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He died?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. When I was seventeen, just on the cusp of adulthood. It came at a bad time and I reacted badly. For a while it seemed like I'd personally disappointed him to death."

The impression of what that felt like is muted by time but still not especially fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seventeen, just on the cusp of adulthood," he echoes, amused.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles laughs. "Everyone enviously makes fun of Betans for expecting to live to a hundred and twenty, and here you all are not considering someone an adult until they're, what...? I get the impression it's more than a century but I haven't picked up on a number."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fifty Valian years, but each of those are ten of the years by this Sun."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Five centuries, wow. I can't imagine being an Elf. I'd have been so impatient about everything." Also, if his childhood had lasted that long with proportionately many escapades, he's mildly worried about the scale of the resulting destruction. "Then again, I suppose you make up for the five-hundred-year childhoods by living forever afterward." At least in theory.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Time ...also passes differently in Valinor. It felt brief. Anyhow, you were seventeen and a man grown..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, no, I have an entire childhood and adolescence to recount still. I managed to pack a lot into them."

Where was he... ah yes. Family.

"My father was extremely busy, but he made time for me wherever he could. My mother was not much less occupied, but her work was more compatible with childcare, so I saw more of her in general. Gregor having run out of parents by that point, my mother raised him too, and we spent a lot of time together. He was twice my age when I got out of the brace, but I had twice his energy. I had twice the energy of anyone, most of the time, and spent the majority of it finding interesting kinds of trouble to get into. Like the time I had my friends try to dig an escape tunnel away from my house, or the time I found an abandoned weapons cache and convinced my friends to try piloting one of its semi-defunct vehicles, or the time I almost got us lost in a cave... there's an idiom in English, 'shooting fish in a barrel', referring to something considered almost too easy to bother with, and when I was around eight I decided to empirically test the implicit assertion. It didn't hold up."

His childhood memories are blurred by time and coloured with nostalgia, but he tries to reach down to the most accurate representation of each. It's not the most flattering possible picture of young Miles. A relentlessly energetic bundle of mischief with only a vague and distant understanding of consequences, driven to accomplish things by boredom and a pervasive underlying sense of being thought unfit and incapable, but limited in the scope of those accomplishments by a child's resources and a child's mind and an unusually fragile child's body.

"I'm just glad they stopped me before I tried a plasma arc," he adds, "the steam explosion would've put me in the hospital for sure, and I spent enough time there already just on maintenance, let alone how many times I put myself there by accident. I broke a lot of bones as a kid. People kept trying to get me to slow down and balance my risks more prudently, and I kept interpreting that as commentary on my ability to succeed at things, and that led me to try harder, resulting in further dangerous stunts and accompanying injuries, which led my parents to worry more, which... you get the idea."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You would have gotten along with my father," he says. "Very well, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't heard much about him, but what I've heard leads me to suspect you're right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The...pushing. Believing everyone was disappointed, and constantly fighting to prove them wrong, and constantly unhappy because he couldn't be good enough because they weren't evaluating him for sufficiency in the first place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ouch. Yeah," he says, smiling. That definitely strikes a chord. Only, well... "I think my parents did underestimate me a little in the way I was so sensitive to. They didn't mean to, I'm not sure they noticed they were doing it, but - they were always so careful not to expect things of me, when what I wanted most of all was to be the sort of person you expect things of. Which leads nicely into the other major theme of my childhood: the Vor."

He tries to muster a coherent unspoken explanation for this concept, but it's too big, too all-encompassing. The emotional tone comes across fine - a sense of duty, of responsibility, of authority - but he has to search for words to make sense of the details.

"It was something I learned much more by immersion than study, which is why I'm having so much trouble describing it. My family belongs to a social class called the Vor. When I was growing up, my grandfather was Count Vorkosigan, meaning the hereditary ruler of Vorkosigan District; but although it's easy to think of us that way, the Vor aren't precisely an aristocracy. We're a military caste. My Betan mother still thinks of us as a quaint collective fiction, but Da and Grandda were always very serious about it. It's... a way of approaching the world. A role to fill. And it is heavily concerned with being useful. Duties both military and feudal. None of which anyone was willing to lay on my tiny shoulders for fear they'd collapse under the weight. I mean, I can't say I blame them; I was a child, and the primary impression I gave off was not one of maturity. But it was very frustrating."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. The thing my people value is talent. Ability to do things no one else could do. The worst thing is to be redundant; to be someone who could be wholly encompassed by another person."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ha. My drive for that isn't culturally mediated at all; I come by it naturally. Well, I'm sure there's some contributing influence from having so many intensely accomplished and excellent people in my immediate family. But it can't all be a proximity reaction, or my cousin Ivan would have any ambition of ever amounting to anything."

Miles trusts and even values his cousin Ivan, but there's too much old resentment there to leave any room for liking him very much. Ivan Vorpatril is a nearly flawless image of the proper Barrayaran male: healthy, athletic, handsome, tall. He's also infuriatingly thoughtless, and prone to making insensitive remarks at inopportune moments.

"Ivan... I'm not at all sure how to explain my feelings on Ivan. I resented him deeply as a child, but also loved him, even though that's not the name I would've put to the feeling. He was extremely dependable within his narrow range of applicability. I... now that I think of it, any task I needed done that required healthy bones, I had neatly sorted into 'things to ask of Sergeant Bothari' and 'things to ask of Ivan'. Someone else might do in a pinch if the correct person wasn't available, but those were the categories. I couldn't begin to explain what set of rules governed the division between them, except that most of my stupidly hazardous childhood escapades were Ivan jobs because Bothari would've picked me up and hauled me away from them. Anyway. As we grew up... Ivan discovered girls, and I discovered envy of Ivan's success with girls, to pile on top of my preexisting envy of his ability to fall short distances without breaking anything and his freedom from anyone ever calling him a mutie."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your cousin?" Amusement, wistfulness, sadness.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. My one and only cousin. Most Vor have more close relatives than I do, but we're both children of the survivors of Yuri's purge - my father's mother and Ivan's father's mother were sisters, both princesses, both targeted. But the Vorkosigans were never a prolific line to begin with, so Ivan has plenty of middle-distance relatives through other lines of descent and I have to go back pretty far to trace any meaningful connections."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your parents had no other children?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ivan's father died before he was born - minutes before, actually, in the last few hours of Vordarian's War. And, well. If my parents had given me siblings, there would've been enormous pressure for my father to disinherit me. They haven't outright admitted that's what they were thinking, but... I suspect if things had gone differently for me, one way or the other, they'd have had more children. If I'd been born healthy or never been born at all, either one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles. "Thank you," he says sincerely.

Permalink Mark Unread


"I am very tired. Perhaps we can continue later?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrugs. "Sure. Rest well."

Permalink Mark Unread

His eyes are already closed.

Permalink Mark Unread

So Miles leaves him be.

That was... surprisingly tiring, but he feels like he made some progress.

Where to next? He could go see how the electrical generators across the lake are doing... probably no point in checking on Curufin and Tyelperinquar this early... he should talk to Tyelcormo about the plasma arc incident but not necessarily right now... what he is in fact doing is standing just outside the library, lost in thought. This is a blatantly inefficient use of his time, come on, Miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Need anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm? Oh. Not sure," he says. "I'm... more worn out than I expected. Telling stories isn't usually this tiring. Having trouble figuring out what I should do next. D'you have any more problems to point me at?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want to try your hand at diplomacy? The locals probably noticed you landed, and might appreciate reassurance that you're on our side and not - well, not as unpredictable as you must currently seem to them."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs softly. "Sure. What can you tell me about the locals?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dozen different nomadic communities in this area, a few that were settled by the lake and abandoned it when the fighting started and were interested in coming back now that we had lots of steel protecting it, before the cousins arrived and rather disrupted that negotiation. There's a proper kingdom somewhere south but the King of that is unpopular among everyone I've spoken to. There are walled cities by the coast."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm, all right. Do they speak the same language you do, or am I going to have to inhale another one? What'd this King do to piss everyone off?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They don't speak Quenya. I can teach you their language, it's called Thindarin and it has common roots. The King doesn't let refugees into his kingdom. That seems to be chief among their grievances."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be a good way to annoy one's neighbours, under the circumstances. Sure, teach me Thindarin."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he starts speaking in it, projecting a running translation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is half expecting learning Thindarin to be as slow as learning Russian, but happily, he picks it up every bit as fast as Quenya. Maybe it's the similarities, of which there are many, or maybe it's just that whatever bizarre switch has flipped in his head to make him such a language sponge, it hasn't yet returned to the 'off' position. Whatever, he's happy. Although he suspects he is picking up a Fëanorian accent which he'll have to work on whenever he meets a native speaker.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor catches that thought. "No, we speak Thindarin almost precisely as the natives do; it'd come across as incompetence, if we didn't. It's the cousins who will tell you the language is Sindarin, never mind that the locals didn't experience a th-> s sound shift."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lucky me, not learning it from the cousins, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They also don't speak any Thindarin yet, they've only just arrived and they've been very busy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is that."

Although local standards for what qualifies as 'busy' seem... all right, that's not fair, no one's standards for what qualifies as 'busy' measure up to Miles's. By any reasonable measurement, he's the weird one.

Permalink Mark Unread

He catches that too, and smiles. "My father might have shared your standards. I don't think he ever stopped moving." He pauses. "It got him killed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't plan to let it do the same to me," says Miles.

Which reminds him, if he runs out of other problems to solve, he'd like to learn more about the nature of the local afterlife and see about freeing people from it if that approach seems warranted. The fact there is a local afterlife from which people are not automatically freed is already a little suspect.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maglor is now watching him with a distant sort of wistfulness. "Good fortune, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks." (What's that about...?)

Permalink Mark Unread

Fighting Mandos. Everyone gets the idea, it's desperately tempting, it's probably not possible. Some kinds of hope are just distracting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's why it's on the backburner. Things to do after I've run out of higher and more feasible priorities.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very well. I'm going to sing something to help Nelyo sleep." And he steps back inside.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles still feels a little lost, but he's starting to get back in gear now. Hmm. Maybe he should go across the lake and check on their progress. Probably faster than figuring out how to have a genuinely private conversation with Tyelcormo. Particularly given that he keeps broadcasting his every thought to every telepathic elf in range.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello. We scaled it up and it stopped working, our engineers have some theories why but you'd mentioned a lot of current can be harmful so I thought we'd better wait and ask before we tried all their proposed improvements. Thank you for glaring the boys down from their stupid argument."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anytime," he says cheerfully. "All right, let's see what the trouble is."

He consults with the engineers and makes recommendations for how to proceed.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do we ever get this to the scale you need to fix your shuttle?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"With more materials. And a source of movement besides people turning cranks. Damming a river is a popular option. So is burning fuel to heat water."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Burning trees? That seems wasteful, they grow so slowly. And maybe Ulmo can't get any more irritated with us but I'm disinclined to risk it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Someone is likely to get irritated with you if you dam a river...? Anyway, yes, burning trees isn't a favourite, but it'll do if you don't have anything else. They're toying with making heat-generating magic rocks across the lake."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ulmo's lord of the waters, and I'm not sure but it seems he might. He's pretty angry with us over the Kinslaying. Oh, altered lampstones might do it! The question is how to make them share the trick."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can try asking nicely. It's worked pretty well for me so far."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because you have the weapons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm giving them away as fast as I can."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I...noticed. You're a remarkable person in many ways."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think of myself as an unusually bad one, and yet I don't know if I'd land on a strange world and decide to fix all their problems within a week. I think I'd just explore for a few centuries before that even occurred to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think of myself as an unusually good person. I do think of myself as an unusually... active one. Maybe the difference is that virtue is something I aspire to, while mania I get for free."

Permalink Mark Unread

She laughs. "Either way. How's Russandol doing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He has come to the fairly logical conclusion that this is all a hallucination engineered by the Enemy. I decided the best I could do for him was to tell him my life story from the start - from rather earlier than the start, actually, it turns out that if I want to give my life full context I need to explain six wars that happened beforehand - as evidence of the 'no one could possibly make all this up' variety."

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles. "I suppose from his perspective it would seem wildly implausible. I'm glad he's, ah, well enough to listen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well enough to listen and charm me with his grouchy one-liners."

Permalink Mark Unread

Her smile vanishes. "Yes, sounds like Russandol."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very charming, I mean. Even when he has no right to be, and even when everyone'd be better off if he stopped."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There was a time when I would have said I trusted him. Now, well, I'm very glad he's rescued and I hope he's okay, but -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods understandingly. "Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We heard your stories. They were awesome. Have any about - trusting people, when you shouldn't anymore?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Maybe. I'm not sure. I'd have to know more about what actually happened before I'd know which life lesson to pull out in response, and as astonishing as this may seem, I'm pretty sure I don't have a story tucked away for literally every occasion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I don't know what actually happened. I know what he told us would happen - the ships would come back - and I knew that we stood there in a freezing wasteland and watched them reach the other shore and immediately light the ships on fire."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is an incorrect thing to have happened. But:

"Maybe at some point I'll collect the other side of that story. Could be useful to know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. We'd love to hear it too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then you should."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure it'll help. There are things I'd love to know but am not planning to ask, you know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrugs. "Personally, I'd always rather know. But - yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's still good you got Maitimo. None of us wanted that."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you suppose we can fish in the lake? Your shuttle wouldn't have leaked anything terrible into the water, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've checked, it hasn't. And should continue not doing so, although I'll keep checking."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your artisans are very diligent, building in a way to check. K, then let's go fishing! Well, not you, maybe you enjoy talking with the engineers all day. I'm going fishing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have fun! I will be with the engineers."

Permalink Mark Unread

She waves and heads off to the shore.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles has a delightful and productive time with the engineers.

Then it's back to his shuttle to sleep, and back to the shore in the morning to see if anyone has any urgent business for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

For once, nothing seems to be burning down on either side of the lake.

Permalink Mark Unread

How refreshing! In that case, he checks in with Ténië, who is happily refining generator designs, and then crosses the lake to see if he can get more language lessons or tell Maitimo more stories.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Morning. Breakfast is experimental, some of the quick-oat sprouted, so if you'd like something more normal I think they kept dinner warm."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm still subsisting on my horrible yet impeccably nutritious travel rations, although I gave a bunch of them to the folks across the lake, so my previous estimate of how long I can maintain myself on them should be halved. Thanks, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our pleasure. Did you desire to speak with Maitimo again? He's awake at the moment. He was unimpressed by the oats."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, if Maitimo wouldn't mind."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've endured worse," says a voice from inside, but it sounds almost friendly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't doubt it," says Miles. (A memory of harsh unending light surfaces in the back of his mind, and he isn't entirely sure why.)

He steps into the library.

"Good morning. Where was I? Late childhood, shading into early adolescence, envious of Ivan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds familiar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I also wasn't having the best time at school. The other children didn't think much of me."

His thoughts explain just how drastic an understatement this really is. The picture his mind paints of Barrayaran schoolchildren is fairly brutal, although actual violence never got far because Bothari was always just around the corner.

"So when my mother suggested sending me to Beta Colony for a year or two, when I was around fifteen, I thought it was a fantastic idea. I'd get to go to school on one of the most cosmopolitan and advanced planets in the galaxy, learn amazing things, get away from the troubles of my home planet, maybe even meet a girl who looked at me with something other than disgust." He remembers his adolescent hopes with wry sympathy for his past self. "It... didn't quite work out that way. Well, the learning did. The girls, not so much. That is to say, while it's true that they didn't always look at me with disgust, I didn't find pity or morbid fascination to be much of an improvement. In retrospect I think I was some combination of unlucky and looking in the wrong places, but at the time it felt like I was just fundamentally unlovable. It got so anytime someone looked at me I'd want to claw my skin off."

He makes some effort to dull the sharp edges of these memories; it's possible to get the point across without being maximally vivid, and he has a strong preference not to cause needless suffering in his listeners.

"I tried to kill myself, after a particularly bad one. Bothari had to wrestle me for the knife, a delicate operation since I'm definitely capable of breaking my own bones by grabbing something and pulling too hard. I don't think Grandma Naismith noticed, so I suppose until just now I was the only person left alive who knew about that." He hasn't thought about it in years, but the memory springs into his mind with crystalline clarity.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Among the Eldar that is considered a very serious crime; Mandos is very slow to pardon it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not highly thought of by most humans either, but I faced no expectation that I would persist in any form to be judged for it afterward, and in fact was terrified by the idea that I might."

At that, he slips a little on dulling the memories, and the old pain flashes pure and clear in his mind: the intense urge to destroy himself down to the last subatomic speck, the terror when he contemplated his mother's notions of Heaven and wondered if he might find himself there afterward, the comforting certainty that he was such an awful worthless piece of wreckage that Heaven could not possibly want him.

"Sorry. As you can see, it wasn't the happiest time of my life. I survived, though, and eventually came to be glad I had done so."

Permalink Mark Unread

Familiarity, recognition. Then annoyance. "Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I found your past self relatable, including his preference not to be alive, and resented on his behalf his abrupt conversion into someone who rejoiced in life. Nothing of significance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's fair," says Miles. "My past self appreciates your support. It sure didn't feel like an abrupt conversion at the time, although I grant that if it had taken the entire rest of my life so far it would probably still seem abrupt to you. At the time... well. They're very impressed with themselves, on Beta Colony. They have reason to be, but they take it a little far. We were studying old literature, in one of my classes, and in the very first class I was thoughtlessly asked to read the opening monologue of a play with a deformed and bitter villain protagonist. Not to say that I resented the request, exactly. It gave me a chance to make something useful and - I'm not sure I'd go as far as 'beautiful', but at least to make art - out of my otherwise unrelentingly and unproductively miserable emotional state. But certainly the teacher hadn't thought about it beforehand, and had no idea what to do with my pain once I'd made it obvious to everyone. I can probably dig the whole performance out of my memory if you're interested."

Permalink Mark Unread

He raises an eyebrow. "In Valinor one - wouldn't write a play with a deformed and bitter villain protagonist."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. "I'm very fond of that play. Creative works often don't endure in relevance very long among Men - too much turnover, the culture changes too quickly - but this playwright has been renowned for his ability to continue resonating with modern audiences for thousands of years."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then please do share."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm, let's see..."

He runs through the text in his head to be sure he's got it all, then recites in the original English, holding the translation and the memory of his earlier performance in his thoughts. He's getting really good at this osanwë thing.

"Now is the winter of our discontent made glorious summer by this sun of York, and all the clouds that lour'd upon our house in the deep bosom of the ocean buried." (At the time, his actual emotions and his interpretation of the character happened to coincide perfectly, so that he could speak straight from the heart: amusement, satisfaction, and imperfectly suppressed rage.) "Now are our brows bound up with victorious wreaths; our bruised arms hung up for monuments; our stern alarums changed to merry meetings, our dreadful marches to delightful measures. Grim-visaged war hath smooth'd his wrinkled front; and now, instead of mounting barded steeds to fright the souls of fearful adversaries, he capers nimbly in a lady's chamber to the lascivious pleasing of a lute."

(His audience was beginning to realize what had gone wrong at that point, but Miles was too caught up in his work to pay much attention to the uncomfortable silence that came over the room as he spoke, faster now and angrier.)

"But I, that am not shaped for sportive tricks, not made to court an amorous looking-glass; I, that am rudely stamp'd, and want love's majesty to strut before a wanton ambling nymph; I, that am curtail'd of this fair proportion, cheated of feature by dissembling nature—deformed, unfinish'd, sent before my time into this breathing world, scarce half made up, and that so lamely and unfashionable that dogs bark at me as I halt by them—why, I, in this weak piping time of peace, have no delight to pass away the time, unless to spy my shadow in the sun and descant on mine own deformity."

(The looks of horrified fascination he was getting from the other students sharpened the edge in his voice, and underneath the pain and anger that he poured into his words, he felt a deep pride and satisfaction in being able to bring this character so vividly to life.)

"And therefore, since I cannot prove a lover to entertain these fair well-spoken days, I am determined to prove a villain and hate the idle pleasures of these days. Plots have I laid, inductions dangerous, by drunken prophecies, libels and dreams, to set my brother Clarence and the king in deadly hate the one against the other: and if King Edward be as true and just as I am subtle, false, and treacherous, this day should Clarence closely be mew'd up, about a prophecy which says that 'G' of Edward's heirs the murderer shall be. Dive, thoughts, down to my soul; here Clarence comes."

He shakes his head slightly, pulling himself out of the memory, and smiles. "Two days after a suicide attempt over personal troubles startlingly similar to the ones described in the text, I'm sure you can see how it would've spoken to me so deeply. I wrote an essay on the character of Richard III for that class, later. It made the teacher cry. I was pleased with that result to a degree I kind of regret in retrospect."

Permalink Mark Unread

His eyes are gleaming. So are Macalaurë's, actually. 

"That is beautifully written, for one so young."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was and remain very proud of the depth I can give to that performance. Sometime I should sit down and write out everything I have memorized by that author - he's very easy to memorize, excellent use of meter - and add translations and put it all on the readers. I'm not sure if I can get that whole play out that way, but I might be able to if I used a memory aid."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd enjoy reading that. Anyhow, you spent your adolescence wanting to die and reciting epic poetry about it, proving that the differences between Men and Elves are smaller than anyone thought. Then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...Miles giggles at this summary.

"All the Betans were very Betan about it. It got wearing. By the time I went back to Barrayar I was glad to be back among the people who were openly disgusted with me and away from the people who pitied me equally for being deformed and for being Barrayaran. My culture may have problems, but it's still mine. Anyway, I had an all-right couple of years before things started getting depressing again. I watched adventure holos and learned to pilot a lightflyer," he glosses these concepts in his thoughts with ease, "and cemented my ambition to become an officer in the Imperial Service when I grew up, because it was the proper Vor thing to do and people kept thinking I couldn't do it. The entrance exams to the Imperial Service Academy are half academic, half practical - a series of written tests and an obstacle course. Normally you have to pass both to get in. I expected that would be difficult for me, so I petitioned to have my scores averaged rather than taken separately; then all I'd have to do was turn in a bunch of flawless tests and make it through the obstacle course without literally hospitalizing myself. Guess what I did!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I assume from your tone that you literally hospitalized yourself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Correct," says Miles. "I did hand in the bunch of flawless tests first. But then I let myself get rattled and did something stupid and broke both my legs in the first minute, and then I went home and admitted my shame to Grandda, and the next morning he was dead."

He remembers waking up in confusion to one of the servants calling him Lord Vorkosigan, what had until that moment always been his father's title, and wondering if the man was new, and then realizing the truth.

"Old age. It had been coming for a while. But the timing... I took it very badly. It felt like I had personally killed him, by being too much of a disappointment for him to bear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You really should have met my father," he murmurs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I regret that I couldn't," he says. "It sounds like we'd have a lot to talk about."

Nearly everything he's heard about Fëanor has been extremely relatable.

"Anyway, I proceeded to do a few more stupid things, and ended up on a ship back to Beta Colony with Elena. She wanted to get away and see the galaxy and maybe find out who her mother was, since her father wasn't telling; I wanted to get away and distract myself from my grief and try to at least bring happiness to someone. We decided Elena's parents had probably met during the failed invasion of Escobar, which Bothari did participate in, and that perhaps we should be looking for her among Escobaran war memorials; but we didn't turn anything up, and Bothari wasn't at all suspicious of why we were looking at Escobaran war memorials, so we abandoned that line of inquiry and continued on to Beta Colony as planned. Elena was wonderfully excited about Beta Colony; she'd never been anywhere like it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It strikes me that many problems could have been averted should it have been possible to send the most ambitious of my relatives off to a Beta Colony to have harmless adventures."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Miles breaks into helpless giggles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Findekáno would have been very popular there. Irissë would have been infinitely happier. Findaráto might have grown more swiftly into the person he desires to be, and Artanis would have been less lonely. It doesn't sound like a place I'd seek out particularly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure how much Irissë would like Beta Colony. It doesn't have much of an outdoors," he explains, broadcasting memories of the corridors and concourses and his few glimpses of the hot dry desert with its ever-raging winds. "But they do have plenty of positive attributes. Their society works very well for the sort of person it's meant to accomodate. It's not perfect, though. For example, the day we arrived, I happened to overhear a bit of a disaster in progress. A jump pilot was about to lose his ship over unpaid debts, and rather than go quietly he was threatening to blow himself up in orbit and rain debris across the planetary approach lines."

His mental images of what these varyingly unfamiliar concepts represent are crystal-clear.

"He sounded so - despairing. I wanted to help. So I talked my way past the creditors and got up to his ship and tried to figure out what I could do to help, and what I landed on was swearing him as my vassal, which seemed likely to entangle the attempt to repossess the ship in interplanetary legal disputes long enough for me to think of a better solution. It was also going to make me personally responsible for his debts, but I didn't mind, that was a problem for my future self. He agreed, although I wasn't able to clearly explain the rights and responsibilities involved. I did try, but he was - very Betan. 'A sworn Armsman is legally considered a part of my own body' didn't really get through to him. Oaths among humans are mere voluntary agreements, though, and I wasn't about to chase after him and demand his service if he broke his, so I went through with it. His creditors were... disconcerted."

Seventeen-year-old Miles was a master of the invisible stage. He put on a glorious show, bewildered them completely, and then negotiated the disposal of the debt while they were still trying to figure out what this oath business had been all about.

"Unfortunately not disconcerted enough to drop it completely. So I had to mortgage my inheritance - Grandda, for reasons known to no one but himself, left me Vorkosigan Vashnoi personally and in particular out of all his holdings on his death." Mental image of blasted wasteland, the very same one he kept thinking of when describing atomic weapons earlier. "Former capital of the Vorkosigan District, destroyed in the Cetagandan Wars. The Betans, who didn't care for anyone's history but their own, asked me about location and climate and so on - all of which were very favourable - but didn't think to check whether the land I was offering as collateral was uninhabitably radioactive. It was a cheap trick and I'd be very reluctant to repeat it, but it worked like a charm. They agreed to let me settle the debt on what seemed to me like an acceptable schedule. Unfortunately, never having owned a cargo ship before, I mis-estimated how fast I'd be able to earn enough to pay them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...my."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, the trouble is only just beginning. So! Here we were on Beta Colony, famed across the galaxy for its weapons technology, searching for lucrative cargo-hauling jobs. We found one, in a man who advertised a desire to move some farming equipment from local space to the far side of a military blockade on his war-torn home planet. I figured he had to be smuggling weapons, but if he paid what he said he would, my new Armsman's debt would be cleared in less than half the allotted time. So I arranged a meeting, let him think I was older than I was, let him think I'd ever done this before, and when he proved particularly imaginative I also went along with his assumption that I was a professional soldier in a mercenary army. At the time it seemed a harmless fiction, since I wasn't planning to get caught smuggling weapons, and my fictional fighting abilities could be backed up by Bothari's very real ones if things went south. The man happily accepted the credentials he imagined me to have, and formally hired me to haul his quote-unquote farming equipment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not very good at thinking ahead, as a child and late adolescent. But I was very, very good at improvising. I pulled together every resource at my disposal and got us outfitted for the trip, including hiding the weapons using a clever device recently invented on Beta Colony that the blockaders couldn't possibly know about, and... then while I was in the middle of my preparations, I happened to run across a Barrayaran deserter who was living in a junk heap. Now, the penalty for desertion in the heat of battle, which was in fact his crime, is death. And I don't think about it much, but in those days I was watched by Barrayaran Imperial Security nearly all of my life, so just from happening to run into me, this guy was in big trouble. I therefore offered him a ride on my cargo ship, since I happened to have one and it happened to be leaving the planet very shortly and the all-seeing eye of ImpSec would not be coming along on the trip. He accepted. Off we flew to Tau Verde, me and Major Daum and Sergeant Bothari and Elena and Arde and Baz."

It's so nice to be able to just name people and let his thoughts link name to identity. Daum the bearer of farming equipment, Arde the pilot, Baz the disgraced military engineer.

"We arrived in good order. The blockaders had cleverly arranged to maintain control of local space by taking the pilots of incoming ships hostage, because it's genuinely impossible to fly a jumpship through a wormhole without a jump pilot. Arde wasn't delighted by the idea, but he was willing to put up with it. And our concealment devices worked like a charm. How nice! How lovely! All according to plan! Nothing could go wrong!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We went to parlay with the Enemy. I thought we were sneaky, bringing more than the agreed-on numbers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The disaster that ensued here was not quite to that scale," says Miles. "It was pretty unpleasant at the time, though. See, the ship that met us at the blockade was from a real, genuine mercenary army, and they'd been working that blockade for a long time with very little activity of any kind, and they were very bored. They suspected me of hiding something but couldn't tell what it was, which didn't endear our party to them very much. So just as we were about to hand over Arde and be on our way, their captain said he'd changed his mind, he wanted Elena instead. And the way he looked at her... did not imply that she would have a pleasant stay."

He remembers the moment, the complicated tangle of emotion he felt as he considered the implications of Captain Auson's leering and the potential range of outcomes from uncomfortable to unacceptable. Protectiveness of his friend, anticipation of a fight, excitement and dread at the prospect of fighting.

"Elena looked to me for protection. And that was that. It's a Vor thing. She was my liegewoman. There are people who'll abandon their vassals when it's convenient, but I am not one of those people. So we fought them. We'd been so meek up to that point, and we hardly gave the impression of being an elite fighting force, because we weren't one, and the blockaders had been lax about their discipline - we won. Of course, then we had the problem of how the hell the six of us were going to manage to storm their ship."

The seemingly impossible tactical situation is very clear in his memory. Here, Arde's freighter; there, the Ariel; the distance between them, the RG's lack of any weapons to speak of, the Ariel's presumable population of mercenaries exceeding their half-dozen quasi-combatants by an order of magnitude. Near-certain death if they tried to flee, near-certain death if they tried to board a better-armed and more maneuverable ship without its cooperation.

"Bothari... suggested that he could extract the blockaders' access codes from one of our prisoners, given a free hand. I judged it the only solid chance we had of surviving the situation. I gave the order." He remembers the look on Bothari's face, the light in his eyes, the single scream of the captured pilot. "That decision stands among the biggest regrets of my life. Realistically, we'd all be dead if I'd chosen otherwise. Doesn't matter. I still shouldn't have done it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"An interesting perspective on your obligations to your people, and how far they extend," he says, very neutrally. "Or are you tailoring the story to your audience?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'm not sure what you mean," he says. His thoughts back up this assertion. "If I were tailoring my story to my audience I'd have left out the part where I had someone tortured. But - I can't claim I'm giving you the best evidence I can about the state of the world and then lie to make myself look good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did it work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Perfectly. We took the ship with no other casualties. That prisoner died of his injuries, and I let his people think he'd been killed in battle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting."

Permalink Mark Unread

He has no idea what Maitimo is thinking, but that's fair. It's not like he has any particular right to ask, although he does wish he knew what was up with the comment about obligations to one's people. Anyway.

"Then we had a new problem, which was that we had six people with which to control more than sixty prisoners, which we couldn't possibly hope to do for long enough to get our cargo to its destination. I, problem-solver that I am, devised a solution. The crew of the Ariel didn't want to believe they were a bunch of losers who'd just been soundly defeated by a smaller, luckier bunch of losers. So I lied to them, and said we had been trying to smuggle something past the blockade: military advisors. Then I graciously offered to let them all join my imaginary army. They were delighted to accept. It gave them everything they'd been missing. It was exciting, attention-occupying, soothing to their sense of self-worth. There was just the slight problem of what the hell I was going to do with them a week later when we reached the dropoff point and I could no longer feasibly pretend I wasn't smuggling weapons to their enemies. But that, like many things, was a problem for Future Miles."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is honesty not among the traits Barrayar particularly values?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a lesser virtue. One which I value more highly now than I used to. You may have noticed that I am extremely committed to being honest with the people I've met in this world, for example." He hasn't even asked how he might learn to stop broadcasting his every thought to the telepathic elves. He learned how to turn it on deliberately, but not how to turn it off. That suits him. He can't help them without a foundation of trust. (Perhaps he should've thought of that before explaining that he had someone tortured to death when he was seventeen.) (Too late now, and anyway, it's hardly honesty if he leaves out all the parts he's ashamed of.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He nearly smiles at that. "I think people here are considering 'seventeen' more of an extenuating circumstance than you personally consider it. It is very good that no one obeyed my orders when I was seventeen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lucky me, then. Barrayar does, actually, have a thing about a particular subtype of honesty, and I'm a little surprised I managed to get this far without detailing it explicitly - to break one's sworn word is considered the height of dishonour. More so the more solemnly given, and it's worse if you're Vor because Vor are - more relied on, and therefore must by necessity be especially reliable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But if someone already thinks you're a mercenary smuggler, may as well be a mercenary army trainer?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Anyway, none of them knew I was Vor, not that that matters in my personal accounting of honour."

(His father's voice: "Reputation is what other people know about you. Honour is what you know about yourself.")

"But I had this semi-imaginary army under my semi-farcical command, and we approached the dropoff point... only to find that it had been captured. Much to my surprise, my new recruits reacted to this situation as though I was actually a mercenary admiral and actually their legitimate commander. So I had them recapture it for me, from their former comrades. It worked beautifully. We got the station and the ship that had been guarding it on behalf of the occupying force. A much bigger and fiercer ship than the Ariel. I gave command of the Triumph to the Ariel's former captain, and command of the Ariel to his former second-in-command."

Good old Thorne. Oh, has he not explained hermaphrodites? How the hell did he get through his schooling on Beta Colony without explaining hermaphrodites? He's making such a mess of this.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ambitious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose so. Mostly it was Present Miles solving the problems Past Miles had handed to him and leaving the consequences of his solutions for Future Miles in an ongoing ever-escalating cycle. The next round after we captured the station involved the Triumph's ex-commander escaping, a bunch of things going wrong, Major Daum dying in battle, and Major Daum's superiors showing up and declining to honour Daum's verbal agreement with me on his behalf. That really threw me. I thought of myself as pretty cosmopolitan by that point, but that they could just fail to redeem their dead comrade's word because it was convenient for them offended me to the depths of my extremely Barrayaran soul. I got that sorted out too, though, and convinced them to pay me. Which they did. In their local currency, which was totally valueless outside their country because they'd been losing this war for a while now. But none of the soldiers under my increasingly non-imaginary command knew that, so I paid them in it and left Future Miles to handle whatever came of that. Future Miles is a very busy person in this story, and has no one to blame for it but himself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Indeed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway, I had now delivered my cargo and been paid for doing so and could theoretically have left, except that they picked up on my attitude about verbal agreements and got me to swear my word to an agreement that I would bring my army officially into the war on their side. Also, the opposing side still controlled the space surrounding the wormhole jump point, so I'd have had to fight them to leave either way. I didn't actually have enough of an army to fight the rest of the opposing mercenaries, so I solved that by hiring more people from whoever I could find among galactic travelers who'd been stranded in local space by the conflict. One of those people, by some bizarre coincidence, turned out to be Elena's mother."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fate has - well, not smiled on you, but whisked you along her way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm," he says.

"I was overjoyed when I noticed. Elena had been having an amazing time being part of my shiny new army - she loved everything about it; on Barrayar she would never have been allowed to join the military, because they don't let girls in - but I remembered how much she'd yearned to find out anything at all about her family. And I remembered our speculation that her mother had been an Escobaran soldier who'd met Bothari on opposite sides of a war, just like my own parents did; and now here was an Escobaran soldier of just the right age who looked exactly like Elena with the Bothari subtracted. She even had the same name. I decided I would set up a wonderful surprise for the three of them; I asked to see Elena's mother, and arranged for Elena and Bothari to be in the room when she arrived."

He plays the scene in his memory. The look on Bothari's face, and the look on Elena senior's, and the flash of the needler, and the blood.

"Another one for the list of my greatest regrets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know for certain. Elena's mother spoke to me afterward. She called Bothari a monster, said he deserved it."

(The look in Bothari's eyes, when he contemplated torturing that prisoner...)

"I... don't think she was lying. I think whatever happened between them, it was not the romance Elena and I imagined. I think he hurt her very badly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not get the impression from your memories that it was a minor grievance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am very sure it wasn't."

He could guess. But it seems to dishonour both of them to speculate beyond the facts. There is a wide range of possibilities for a sequence of events that could have left the results he saw: a child, a legacy of fear and horror so extreme that she killed him as soon as he spoke to her, Bothari still clearly in love up to the very moment he died.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So a terrified woman had just murdered your bodyguard and was presumably still holding a weapon..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"One of my other soldiers came and asked what the hell just happened. I passed it off as an accident. She didn't harm anyone else, and I didn't go after her for killing Bothari. Though I did impulsively ask her for a death-offering. A Barrayaran custom - you think of someone who died, and burn something of yours, to renew your memory of them or sometimes to get your memory of them to leave you alone. It seemed like... the best I could do for both of them. She agreed to it. We didn't see much of each other after that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't have death customs. Do they help?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Somewhat. I don't know if it's the same for everyone, but they've helped me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As I recall, you were still stranded in debt in the middle of a foreign war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," he says. "Hiring more people helped, but didn't actually get me all the way to victory. No, what won me the war was mainly Ky Tung. The Triumph had been his ship, and when I captured it, he went back to his commander and asked for a new one, as they'd agreed would happen if the Triumph was captured in battle. But Admiral Oser was extremely annoyed about me suborning the entire crew of the Ariel. Rather than give Tung a new ship, he told him off for losing, ranted for a while, and generally made a public spectacle of it. Tung is a proud creature. This was the exact wrong way to handle him. He took a few of his best people, turned around, came right back to me, and asked if he could join my army. I happily accepted. Ky's a good man and a brilliant strategist. It was his help that made it possible to win, although I did contribute the clever idea that brought us to victory quickly - mercenaries, you see, generally like to be paid. It's a contravention of some codes of conduct among mercenaries to steal another army's pay, but not to destroy said pay. I targeted the next few shipments of money to Admiral Oser from his employers, and carefully calculated exactly how much of it I'd have to burn exactly when in order to get Oser and the Pelians into an irreconcilable disagreement over who owed how much to whom. Worked like a charm."

Permalink Mark Unread

"..all while not sure which side of the war was justified?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't thinking about it at the time. The war was an obstacle between me and getting safely away with my money. Looking back, I'm at least pretty sure I got them to a state of peace faster and with fewer casualties than they'd have managed without my interference. I'm not sure how much that excuses me. But I'm also not sure either side was really justified. I think it may have been one of those situations where both sides hate each other very deeply more out of habit than anything. Where each thinks their atrocities are justified because the other side committed more of them, or committed them first, or committed worse ones, or just because they are the other side. Not that I saw any atrocities while I was there."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles. "I see."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, and right as everything was finally starting to go smoothly, I collapsed and nearly died because I was under so much stress my stomach tried to eat iself. The doctors had to replace it with an artificial replica that doesn't do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At the age of seventeen?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes his head.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then Ivan inexplicably showed up, while I was still recovering from that. He said he'd been woken up in the middle of the night and told to accompany a courier bearing me a parchment letter from the Council of Counts, and he was sufficiently incurious that it didn't occur to him that there was absolutely no sane reason why he should accompany that courier in the first place, let alone why he had to do it in the middle of the night without telling anyone where he was going. They stopped over on Beta Colony and he spent some time with a girl and slept in and missed their departure toward Tau Verde and had to beg a ride from a stranger who happened to be going in the right direction, and yet, somehow, he arrived before the courier ever did. I told him he was an idiot and had narrowly escaped death by jump drive sabotage."

(Death by jump drive malfunction is probably what everyone in Miles's fleet currently thinks happened to him. It's an unsettling fate. You start a jump and never finish it, and the best guess anyone has about what happens to you is that you are shredded to a fine subatomic mist and spread out across a vast region of interstellar space.)

"We're closely related enough that some of the same people would be advantaged by getting rid of both of us. One doesn't receive a parchment letter from the Council of Counts over trivial business. The only way this bizarre turn of events made sense was if someone had arranged for me to be accused of some deadly crime for their own political gain, then decided it would be tidy and efficient to erase Ivan along with the Council summons. And then whenever I came home I'd have been tried and convicted in absentia, failure to show up being considered a pretty poor defense against serious charges."

It's bizarre how much of this background information he's managed not to have explained yet despite fully intending to tell the story of his entire childhood. He may have to go back for another pass. This part of the story would make so much more sense if he had ever mentioned Vorloupulous's Law before.

"...Uh, also it's a crime punishable by death for a Vor lord to amass a private army of more than twenty individuals, ever since Dorca's day. Cuts down on the temptation to go to war with each other. I managed not to remember that one for the entire time I spent accidentally amassing a private army, but it sprang to mind with sudden force when I was confronted with the realization that someone must be plotting to have me executed without a chance to defend myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are those the traditional stakes of Barrayaran politics?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, not invariably. It's much better now than it was before Dorca banned private armies and Ezar banned dueling. But if you go back a hundred years, yeah, my people's ancestors were really enthusiastic about killing each other for petty reasons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A respect in which we tell ourselves we are very different from you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if there's a difference in kind but there is certainly one of degree. Anyway."

Where was he? Ah, right. On his way out of Tau Verde local space; just a few loose ends left to tie up...

"As part of Admiral Oser's surrender, he actually joined the Dendarii himself along with the remainder of his army. I left Ky, Baz, and Elena in charge while I hurried home to try to make my appointment with the Council. Oh, yeah, and Baz and Elena got married. I was desperately disappointed at the time, having been in love with Elena myself, but I got myself straightened out about it."

Did he really forget to mention being in love with Elena? At the time it would have been inconceivable to go five minutes without remembering it anew. How the times do change.

"And one of my Dendarii had had her face burned off by a plasma arc in one of the early battles, so I offered to buy her a new one with whatever I had left over from our payment once I cleared Arde's debts. Me, Ivan, and Elli therefore headed back to Beta Colony, where I found the man I owed all that money to and, uh, ended up leaving him tied up in a closet with his pockets stuffed full of cash because otherwise he would've wanted to introduce an unacceptable delay into my schedule by bringing me up on Betan charges out of spite that it took me so long to get him his money. But in the end I got home just in time to walk into Vorhartung Castle and respond to someone's rhetorical question of 'if he's innocent, where is he?' with 'right here, no thanks to you'. It was a lovely moment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That settled the charges of having a private army?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, no. But luckily for me, the conspirators had decided to go after me for the flashier crime of usurpation, of which I happened to be innocent. I suppose if they didn't think I was going to show up to testify on my own behalf, it didn't matter whether I'd actually done anything resembling their accusations or not. Anyway, I pried apart their alliance with a few choice words and one man drew a deadly weapon on the other, not a healthy thing to do in the presence of the Emperor of Barrayar. He got mobbed by concerned citizens. Very Barrayaran. On most planets, if you pull out a weapon in a crowded room, people will run away. This still left me with the problem of what to do about my private army, but I managed to talk myself into a private audience with Gregor - well, Gregor, Da, Simon, and Count Vorhalas - where I could just say, 'I didn't mean to and I'm very sorry, now what the hell do I do with them?'"

...He has forgotten to explain Simon.

"I've forgotten to explain Simon. How did I forget to explain Simon. I can just see him giving me one of his faintly mocking looks... Simon Illyan is the head of Barrayaran Imperial Security and an old family friend. He has a perfect memory, a brilliant mind, and an exquisite grasp of sarcasm. You'd probably get along."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I imagine so. Is there a reason you can't introduce the other players in this drama? Is the flying thing you used to rescue me broken?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it's currently not flying, but that's a solvable problem and very nearly solved. Several issues remain. One, it doesn't have a jump drive and I don't have a jump pilot, so even if I could find a wormhole I wouldn't be able to cross one - wouldn't be able to tell it was there, actually, I don't have any wormhole detection equipment or the knowledge of how to build it, nor do I have a good reason to assume that jump pilot potential exists in any local population. Two, I have no idea how I got here but the normal operation of a wormhole jump definitely wasn't it, so there's no guarantee that there actually are any wormholes nearby, or that they form a path leading home if there are. And three, even if I reconstructed enough technology to start exploring, crossing a wormhole no one has crossed before is difficult and dangerous and historical precedent suggests that the first time a civilization tries it they're going to lose their first several jumpships. I'm not going to push for that just because I miss my family."

Ugh, he hasn't thought through the obstacles properly before. He might have to cross getting home off his long-term list unless he can find really enthusiastic local volunteers for a hypothetical Noldorin Astronomical Survey Corps. (The thought trails memories of his mother.) Either that or a completely different approach, but that just replaces the known dangers with unknown ones, it's not really better. Or maybe he could put off going home until after he solves death...? No, if he can get home there's massive strategic advantages in the war against the Enemy, it wouldn't be right to discard those out of hand. Keep it on the list, explain all the problems in depth when he gets there, let the locals make their decision, offer all possible aid if they ask for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are there large known populations in which no one has jump pilot potential?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Jump pilot potential exists in humans at a frequency of about one in a hundred thousand. I don't think you even have a hundred thousand humans. I haven't seen any other than myself, and I'm not a jump pilot. And I have no idea what the frequency is among Elves. Maybe you all have it, maybe none of you have it. Maybe you can give yourselves jump pilot potential the same way you can change your own metabolism and body temperature, except that I have no idea what jump pilot potential looks like on a biological level, all I know is that it's something about brains."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is said that there are Men somewhere in the world. I do not know their numbers, but one of the most persistent traits of Men in the legends of our people is that they bear children while still children and grow rapidly provided their children don't war or starve."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if I find any, maybe some of them will be jump pilots. And then I'll have to reinvent neurosurgery."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see why the prospect is daunting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He shrugs. "Still, accomplishing the impossible is kind of my niche."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I have gathered."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles.

"Where was I...? Right. In a room with Gregor, Da, Simon, and Count Vorhalas. Gregor was... in a bad place, just then. I probably shouldn't have left him alone for so long - well, all right, it's not entirely my fault, I didn't mean to go off and fight a war. But my father had only just stepped down as Regent, and Gregor was new to power and very lonely, and I'm sure having me gone didn't help. The conspirators had managed to sow enough paranoia that he actually doubted my loyalty for a while, which hasn't happened before or since. I wasn't worried about convincing him - I was perfectly innocent of the crime of which I stood accused. But."

He remembers the scene: finishing the tangled tale of acquiring his now rather frighteningly real mercenary army, and then...

"Count Vorhalas is known as a man of absolute integrity. It's why he accompanied that little gathering, so no one could complain that it hadn't been overseen by a fair judge. But he had an old grudge against my father, and he saw an opportunity here. Technically, you see, I had committed the crime of amassing a private army, and therefore, technically, if someone decided to bring the charge, the law would clearly dictate that I ought to die, nothing to be done about it unless Gregor issued a nepotistic Imperial pardon, which would demonstrate to the whole planet that he cared more about his personal friends than the rule of law. Vorhalas looked at my father, and said he was going to do it. Da didn't even seem surprised, though he was hurt. Vorhalas told Da to beg him not to, and Da did, and Vorhalas said he didn't care and was going to do it anyway. He looked like a man lost in the darkest depths of his own revenge fantasies. Well, and he had reason to be. Da had both his sons executed, very early in the Regency, one for dueling, the other for attempted assassination in vengeance for the first. The same assassination attempt that fucked up my bones. Our families have not been kind to one another."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh my."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And then I reminded Vorhalas of my existence as a thing separate from his ambitions to cause my father pain. I think my exact words were," he quotes the English and glosses it in his thoughts, "Be satisfied. For if you carry this through, at some point you're going to have to look my mother in the eye and repeat that. Dare you?" He smiles faintly, remembering. "He did not so dare."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you were absolved of having a private army?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He agreed to not formally raise the accusation. We were left with the problem of how I was going to cease possessing an illegal private army. I suggested to Gregor that I could give them to him. Not openly, but secretly. There are a lot of situations in which it would be useful to have a small army not officially affiliated with the Barrayaran Empire. As long as I held them in his name, it'd be all right by Barrayaran law. So that's what we did. Tucked them in under Simon's department, hence his involvement in..."

He pauses - reviews his memory - winces. "Wait, fuck, Simon was still in prison at that point. I feel very bad about making that mistake. Don't know my own life story as well as I think I do. Well, the rest of it stands. Uh, the conspirators had accused him of, well, conspiring with me, and they'd got as far as actually having him thrown in his own dungeons for it. He wasn't present for that conversation, but he was pretty pleased about getting a secret army out of it, although to this day he still finds time every so often to dryly remind me about that time he was imprisoned on my account. It's not like it was even my fault! Plenty of things that happened during this time in my life were very much my fault, but not that one!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"And that was it? Everyone forgot their grievances and their effort to execute you and...went on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The two fellows who'd been trying to get me and Ivan killed, having just yelled at each other about their failed conspiracy in front of the entire Council of Counts, got pinned down for it. Vorhalas backed down ungraciously, but he didn't try again afterward, or anything. I think I managed to wake him to the fact that killing me to spite my father would be a petty thing to do and not at all in keeping with his principles. But yes. That is what happened. Oh, and since I had demonstrated military aptitude on the most crucial of all testing grounds, and since they were all a little afraid of what I'd get into next if I wasn't kept occupied, they dismissed my failed examination results and got me into the Service Academy after all, where I spent three years getting a thorough education in everything you need to know to be an officer in the Barrayaran military. I was more than a little floored, at the time, I hadn't dared hope for anything better than my continued survival."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What sort of things are covered in a Barrayaran military academy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Basic piloting of assorted vehicles, basic operation of assorted weapons, relevant laws both local and galactic, military history - I adore military history - tactics, strategy, logistics, optional modules on things like engineering or jumpship piloting that may or may not be applicable to your talents and interests, and then of course my father's terrifyingly memorable mandatory lecture on illegal orders."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Illegal orders?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In the normal operation of a well-functioning military force, any given individual can trust that when someone with relevant authority orders them to do something, they should do it. In fact, the punishments for not obeying orders can be pretty severe. But sometimes, someone gives an order that they have no right to be giving. Something that contravenes local or galactic law, something for which 'well, we're at war' is no excuse. When that happens, it's a soldier's duty to recognize the problem and disobey the order."

He wishes very much that his father were here. His father can deliver this explanation like no one else can.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see," he murmurs. "Can you give examples?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. One of them's coming up shortly after I graduate from the Service Academy, and it was an especially thorny one. Others include the Solstice Massacre - the man who ordered it didn't accomplish all two hundred murders alone, he used the soldiers under his command. There have been plenty more, in galactic history. Hell, technically I gave one to Bothari." Torture is illegal, not that this stops people as often as it should. Although fast-penta is by far the preferred alternative these days.

Permalink Mark Unread

A smile. "What about an order to abandon an allied force in dangerous territory as a means of settling a succession dispute?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I would disobey the hell out of that and so would anyone else who correctly received the point of Da's illegal orders lecture."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And then what happens? To a soldier who disobeyed an order he believed to be illegal, I mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It gets complicated at that point. Your superior, who may still believe he owns a right to your obedience, might attempt to compel it by force or punish you for withholding it. If the order turns out not to have been illegal after all, you could be in trouble, although the genuine belief that it was an illegal order is a valid defense. If the order was illegal and you followed it anyway, though, you're culpable for that. What's supposed to happen is that the person who gave the illegal order is punished and the person who disobeyed it is applauded, but depending on the moral health of the chain of command, that may or may not be the actual result."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A well-intentioned system, if an imperfect one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

He can guess at what Maitimo might be referring to with that particular example - it doesn't take a genius, given the bits and pieces he's picked up about the situation here - but he doesn't actually know. He can live with the uncertainty if nobody feels like filling him in, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that might be enough for the day. I'm again very tired."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Rest well."

Permalink Mark Unread

His eyes are already closed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles quietly exits the library.

Okay, time to admit it to himself: these conversations with Maitimo are fucking exhausting, and it's playing hell with his momentum. He needs to come prepared with a more energizing task to switch to right afterward, or he's going to keep standing around in a daze wasting time whenever he comes off a storytelling session. For now, his energizing task should be... either Thindarin lessons or engineering. Thindarin lessons if he can get them, engineering if he can't.

Permalink Mark Unread

The camp isn't short of people walking around.

Permalink Mark Unread

He isn't sure who to ask, but then again, Elves...

"Anyone feel like spending a couple of hours teaching me Thindarin?" he wonders aloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone walks up a minute later. "Did you want to practice Thindarin? I'm involved in the linguistics guild - one of the linguistics guilds, it's sort of complicated - and I've already picked a Thindarin name and I'm not fluent but I don't make many mistakes and I'd be delighted to teach you. Celirhíl."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be delightful. Pleased to meet you, Celirhíl."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Likewise! Pleased to meet you, in Thindarin. It's actually easy to pick up, the word ordering is almost always the same and the words have common roots.  It's actually easy to pick up, the word ordering is almost always the same and the words have common roots."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles responds in the language he's trying to learn. "Before I came here, I didn't think I was anything special at languages - I mean, I learned all four of the ones spoken on Barrayar, but I didn't learn them very fast or very well. Quenya was like breathing, though, and Thindarin is coming almost as easily."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are designed to be beautiful, because they're designed by our people and our voices are the first thing we had."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A beautiful thought. The languages of Men mostly seem to have happened by accident," he says wryly. "Though I do find them beautiful as well, I don't think they were designed for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

She corrects a few words of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He accepts these corrections. "May I ask what happened to the linguistics guild or guilds?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Politics. There were disagreements about approaches."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah." Yes, that does happen. "Well - would your linguistics guild like me to teach them a few more languages at some point, when I have the time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes, definitely. You said your planet has four major languages?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes - English, Russian, French, and Greek. English is my native language, I speak Russian very well, my French is adequate, and my Greek is terrible."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can't write things down because we've yet to figure out how to produce paper easily, but we'd be delighted if you'd come talk with us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be happy to. How is Thindarin written?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've just been using our own grammar and actually all of the words related to writing are loanwords that are just Thindarinized in pronunciation, they're not literate. I don't mean that judgmentally. They were in the Outer Lands while we were in Valinor, they were fighting for their lives while we were hoping the Valar'd let us leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh!" he says, surprised. "Writing is useful; has anyone tried to give it to them?" That's going on the medium-term list, something neither directly urgent nor needing to be put off until he's at the point of solving death.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Less useful to nomadic people living in trees."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's true. Still. I believe that everyone should have nice things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And they think we're very foolish not having the nice things of trees and the knowledge of how to live in them. Not everyone's a Noldo."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's true."

This pushes 'bring literacy to the rest of the continent' somewhat farther down the medium-term list, but doesn't erase it completely. He attempts to explain in his still-slightly-awkward Thindarin:

"On Barrayar, nearly everyone has things like this," he brings up some Quenya engineering notes on his reader to indicate it as the subject of conversation and demonstrate some of its functions in case she hasn't heard, "but there are still some places where very few people are literate and no one has these, and people there don't want them because they don't think they will be useful. Whenever I convince people to try them, they always end up being more useful than the people expected."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think they think it's useless, just... aesthetically displeasing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That too," he laughs. "I won't push anything on anyone, but I do want a chance to," does he have an idiom for this in Thindarin, no he does not, Quenya it is, "make my pitch, you know? Later. When I have time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The pitch on 'please don't mind us settling in your land' and 'please don't mind us digging it up for metal' seem a higher priority."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should I be helping with those too?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"With diplomacy? Half their issue with us is that they think we're very odd and you're, no offense, a good deal odder."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see no reason to be offended by this extremely accurate assessment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure building friendly relations with the neighbors is one of your manifest strengths, but I'll find someone hard to scare off and ask them to come say hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Any time. Now - your languages."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What would you like to know about them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How to speak them!!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles giggles. "I've never taught a language before, should I just launch right into repeating sentences like you were doing for Quenya and Thindarin?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that's a fine way to start. The technical process is the simplest sentence with a subject and an associated action, then demonstrate modifiers in all permitted sentence positions - the man ran, the man ran fast, the ugly man ran - then objects and arguments and so forth. But I'm not sure we standardized on that because it works best rather than because it's systemic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Sure. Actually, I could try to double-speak English and Thindarin instead of English and Quenya - actually, I could try to double-speak English and Thindarin instead of English and Quenya - my eloquence will suffer but my learnability might increase - my eloquence will suffer but my learnability might increase."

Permalink Mark Unread

She repeats everything after him, fascinated.

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes the switch to double-speaking English and Thindarin. "When next I have the time, I'm going to write down all the English poems and songs I remember and translate them into Quenya. It might not be for a while, though. I am a busy person."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'd noticed. Please do, though, everyone'd be delighted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It delights me to delight people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And to keep busy, I take it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That too," he agrees, still repeating every phrase in English and Thindarin. "If I'm not always trying to do ten things at once, how are the ten things I want to do at once going to get done?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She laughs. "It's really really a shame you got here after the King was dead. You two would have got along well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everyone keeps saying that. I'm sorry I didn't get to meet him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you had, the current situation'd be much worse." She shrugs. "No civil war, that's pretty nice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure I follow...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did no one explain the mess to you? Like, actually, here was everyone involved, here is what they believed was happening at each relevant time?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've heard separately about some different parts from different people, but, mostly, no."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So. Melkor manipulated Fëanor's family into believing Nolofinwë was trying to get him disowned and exiled, and Nolofinwë likewise. Finwë noticed the tensions and tried to hold a public conference to settle them. Nolofinwë arrived at it first and tried to speak to Finwë and convince him that the conference needed to be a denunciation of Fëanor. I think as Fëanor walked in he happened to be saying to the King "two sons remain who are loyal to you" - referring to himself and his younger brother, who you haven't met.

Fëanor took this as a grievous insult, rightly, and drew a sword and told Nolofinwë that was how the next such insult would be answered, not so rightly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, dear..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Finwë forgave him, and thought that the best way of managing the situations was just to stubbornly not exile any of his children and thereby establish the absurdity of their fears. But the Valar intervened, and sentenced Fëanor to twelve Valian years - each of which is ten of the years in this realm, going by what the locals say - in exile. 

So Finwë left with him. He felt, I think, it was necessary to keep Fëanor stable and grounded. He left Nolofinwë the regency. I think both sons concluded that their father had sided with the other."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I keep being really unimpressed with the decisionmaking of the Valar every time it comes up that the Valar made a decision that affected something," says Miles, exceeding the capacity of his Thindarin and therefore switching back to Quenya alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

She smirks. "Everyone involved made some mistakes, and the magnitude of those mistakes tended to scale with how much authority they had. Anyway, about a third of our people either went into exile with Fëanor, or maintained close ties with those who did. They built a city in the north of the continent and made plans to depart Valinor entirely eventually. 

After five years, Manwë called a festival at which Fëanor and Nolofinwë would be required to make a public show of moving past their grievances. Fëanor resented this, and didn't apologize for the threat; Nolofinwë apologized for everything and promised to follow his brother and let no further griefs divide them. And then Moringotto killed the Trees, killed Finwë and destroyed Valinor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I can't imagine that had any positive effects on the situation," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fëanáro was heartbroken. Everyone present apparently thought he was going to die of grief or throw himself off something - I wasn't present, so I don't know - and when he returned to Formenos - the city we'd built in exile - he was visibly in terrible pain and visibly containing it only by acting, and acting very quickly. He organized us, started doing drills, started forging weapons, started experimenting with how we might supply ourselves in the dark. Everyone complied. We'd trusted him that far, we were helpless and floundering and he had a plan, his directives all made sense, and he was hurting so badly.

He didn't want to wait. We knew Moringotto had fled to the Outer Lands and was presumably killing everyone there. And he couldn't stop, I don't think, not without falling apart. So as soon as we were remotely capable we marched for Tirion, to gather the rest of our people and then get out of Valinor."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Of all the extremely relatable things Miles has heard about Fëanáro, this is perhaps the most relatable. He doesn't say so out loud, but he suspects it comes through anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

"At the same time, Nolofinwë'd taken his people back to Tirion and was trying to manage the city with the sudden death of the crops and everything, and by all accounts done a good job, and when Fëanáro arrived in the city and rallied everyone to the cause of departing at once and fighting Moringotto, not everyone agreed that they wanted him to actually lead that. 

I think everyone knew that being divided was going to be a catastrophe but there we were, divided, so we left under three different banners with Fëanáro's host in front. He was very frustrated with everyone who wanted to come but wanted to follow someone else, he didn't see how he could win the war that way, but the most important thing was to get there and we'd hoped that maybe feelings would settle on the way.

We went to the edge of the Ice - several thousand miles of travel from Formenos to Tirion to there - and Fëanáro realized there was no way out of Valinor, and he turned around and headed back south to Alqualondë. At that point our host had been marching for months. And he lost his temper with the Telerin king - who decided, when we arrived, to lecture us about how we were silly little chidren who needed to be stopped for our own good - and they refused to loan us boats, or help us make them, or teach us how."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles winces symapthetically. "I've heard a few things about how that turned out, but even if I hadn't, I wouldn't expect it to end well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. They blame us, reasonably so, because by the time they arrived on the scene it was a mess and they had the unenviable choice of joining us or watching us die. And afterwards the whole mess divided the two hosts further, because we'd taken horrifying casualties and everyone was grieving several family members and they'd had almost no losses and were furious that it had happened and that was the point when Nolofinwë's people - I have no idea if they had his approval, implicit or otherwise - started calling him Finwë Nolofinwë, the one true King of our people, and if all of that wasn't enough to drive the situation to a breaking point there were people in Nolofinwë's host who'd fought against us at Alqualondë and who announced they were making the crossing only so they could ensure my father failed in everything he tried.

And then the Valar spoke the Doom."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Doom is one of the parts of this story I understand least, though I've heard it mentioned before."

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes a deep breath. "Tears unnumbered ye shall shed; and the Valar will fence Valinor against you, and shut you out, so that not even the echo of your lamentation shall pass over the mountains. On the House of Fëanor the wrath of the Valar lieth from the West unto the uttermost East, and upon all that will follow them it shall be laid also. Their Oath shall drive them, and yet betray them, and ever snatch away the very treasures that they have sworn to pursue. To evil end shall all things turn that they begin well; and by treason of kin unto kin, and the fear of treason, shall this come to pass. The Dispossessed shall they be for ever.

Ye have spilled the blood of your kindred unrighteously and have stained the land of Aman. For blood ye shall render blood, and beyond Aman ye shall dwell in Death’s shadow. For though Eru appointed to you to die not in Eä, and no sickness may assail you, yet slain ye may be, and slain ye shall be: by weapon and by torment and by grief; and your houseless spirits shall come then to Mandos. There long shall ye abide and yearn for your bodies, and find little pity though all whom ye have slain should entreat for you. And those that endure in Middle-earth and come not to Mandos shall grow weary of the world as with a great burden, and shall wane, and become as shadows of regret before the younger race that cometh after. The Valar have spoken.”

Permalink Mark Unread

There are no conceivable circumstances under which that is an acceptable thing to do to anyone. Miles would not wish such a curse on his worst enemy from the depths of blackout rage, and that's taking into account the fact that his words would have no power if he did.

"For that matter, I'm not very familiar with the Oath either," he says, instead of reiterating his desire to go find the Valar and shake some sense into them. Long-term list, that one. "I get the sense that oaths here are... a more tangible force than I'm used to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you're a Man, right? Men are different, it's part of Eru's -" she waves her hand helplessly - "you know, I don't really know. Elves are fated, and bound to Arda, and our Oaths bind us, and that particular one, because of the circumstances under which it was spoken, binds them even more. You're not likely to run afoul of it unless you're planning to steal the only possible means for us to live outside Valinor without falling prey to the 'waning shadows of regret' thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't imagine a circumstance that would lead me to do such a thing, but it still seems like relevant information to have."

For example, if the relevant clause of the Doom actually is a straightforward and narrowly applicable decree that any Oath-bound person's effort to retrieve said treasures must inevitably lead to them moving farther out of reach, it might be very useful for them to have a fateless Man around who is personally offended by the whole situation and would be delighted to retrieve their prizes for them on his own initiative as many times as necessary.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not going to speak the words out loud. I'll write them down for you later, if you like, after I've asked someone if that's safe. The Oath commits them to retrieve the Silmarils from anyone who withholds them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A very reasonable precaution. I also don't know precisely which people are thereby bound, though, which seems like it would be safe to communicate."

...He probably shouldn't add 'find a way to safely destroy fate' to his long-term list. Being personally offended by the uses to which it has been put is not a good enough excuse. He's tempted, though. The Doom is just so... fundamentally unacceptable.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fëanor and his sons. There are others who might have done it, if asked, but oaths are a weighty thing and that one in particular is both powerful and dangerous and it would have been wrong to ask. Though at the time he was in so much pain, and so directionless..."

Permalink Mark Unread

So tempted to destroy fate. So very, very tempted.

"Thank you for explaining," he says instead. "It's very helpful. So, after the Valar made what appears to be the worst decision out of a large pile of varyingly bad decisions, what happened next?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fëanáro learned both that the other host contained people who were only continuing on the journey in order to sabotage him, and that his brother was now unofficially titled Finwë Nolofinwë the true king etcetera etcetera, and he got our people on the boats, sailed off, and did not send the boats back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's... yeah, I can see the tactics in that. Unfortunately." He makes a mental note to spend nonzero time on preparing to tell the story of Kyril Island to Maitimo so that it will make sense as presented without him forgetting to mention something important until the last second.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think he ever dreamed they'd cross the Ice. He thought they'd go back home to Tirion, or build their own boats, because one of the final arguments he had with his half-brother was over whether boats could have been built in time if we hadn't tried to steal them. Obviously you're still responsible for the predictable consequences of a choice like that, and they're here and they did cross the ice and it's our fault, but it matters, I think, that it certainly wasn't done with the intent that they would die, just the intent that they wouldn't be here with members who just want to sabotage us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I see that."

What a painful situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm assuming you already got the other side from them, but if you didn't, it's obviously that they fought for us at Alqualondë, got doomed for it, still stuck with us, and were left to die."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's about the size of it, yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Merry mess, isn't it? Everyone's doing their best, but I just don't see a way out. Lord Nelyafinwë probably does, but doesn't sound like he has all his moves in order yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I admit to feeling a certain degree of responsibility to fix it so Maitimo doesn't have to," says Miles. "Even apart from my considerable interest in solving the problem for its own sake. It just seems... incomplete, to rescue him and then dump a thorny political situation in his lap while he's still mostly convinced that the reality he perceives is an elaborate deception. Not at all the sort of high-quality rescue I aim to deliver."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lord Nelyafinwë's really good at thorny political situations, though. You're rather leaving him in his element."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At least there's that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you'd just been dragged out of Angband and had a claim to the Kingship of this mess, how would you dig your way out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

His mind fills with hypotheses and calculations both political and personal, but after half a second he shakes his head, dismissing the whole dizzying structure. "I'd know everybody a lot better than I do, and they'd know me. I don't think the range of options Maitimo has available is the same as the range of options I'd have in his place, and I don't think either is the same as the range of options I can think of on the spot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, fair. The frustrating thing is that everyone intended all along that Lord Fëanáro'd give up the crown in his son's favor, he's clearly the best suited to it, and now I don't see how that'll be an acceptable solution to anyone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm? Not to anyone, really?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, we'd be happy. Somehow we need something that makes them happy, because divided we're going to lose."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it's a tough problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

She shrugs. "Can we do more Barrayaran languages?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Would you like another dialect of English to compare? I know two and a half. And alphabets! Everyone on Barrayar grows up bi-literate, the local and foreign dialects of local languages are mutually intelligible but the local alphabet is unified and differs from its various galactic counterparts."

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks enchanted. "Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

So Miles brings up a pair of similar-looking texts side by side on his reader.

"Here's a book written in Betan English in the Latin alphabet, and the same thing transliterated into the Barrayaran alphabet. That title says Betan Astronomical Survey Reference Handbook, Tenth Edition. In Quenya that's 'Betan Astronomical Survey Reference Handbook, Tenth Edition', and in Barrayaran English, which is what I was speaking with you before, it's Betan Astronomical Survey Reference Handbook, Tenth Edition. Betan and Barrayaran English pronounce most things very differently, but nearly all the grammar and vocabulary is the same, although the idioms and colloquialisms diverge."

Permalink Mark Unread

She is delighted to study this for the rest of the day, if Miles isn't going to get bored.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is pretty delighted to spend the rest of the day teaching his two native dialects of English and their associated alphabets out of the Survey Handbook, translating things into Thindarin for practice whenever he remembers.

Permalink Mark Unread

They attract a few other people as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even better.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's the middle of the night before Maglor asks them to disperse. "I'm happy to see so many people productively employed learning the star-languages, but my understanding is that you'll have time to pick them up on your way to the relevant stars."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh," says Miles, glancing up at the night sky. "Time passed without my noticing. How dare it. Sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I usually answer that by saying 'in the long Ages of the earth you'll catch back up with it and give it a good talking to' but I suppose I can't say that. I am sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles laughs. "We've got someone working on that, don't we? Anyway. I'll go get some sleep. See you later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We do indeed. Good night."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodnight."

And he traipses back to his shuttle and sleeps and wakes up and eats a rat bar and tromps back to shore. Any disasters awaiting him today?

Permalink Mark Unread

No disasters seem pending.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lovely! In that case he can pass the morning talking electronics with Ténië and then head across the lake to see how they're doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're working, mostly. The camp is still subdued.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, all right. The top two items on his priority list are 'talk to Tyelcormo about the plasma arc incident' - how do you even have a casual private conversation among Elves, this isn't an occasion for dragging him an hour's walk out of his way but neither does Miles yearn for the complication of an audience - and 'see if Maitimo is up for more stories'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelcormo and Huan are working on construction by a riverbank on the east end of camp. Maitimo he'd have to ask about.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, then, Tyelcormo it is. "Hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Morning. We're going to put a thing in the river to power Tyelperinquar's light-and-heat-from-metal artifact, but I'm not the person to talk to, I'm just building what's been described and I don't know how it all works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll find someone to ask if I want the technical details. Which I might; they're doing pretty well across the lake on the project to restore power to my shuttle, but that's no reason to stop helping."

He mostly isn't thinking about hydroelectric power, though; mostly he's thinking about military training. Specifically about how best to switch gears from 'dispense practical information on weapon handling as fast as possible in case I die' to an actually sensible training regimen that won't shame either his planet or his army with its inadequacy. It's not a trivial problem and it occupies quite a bit of attention.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sort of thing was prohibited in Valinor. Even scouting was frowned up. Father tried as soon as it was apparent we'd be in a war, but with nothing to work from you can only get so far."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. "Leaking again, am I? Yeah. I should have it comparatively easy, having two excellent examples to work from, but I'm getting hung up on the logistics. For one thing, on purely practical grounds the most efficient thing I could do would probably be to start recruiting people to a new branch of the Dendarii, but it seems like that approach might run into political complications."

Permalink Mark Unread

"None of our people are going to jump fealties. At home, is that considered an acceptable thing to try to do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Recruit for a mercenary company from among people with existing political ties? Depends where you try it. Anyway, I don't want anyone's fealty. I want to figure out how to get my expertise best placed to win the war. That definitely means training an army, but doesn't necessarily mean commanding one. It's just that I don't know how else to train an army. I'm sure I'll figure it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Guess you can't just pick a King and ask him to give you a lot of latitude. Have you asked Nelyo what to do? He might have some ideas."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll see if he's interested in discussing it. Thanks."

He idly imagines being made a general under whichever available King. Neither image is quite satisfying. The subsequent image of recruiting a bunch of people from both sides on loan into a provisional branch of the Dendarii without interfering with their existing loyalties, giving them years of the best training he can offer, arming them with railguns and reinvented nerve disruptors, unleashing them on Moringotto, and then politely relinquishing his temporary command, is enticing but impractical. ...Maybe that actually is his problem, though, maybe he can't figure out how to train an army without commanding it because he expects he will end up with de facto command of any army he trains simply because it has been his longstanding experience that that's just what happens around him and armies. The Dendarii, the prisoners at Dagoola...

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have all known each other for centuries. You've commanded Men, before."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if I actually think I'm likely to wind up with yet another accidental army in my pocket, it's just there's definitely a pattern and I think it's left me under-prepared to deal with the circumstances in which I find myself. Not that this is a huge surprise. If I showed up and knew to the last detail exactly what to do in order to save the telepathic elves from the mountain-shattering Power, that would be surprising."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You've been doing pretty well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Glad to hear it," he says, half-laughing but at the same time extremely sincere. It's very fulfilling on a fundamental level to hear a positive assessment of his results from someone whose opinion he respects and values.

Permalink Mark Unread

"But yeah, Nelyo's the one to ask about anything politically complicated."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In his position I wouldn't - well, all right, I'd be bored and restless and arrogant about my ability to play the implied game and I'd probably leap at the chance, but in his position I would feel it was imprudent to get into extended political dicussions while I still wasn't sure whether or not my current reality was a malicious lie. I'll see if he's interested, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles. "I think he'd also enjoy the implied game. Not sure if too much to resist it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess we'll find out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have fun."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I likely will. Enjoy your construction."

Off he goes to the library.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not sleeping.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Afternoon. Storytime? Alternately, help me figure out how best to create an army with which to destroy Moringotto?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Drop your shuttle on Angband again, and shoot him with every kind of weapon you have. It may not work, in which case we cannot beat him at all, but if it does the whole thing will be over. This isn't a situation that will be improved by time, though we're pretending otherwise so people don't lose hope.

Permalink Mark Unread

"But I didn't even bring an electron orbital randomizer," he says lightly, with a mental image that concisely explains why it's a war crime to fire one of those inside the atmosphere of an inhabited planet. The war at Tau Verde saw one used on a station he was occupying: any matter caught in the path of the beam disintegrates violently, and in vacuum the resulting firestorm is neatly vented to space through the large hole thereby created in the target, but in a planetary atmosphere there is no such escape route.

He does a pretty good job of keeping the substance of Maitimo's advice out of his publicly readable thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have those weapons been fired on a planet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure it's happened at least once or it wouldn't have been made a war crime. Most planets are more densely inhabited than this one, though. I'd have to do some calculations and maybe reread the geology section of the Survey Handbook and do some more scans, but I'm pretty sure if you got very close to Angband and fired straight down, you'd end up with a very excited volcano where there used to be a fortress and there'd be some seismic disturbances but overall the collateral damage would be pretty low. It'd be a suicide mission, of course. And first you'd have to have someone reinvent the electron orbital randomizer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My brothers might be able to do that. It'd be useful to have as an option of last resort."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I agree. I'll put it on the medium-term list."

In the midst of reorganizing his mental notes and contemplating the entertaining game of 'extract useful information from someone who thinks you're a malicious interrogator while not prompting them to divulge any information that would be useful to the malicious interrogator', his thoughts happen to fall on a subject he's been half-consciously shying away from, and he doesn't catch himself in time; his mind rapidly spins out the full hypothetical of what he'd do in Maitimo's situation.

His first response would definitely be to play along. Keep the nature of the game in mind, but act like he believed it anyway. He expects he could hold out for a while like that, and it might either take the fun out of it or let him map out the space of their available information better than they could get information from him in turn.

After enough iterations, though, once he's truly brought to the point where any legitimate rescue must in principle be indistinguishable from another round of the game... well, at that point it comes time to make a choice.

Either he decides to trust in his own relentless optimism and keep right on playing, accepting that he will never know when the real thing comes along... or he decides that he's done waiting for a rescue he won't be able to believe in, and starts ruthlessly experimenting with methods of suicide that will function on a deeper level than the false reality. In this hypothetical, one of the resources available to the Miles in Maitimo's place is supposed to be a deep connection between the soul and the body. The Enemy can spoof sensory input, but as far as Miles is aware, there's no good evidence that he can interfere substantially in the opposite direction. So all he'd have to do would be to dig up the memory of being fifteen years old and wanting his body's destruction with a desperate intensity, and hold fast to it until it worked. It might not actually work like that for Elves, but Miles isn't currently aware of any reason why it wouldn't.

... He blinks, thoroughly distracted from his original train of thought.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. But if there were people, or the simulacra of them, present and they were people who owed you fealty, in the way that matters...."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't exactly mean to argue in favour of my hypothetical strategy, but..."

Maitimo in his current condition is not exactly being maximally helpful to his people. The suicide method at least leaves him in a situation where he can believe in his reality, which seems like a big improvement both personally and from an effectiveness standpoint.

If it was Miles, he would either play the game or he wouldn't. He'd be up and meddling extensively as soon as he was able to so much as speak to anyone, or he'd rupture his soul from his body with maximum force and await whatever followed. It wouldn't be an easy or a pleasant decision to make, but it also wouldn't take him more than a few hours.

"You're not me, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

And you're confident I'm not meddling extensively because...

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you really aren't me. My meddling is not nearly subtle enough to be accomplished on a schedule of 'does not, as far as I can tell, ever do anything'."

(Gregor, though, could probably run empires from a sickbed if he had to.)

Permalink Mark Unread

...it has been two days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles giggles. "Sorry. I'm not - I don't even know what I would be trying to accomplish if I'd gone down this conversational road on purpose, but I'm not trying to do it, whatever it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems very much like you're trying to convince me to kill myself, but I've already debated the point at length and am unlikely to be suddenly moved to reconsider by a lecture from a stranger, so you don't need to worry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I apologize for giving that impression. The inconveniences of not being able to control which thoughts I make known to people may be starting to outweigh the strategic benefits."

And why the hell does he keep seeing the glaring white light of Dagoola behind his eyes...

Permalink Mark Unread

One of those benefits is that I can tell your intent isn't bad, preciselyIs there more to the story you wanted to tell me?

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is! I got out of the Service Academy at twenty, there's four more years to go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Congratulations."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's kind of hard to get a read on Maitimo, reasonably enough under the circumstances. Miles isn't quite sure whether he's supposed to be laughing. But, well - Maitimo seems like the sort of person where, in general, if they say something and you laugh, you should assume they meant for that to happen. Particularly when you've been spending the last two days telling them everything there is to know about who you are and what makes you tick.

(Is this an unstrategic thing to be doing? ...Nah. Miles stands by his decision. This is the best tool at his disposal for righting the wrong of Maitimo being put in a position where he can't trust his reality; and, more generally, Miles's goals are best served if everyone knows exactly what sort of person he is. Let there be no doubt that he is here to solve problems until there are no more problems in front of him. Sure, in a sense this makes him vulnerable, but it's not a kind of vulnerability he minds.)

Anyway, the story. Speaking of things that are important to know about Miles. Before Kyril Island, there was Raina Csurik.

"So, after I graduated but before I got my first assignment, I went out to the lake house to make a death-offering to Grandda. A complete copy of my academy records. I got a bit emotional over it."

He piled all the papers into a brazier by the General's grave and lit them on fire and watched them burn, and started out quietly asking if he was good enough now, and ended screaming ARE YOU SATISFIED?! with voice-destroying force and then being very embarrassed when one of his father's Armsmen turned out to be listening. He smiles wryly at the memory; his smile fades over the course of the next sentence.

"Afterward I went back to the house and saw a woman there, come to petition my father to prosecute a crime - her name was Harra Csurik, and her baby had been killed."

The child had a mild deformity, not even genetic, easily corrected with surgery and not even all that dangerous to leave alone. But the way they are, in those small towns - it was enough for someone to decide the baby couldn't be allowed to live. At first, Harra thought it must have been her husband who'd done it. She wanted justice.

"Father sent me as Count's Voice to lead the investigation, which was on one level a perfectly straightforward and natural thing to do, and on another level extremely fraught. Me of all people, on an infanticide case? It's like he was saying 'please stop killing muties, your next Count is going to be one and you'd better learn to deal with it'. I was, uh, not universally well received."

The husband was nowhere to be found, but someone kept attempting to do Miles harm. He set up his tent on the village Speaker's front lawn, but slept inside and let the Speaker's children have the tent, since this seemed to lead to more enjoyment all round; then in the night someone tried to set fire to the tent, and it's lucky the thing was fireproof or the kids could've been seriously hurt. The flames were so bright... and after that, someone tried to cut his horse's throat. Unpleasant experiences all.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sort of behavior isn't a ...serious crime, on Barrayar?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which, trying to burn down someone's tent with them in it and kill their horse? Well, yes, but so's murder."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds like the murderer did not believe their crime would be taken seriously. It seems unlikely they deceived themself that trying to kill the Count's son who was investigating was similarly non-serious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At the point where the Count's mutie son shows up to investigate an infanticide you committed, I think all hope of your crime not being taken seriously has passed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you determine who did it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It was Harra's mother."

He's getting all out of order again, delivering the result of the fast-penta interview before he explains what fast-penta even is... he organizes the intervening events in his mind. A child's voice, 'that's the man that's here to kill Lem Csurik!' - his correction that he was here to dispense justice, and that with his truth drugs on hand he could not convict an innocent, since anyone he arrested could be made to truthfully answer whether they had committed the crime - the time spent waiting for that news to trickle outward, until Lem Csurik came in to clear his name.

"The father was willing to testify under truth drugs that he hadn't killed his child, but he wanted me to swear first" (Vor lord, do you keep your word?) "that I would not ask him who did. I so swore, conducted the interview, and kept my promise. I was already pretty sure at that point that I knew who'd done it - if it wasn't him, it would've been someone else in the child's family, that's how it goes; the grandmother would've had the next closest access; and cleansing the bloodline has always been a mother's job. So. I sent for her, and got the truth out of her..."

A fast-penta interview is an awful thing to watch, particularly if you're the one giving it. They smile. There is no elemental biological quality of truth: the drug works by taking away your capacity to deceive, strengthening memory and flattening inhibitions and installing feelings of universal goodwill. It beats hell out of the previous standard, of course; that still doesn't make it nice.

"Then I was left with the problem of what to do with her. There's a lot of leeway in that sort of thing, on Barrayar. I pardoned the idiot kid who tried to set fire to my tent - he'd just been trying to scare me off, hadn't thought through the consequences - Mara Mattulich, though, her I could not pardon. And yet I didn't want to kill her. It didn't seem that her death would serve anyone." He sighs. "I went out to the child's grave and sat there with my thoughts for a while, and the best I could come up with was to sentence her to death and then suspend the sentence indefinitely. Under which condition I also decreed she could not own property and must be watched to ensure she never harms another child. And no one was to burn offerings for her after her eventual death. The symbolism seemed to have the intended effect."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems like a just resolution."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." He values that assessment highly.

"And then, unless you want me to go back and tell humorous anecdotes from my days in the Service Academy - I've got a few of those tucked away - the next stop in this tale is Kyril Island."

Cold. Bitter freezing cold.

Permalink Mark Unread

He winces.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry." He sits on the memory until it behaves itself.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't have negative associations for us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's still probably not polite for me to accidentally leak that time I nearly froze to death. Just on general principle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps they'll take it as an expression of camaraderie."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. So. My first assignment after graduation was meteorological officer at Kyril Island, in Barrayar's arctic region. There's not much there. A military base with a bunch of old weapons in storage, some observation platforms, training grounds for when someone needs to be taught how to survive and maneuver in an arctic environment. I was told that the reason for the assignment was that my biggest flaw as an officer was my enormous insubordination problem, and if I could shut up and do as I was told for the duration, that would demonstrate my ability to function under someone else's command. So I went in determined to be the quietest little mouse imaginable."

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes a skeptical noise.

Permalink Mark Unread

"An accurate assessment," laughs Miles. "I tried my best! I showed up and didn't make a fuss when the first bunch of people I met said insulting things about me in Greek - it's the least widely spoken language on Barrayar, the greekies are a bit of a persecuted minority, I'm sure they didn't expect me to understand them, so I kindly let them keep that illusion - and I went to meet the previous meteorological officer, to learn the operation of the weather-reading equipment, and he was sitting on the floor of his office drunk to total incapacitation, which was a little disheartening, and then he passed out right in front of me, which disheartened me further, and then I wandered out looking for the first conscious, sober officer I could find, and I met a man walking around out of uniform who glared at me for five full seconds without so much as a hello, and I got fed up and made some stupid comment - I think it was 'who even runs this bloody zoo' - and he said 'I run it', and that was how I met the local Base Commander. Not a promising start, all in all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are not in fact very much alike."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I imagine you would've had more sense than that. So, I settled in. The previous meteorological officer, Lieutenant Ahn, was sober enough the next day to teach me how to use his equipment, except he couldn't teach me how to read the weather as well as he could because he'd been doing it for fifteen years and his intuition was more reliable than the machines. And meteorology is very important on an arctic base. They got high winds that would blow in and erase anything lighter than a medium-sized vehicle that was stupid enough to stay outside untethered in those conditions - sweep it all straight out to sea. It was called the 'wah-wah'."

He smiles wryly, remembering how Ahn's introduction to the concept sounded like a prank, and the subsequent video evidence that convinced him of the legitimacy of the phenomenon.

"I'd been there about a week when I had to go out and do a routine check on some of the remote weather stations by myself, Lieutenant Ahn being indisposed that day. One of those local techs who didn't like me much suggested I park my vehicle in a particular place, out of the wind, while I went about my business. I probably should've clued in when he made the suggestion, but I didn't. I went out with my vehicle and my little cold-weather bubble shelter and assorted emergency supplies, and took a little longer than I expected on the first couple of checks - ended up caught out in the dark, which qualifies as unsafe driving conditions. It was a four-hour night that time of year in that location, though, so I shrugged and set up my shelter to wait it out. Hooked the shelter to the vehicle with a chain to anchor it in case of wah-wah, since the vehicle was well over the minimum size to avoid being launched into the sea but the shelter was rather smaller. I had a book with me, I dozed off... I woke up a few hours later under four feet of mud, vehicle and shelter and all. I would've suffocated if I'd slept another hour, and I nearly didn't make it to the surface even then, and with my comms and all my emergency gear still stuck in the mud, I had to crawl into the weather station and pull a couple of wires from some of the sensor equipment to manually disrupt its datastream in a coded pattern representing 'needs rescue'. I was well on my way to freezing to death before someone noticed the oddity in the incoming meteorological data and came out to pick me up."

This time he manages to blunt the edge of the memory in case of sensitive listeners. It's funny in retrospect, although at the time it was terrifying.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...as a prank?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"As I concluded during my recovery from extensive frostbite, there's no way they could've guessed that I'd be out late enough to have to spend the night in my shelter and that I'd chain the shelter to the vehicle and that I'd fall asleep in it. What was supposed to happen was that I'd park the vehicle, head into the station, the ice would crack under the vehicle's weight and it would sink while I watched helplessly, and then I'd have to comm the base for pickup and be punished for the loss of the vehicle and I'd be very embarrassed about the whole thing. Technically still risking my life, since my emergency gear would've been lost with the vehicle in this scenario, but not to nearly so serious a degree."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Barrayar sounds like everything the Enemy told us of Men."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You've mentioned."

(It's his planet and they are his people and he acknowledges their many flaws, does he ever, but he will never give up on them no matter how many times they disappoint him. They're getting so much better, all the time.)

Permalink Mark Unread

I feel similarly about mine. "Go on."

Permalink Mark Unread

A flicker of a smile, and the memory of the unspoken epilogue of the story of Harra Csurik - buying her village a comm unit with the money he'd been saving for a new lightflyer, and sending her to Hassadar Teacher's College on scholarship, so she could start a school for the previously illiterate and uneducated village children.

Then he returns to Kyril Island in his thoughts.

"I was indeed punished for the loss of the vehicle, and for the minor damage I did to the weather station to accomplish my distress signal. I protested the latter, because I still hadn't learned my lesson apparently, and General Metzov increased my punishment in response. A bunch of chore duty, basically. Hauling the sunk vehicle out of the mud, cleaning and repairing it, then doing maintenance on all the pipes and drains in the base, six hours a day for a week on top of all my other duties. I think he said four hours originally, but then I had to open my stupid mouth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds like you did need the lesson they assigned you there to teach."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I won't deny that Kyril Island was a highly educational experience," he says. There's some irony there, but the details aren't coming clear just yet.

"Anyway, drain cleaning was less humiliating than I imagine General Metzov meant it to be. I learned more about plumbing than I did about the consequences of insubordination. Things settled down after that. Lieutenant Ahn finally left, and on his way out he warned me not to mess with Metzov, which I felt had come a little late, but I attempted to put it out of my mind. By which I mean I read his publicly available service record, then called Ivan at his assignment in the capital and got him to exploit a data security loophole to show me all the dirt that wasn't for public consumption, after which Ivan told me never to call him at work again and all I had to show for it was the knowledge that one time during the Komarran revolts General Metzov killed an escaped prisoner and when called upon to produce the body for examination coughed up a jar of ashes and an apology."

The implication being that General Metzov had done things to this escaped prisoner that needed to be concealed by cremation. Illegal torture, most likely.

"But after that, lacking any further way to learn more and distracted by the arrival of the year's batch of arctic survival trainees, I actually did succeed in dropping the subject. Kept myself the hell out of Metzov's way to the fullest extent possible, and wrote up my weather reports."

Permalink Mark Unread

His face is very carefully expressionless.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's... yeah.

"It gets less fun from here. I mentioned earlier that there were weapons in storage on Kyril Island. Some of them were just sonic grenades and whatever, but some of them were real everything-the-Enemy-told-you-of-Men stuff. Including a specifically Barrayaran terror weapon, a substance called fetaine that specifically targets the reproductive system so if you survive all the other nasty effects of exposure you're guaranteed to have mutie children. Well, a little while after the trainees arrived, there was a fetaine spill in one of the storage bunkers. Scared the hell out of everyone, particularly the two idiots who caused it by goofing off near the wrong stack of barrels. One of the more sensible local officers went to see what was going on, I tagged along, and when we'd heard the story we figured out a plan to destroy the entire contents of the bunker using slow-release plasma mines, since fetaine can be safely destroyed by heat and there weren't any explosives in there with it that might be set off and blow the bunker open and rain everyone's worst nightmare all across the island."

He remembers the looks on everyone's faces, the uneasiness in his own heart.

"General Metzov decided it wasn't good enough to destroy it all, that every effort must be made to preserve whatever could be salvaged of the bunker's contents. He told Lieutenant Bonn from Engineering, the sensible officer I mentioned, to order his people to get into their best protective gear and go clean up the spill by hand. They refused. General Metzov suggested that Bonn shoot one and see if the rest fell in line. I... tried my best to shut my stupid mouth, with mixed success. Bonn didn't favour that approach, needless to say - I think we all hoped Metzov had been joking."

Metzov had not been joking.

"But he called us all out, me and Bonn and Bonn's recalcitrant subordinates, for a discipline parade. Stood those fifteen techs out in the road, in the cold and the wind, and had a bunch of the damn trainees aim nerve disruptors at them, and ordered them to strip down and stand there in their underwear until they either froze to death or decided to start obeying orders."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I see."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was stupid and cruel and nearly unjustifiable. The guys who pulled that prank that nearly got me killed were among the people under threat, them and the greekies who were making fun of me when I showed up. None of those trainees had probably touched a nerve disruptor more than twice before in their lives. We were all lucky they didn't shoot anyone by accident. The thing is, though - it was the sort of disciplinary behaviour that wouldn't be out of place in a battlefield situation. You generally wouldn't be able to get that elaborate under fire, but he'd have been within his rights. And if they'd been civilians, and not soldiers under his authority, it would've been blatantly wrong. The actual situation... it wasn't quite wrong enough for the trainees to clue in that they were being misused. So there we all were. The techs were too stunned to think, at first, and then they were more afraid of the fetaine than the cold, and then nobody wanted to be the first one to break... and then Bonn decided to strip down and join them, as a protest. Damn fool stunt. It's for sure none of them was going to break after that, not with their own lieutenant's support, but Metzov wasn't about to back down, either. He wasn't the backing-down type."

Standing there, in the cold, watching those people freeze... the solution was clear.

"So of course I did the same exact thing. Privilege of rank. It's just barely possible that Metzov could've covered up the deaths of all fifteen techs and Lieutenant Bonn on top, but if I died out there under whatever circumstances, Imperial Security was going to show up and fast-penta everyone in sight. I explained this logic to Metzov. He wasn't budging. I went on to explain that if, on the other hand, he backed down from forcing us all to freeze ourselves to death, he could have me up on a very clear-cut insubordination charge, and the rest of them along with, and gain his victory at much less cost to himself. That line he found more persuasive. He had us all arrested on the spot, but importantly, this involved getting dressed and going indoors and being treated for frostbite."

He pauses, reflecting on that memory, and concludes, "I fucking hate the cold to this day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That move I could see myself making, actually. Nicely done."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," he says, fairly glowing. It's good to have one's proudest accomplishments acknowledged.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So then you were charged with insubordination?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It was clear that I'd done the right thing in a moral sense, but equally clear that if I'd been sent to Kyril Island to learn to stop treating superior officers like interesting problem-solving constraints, that lesson had abjectly failed. And for political reasons they couldn't just let me off, I had to be publicly chastised or it'd look like I had the magical power to get high command to condone any mutiny as long as I was in the middle of it. So I spent a while holed up in ImpSec Headquarters, the most magnificently ugly building you ever saw, sort-of-not-really under arrest, bored right out of my mind."

He provides a mental image of the building in question. It's truly atrocious. A squat, windowless block of concrete, decorated-if-you-can-call-it-that with queasily-proportioned relief sculptures.

"I did get Father to drop the mutiny charges against the techs. It... wouldn't have been right, for me to slither free while they stayed caught. In a weird backward sense, it's like they were my men. I wasn't about to save them once and then abandon them the second time."

He remembers that conversation.

"Father was incandescent over Metzov. Well - no." It wasn't a red rage but a dark one, all grim frown and shadowed eyes. "He was as angry as I've seen him, though. For pulling that vicious stunt in the first place, and for making the trainees into the instruments of what would've been a mass torture-murder. What ended up happening... Bonn and the techs were discharged without benefits but also without disgrace. They cut Metzov loose the same way - couldn't have gotten any harsher punishment to stick, since in the end there were not actually any deaths. The trainees were left out of it completely, nothing to show for it except whatever lesson they may have learned. Father made a public show of being angry with me. And I was reassigned to ImpSec. After Kyril Island, no sane commanding officer could've been cajoled into taking me; they'd have lived in dread of the moment when I'd take issue with some decision of theirs and blow up their career on the spot. Simon was the only man Father felt comfortable asking. He was in on all the decisions, had all the information, he knew I wasn't nearly as poisonous as I looked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The disadvantages of having 'spend a century picking up a new skill in the far south of the continent while it all blows over' unavailable to your people is becoming apparent."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is the sort of problem I'd personally just solve by taking a very very long vacation. That works better for me than you because I won't be dead at the end of it even if whatever occurred will take a long time to heal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. Yeah. On the other hand, consider what happened the last time I took a vacation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your planet needs some uninhabited vacation spots."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would arguably be even worse than being bored out of my skull in Cockroach Central!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"One doesn't generally go alone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, fair. But at that point I'd feel like I was just punishing someone else for my mistakes. I don't think I'd be suited to taking a century off even if I was immortal. I am not sure I know how to take time off that isn't spent in bed hibernating like a bear. And I have long since accepted that I am literally, factually incapable of staying out of trouble."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. So you threw yourself immediately back into the thick of things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Well, no, first I spent several months holed up in ImpSec Headquarters going out of my mind with boredom. They threw me a temporary posting as an administrative assistant after I got out of the infirmary, which kept me tolerably occupied for the first week and intolerably unoccupied after that. But once the public consciousness had moved on and it was politically permissible to let me see the light of day again, Simon handed me an assignment."

He lights up a mental map of the Hegen Hub, simplified down to a diamond shape trailing assorted wormhole routes from its four corners. At one end, a link to the Pol system, which links back in turn to Komarr and through it to Barrayar; at the other end, a link to Vervain, and through it to the Cetagandan Empire; then a link to the Aslund cul-de-sac from the third point, and a link to Jackson's Whole on the fourth.

"In summary: A crossroads of jump routes called the Hegen Hub was experiencing a sudden and inexplicable arms race. War is bad for business and a quarter of our trade comes through the Hub via Pol. On top of that, Aslund was tearing their hair out because conflict in the Hub threatens their only route to the wormhole nexus at large, and they hired a mercenary army to guard their jump station. My army, only for some reason they'd gone back to calling themselves the Oserans. Into this mess Simon expected me to step lightly, gather as much information as I could, and then whisk back home without getting in any further trouble, all under the supervision of a more experienced ImpSec operative. In retrospect, I have a hard time imagining what he can possibly have been thinking."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The mercenary army you'd left with no explanation four years earlier? Am I right in thinking mortals don't tend to ignore their responsibilities for that long?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Correct. I mean, I'd left Baz and Elena in charge and I think they both understood that the question of whether I'd be coming back was a little up in the air, but - yeah, I should've taken better care of them. Somehow. I admit I'm at a loss as to how I could've managed it without betraying Barrayar by running away from home."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds like you'd dug yourself an interesting hole, to be certain. Sometimes obligations do that. So now you came back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. They had me temporarily disguised as a Betan arms dealer - I wasn't supposed to make contact with the Dendarii until we knew more. I wandered around pretending to sell nerve disruptor shield-nets while the senior operative in command of me did all the useful and interesting work. Then... I'm probably going to get this a bit out of order; out of all the convoluted messes I've gotten myself into over the years, this one may have been the most convoluted. I remember I was spotted by one of my Dendarii - he came up to me in a public area and said 'Admiral Naismith!' very loudly and I about jumped out of my skin. Told him he'd been mistaken, but the way I look is pretty distinctive and I don't think he bought it for a second. He insisted on coming around to talk to me privately later. I allowed this."

He calls the details of that conversation to mind, although the memory has faded somewhat with time.

"He explained that the fleet's chain of command had recently been restructured. Admiral Oser put himself back in charge, somehow, and demoted my personal friends and allies to positions of reduced power and prestige. There was a divide between the people who were loyal to me or Tung, and the people who were loyal to Oser. He wanted to warn me in case I returned to the fleet." He sighs. "And then as soon as my senior operative got back from his information-gathering, he told me off for activating the Admiral Naismith identity without permission. I'm sure it seemed logical to him. I think... my Barrayaran superiors had difficulty with the concept of Admiral Naismith. It's not normal for a thing to be false and real at the same time. Confuses the hell out of everyone. A fictional admiral with real subordinates is too easy to round off to just the first part."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds, to be honest, as if you were really bad at making people who had more interests in common than most people one has to work with feel like they could predict you and therefore trust you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, for some reason the approximate ordering of the difficulty curve in getting people to trust me has always tended to go 'friends, strangers, enemies, superior officers'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps because that's the only kind of trust that demands predictability instead of just non-hostility?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do have something of a predictability problem," he admits. "And at the time I had no grand successes I could point to and say 'see? Just give me a clear goal and a free hand and I'll succeed beyond your wildest dreams'. These days, that's more or less how Simon treats me and it works very well for him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am eager to hear what grand successes enabled that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then you're going to like this story," he says.

Right, what happened next? ...Ah. Livia Nu. Livia Nu is what happened next. Well, this is going to be embarrassing. He tries to wall off the memory of that horrible jungle-like perfume setting off his allergies; that came later.

"I had a meeting with one of the people I was pretending to sell weapons to. Only when I showed up, the man I'd been speaking with wasn't there. It was this woman, instead. I'd seen her around before, in passing. Previously she'd given the impression of being mainly decorative in purpose; at this meeting, she admitted to being the other fellow's supervisor, although the way she talked to me left me with the strong impression that she was additionally some sort of spy. Half the people on that jump point station seemed to be spying on the other half; it was a bit ridiculous."

His memory of her is exceptionally vivid, even compared to his very vivid baseline. A woman of about his height, with a slight build, pale skin, blue eyes, and short blonde hair. Intimidatingly attractive, at the time, although that recollection is now coloured with several layers of irony. She wore red to that meeting. There are wild stories about the sort of things spies get up to, seducing one another for information, and Miles had been told that these stories were universally false, and this woman seemed determined to validate them all.

"She asked after my imaginary cargo, and we talked business for a bit, and then she... indicated that she might like to get to know me better... and I, uh, panicked and fled the room." He blushes at the memory - his hand in her hair, her hand on his neck, his ongoing anxiety spiking into outright panic at a perceived threat that was in fact just more flirtation. Smooth going there, Past Miles. "I blurted some silly excuse on my way out, and she laughed at me. I went to sleep feeling like an idiot, and woke up in the middle of my sleep cycle to my senior operative asking me what the fuck I'd done, because shortly after my meeting, the man I'd intended to meet had been found dead in the room where I was supposed to meet him, and now there was an arrest warrant out for my arms dealer identity and we had to flee the station right away."

(He remembers his indignant declaration, "If I'd done any such thing, I'd have reported it to you immediately, sir!", and reflects that perhaps Maitimo is onto something with the predictability analysis. A more normal subordinate might have confined themselves to denying that they killed the man.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel like I'm missing a few things about Men and their romantic norms."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I've neglected that subject a little in my retelling. I suspect it's because I don't know quite where I should start explaining."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seducing someone for information would be a very odd and double-edged tactic, among our people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, ah, if you succeed you're married, which under the right conditions could be a diplomatic coup but would usually just be kind of a mess for everyone involved, and you can certainly only try it once."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's... not a concern among Men, or at least not a universal concern." A few scattered thoughts surface regarding the marriage customs of assorted human cultures.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting. So you ran screaming from the pretty enemy because -?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because I didn't really have any positive romantic experience to speak of," the memory of being fifteen and suicidal touches his thoughts, "and I was separately uncertain of a lot of other things about the situation, like who she was even spying for and why she was in the room when I'd been expecting the other fellow."

He wonders if she actually genuinely was trying to seduce him for fun. A chilling thought, in retrospect.

"So I got nervous and freaked out and ran away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wisely, I suppose, as it gave your superior slightly less to reprimand you for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ha. There is that. Yeah, this would've been a very different story if I'd allowed myself to be seduced. Possibly a much shorter one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you wouldn't be here exploding things for us," he says. "Do continue."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, we had to get out fast and head for a part of the Hub that didn't have an extradition treaty with Pol. That meant the stations for Aslund or Jackson's Whole, and Aslund Station is where my army was, and the senior operative didn't want me going anywhere near my army, so we went for the Jacksonian station instead. I kept suggesting ways we could use the situation to our advantage to try to gain more information, but he was having none of it. Then when we got to the Jacksonian station, he received a message from home that sent him into a panic. He wouldn't tell me what the message said; he just booked me a ticket on a commercial jumpship to Escobar and then left on a different ship without saying a word about where he was going. Needless to say, I was consumed by curiosity."

He smiles wryly at the memory.

"But I never made it to the ship. The Jacksonians arrested me; apparently somebody calling themselves Cavilo had paid for an arrest warrant on my cover identity. I tried to run and all I gained in the attempt was a surcharge for resisting arrest."

(The surcharge came in two parts, one monetary, one violent. He's lucky they had shock-sticks; he can't imagine how he could've gotten through the rest of this fiasco with multiple broken bones, which is the near-guaranteed result anytime someone physically beats him up. It did not, of course, feel very lucky at the time.)

"But I'd mentioned I might have money, enough to buy my way out, so they were nice enough to put me in with the well-behaved prisoners instead of the rowdy ones, and it's there that I learned what had lit such a fire under my superior."

He remembers the welcome sight of Gregor's face, through vision blurred by the aftermath of that surcharge, and then the belated realization that his fucking Emperor was sitting by his side in a Jacksonian prison cell.

"Gregor explained to me that he'd been on an official visit to Komarr, he'd had a melancholy moment late at night after a bottle of wine, contemplated suicide, then realized that he could just as easily run away as kill himself and running away was more appealing. So he did that, on pure impulse. Vanished from a guarded room, on Komarr of all places. I called him an idiot and asked why he hadn't turned right around the minute he sobered up. He said that by the time he stopped wanting to escape his life he'd been abandoned on the Jacksonian jump point station and was being arrested for vagrancy. I called him an idiot a couple more times. Then the Jacksonians came to collect his group - he'd gotten in with some prisoners who were being offered a chance to buy themselves out with some light technical work. Well, offered, forced, somewhere in that range. I was still pretty out of it from when I'd been arrested - in a lot of pain, not thinking clearly - so I panicked. Gregor helped me subdue one of the other prisoners in his group and steal their clothes and ID card so I could get taken away with the rest of them."

Not his finest moment, as he'd explained to Gregor shortly afterward. If he'd kept his head he could've just bought them both out as soon as the Jacksonians let him access his credit account, and thereby saved everyone a lot of trouble.

"I reconsidered as soon as I had a minute to breathe, but by that point we were already on a ship to Aslund Station, where we were supposed to be doing our work. In Aslund's rush to upgrade their defenses, they'd gotten behind schedule and resorted to hiring Jacksonian press gangs to help build their new station."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My."

The story merits more than that, of course, but disapproval of Miles' emperor will make Miles defensive and perhaps the emperor really did have no one to hand the job off to and was not able to do it justly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles snorts. "I did warn you this was going to be a convoluted one. So, there I was, in a Jacksonian press gang with my idiot Emperor. This situation overrode all of my other duties and obligations without question, as a Barrayaran subject and an Imperial Security officer. ImpSec has no higher obligation than the Emperor's safety. It did actually turn out that he had a plan that could've gotten him home safely if nothing went wrong, but that didn't mean I could just leave him."

Actually, if he remembers right, Gregor asked what would happen if his Imperial self ordered Miles to bugger off into Aslund Station and forget they ever saw each other, and Miles replied that he has a well-known insubordination problem, ask anyone else who's ever commanded him.

"But even if I'd wanted to abandon my semi-suicidal depressed Emperor, I didn't have much of an opportunity. The military station we were working on was unconnected to the commercial station where we might have found passage home, populated exclusively by people involved in the construction effort and members of my army, or what had once been my army. I hid in walls and under floors and made use of my convenient disguise as a press-ganged tech until I could contact the fellow who'd run into me on Pol Station and ask him to send Elena my way. ...And then instead of Elena, a squad of Oserans showed up and dragged me and Gregor to their admiral, who was not pleased to see me."

Tangle-fields are uncomfortable. Like being wrapped up in a mild electric shock. Not Miles's favourite way to conduct an interview.

"I went Naismith on him. Did my best to get him to see how our interests might align. But he was having none of it; in fact I think he was frightened by how easily I began to convince him that I was in the area on business unrelated to control of the fleet and would be happy to cooperate with him to our mutual advantage. He told his loyal troops to haul the pair of us away and throw us out an airlock." A concise yet vivid mental picture of what happens to a person who is thrown out an airlock. "Said if I tried to talk they should cut out my tongue. When I went for the 'you're throwing away a fortune in ransom' angle, they tried it, and Gregor and I just barely held them off. We were having a pretty bad time before my contact showed up to rescue us."

The sight of the approaching knife... no, let's not. Miles puts the memory firmly out of his mind and focuses on what came next.

"It... wasn't the reunion I'd imagined. But my contact brought Elena, and Elena got us onto a shuttle with her, Tung, and Arde for a private conversation. Just like old times. Gregor was, uh, a little thrown by seeing me play Admiral Naismith, I think. It's... different, from the person I am at home. More - energetic?"

He tries to clarify the distinction in his thoughts. As Lord Vorkosigan, he holds back more, dares less, makes fewer smart remarks - not none, but fewer. As Admiral Naismith he pulls out all the stops. Admiral Naismith is Miles with maximum energy. Not until this unexpected exile with the elves has Miles ever had a chance to unify the two identities for an extended period, and he rather thinks he likes the result. His two selves work well together.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot imagine how one experiences that many changes of situation that quickly and remains chipper."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a gift," he jokes, contemplating his manic-depressive tendencies with some amusement. "Anyway, you haven't heard the half of it yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I haven't?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not hardly," he says, grinning.

"Tung and Elena explained how Oser had managed to get control of the fleet. Fairly straightforward as betrayals go. They'd all trusted him to handle the administrative details while they each concentrated on their areas of particular talent, and he'd taken advantage of their trust to reorganize the fleet so that he had effective control of everything. Then Tung asked me to help him take back the fleet. But Elena and I agreed that Gregor was the priority, and there was no way we could risk him on a comparatively pointless scuffle over the control of a smallish mercenary fleet when Barrayar was poised to descend into civil war if the public noticed he'd gone missing. Tung was baffled, since we refused to break security and tell him what was so important about this sad young man we were lugging around, but Elena and Arde backed me - Elena because she knew, Arde out of personal loyalty - so we came up with a plan to get Gregor safely on his way home."

Ha ha.

"We couldn't hang around Aslund's commercial or military stations because they were both crawling with Oser's people out for my blood. We couldn't go back to Pol Station or the Jacksonian station because they both had warrants out for my arrest, which would complicate matters tremendously, especially after I escaped from the Jacksonians the first time. So we had to go on to Vervain Station, me and Gregor. Leaving the fleet to sort themselves out. I didn't feel great about that, but I was low on options and had an overriding priority. I extracted a strategic analysis of Vervain's situation from Elena, and found out that they'd also hired a mercenary army, under the command of a mysterious figure called Cavilo. The same person who'd paid the Jacksonians to arrest me. This puzzled and worried me, but I figured we could lay low for the hour or two it would take us to show up on the station, locate the Barrayaran Consulate there, and get Gregor safely into their hands. Logical given that I'd just spent a week successfully dodging Jacksonian prison guards. Ultimately false, but logical."

He smiles wryly, remembering.

"So they smuggled us there, with the help of a friendly freighter captain who was used to sneaking Aslunder spies into Vervain Station. Only when we arrived, it turned out the friendly freighter captain was a double agent, and he handed us straight over to the local authorities, in the form of Commander Cavilo. Who turned out to be the same woman I'd run away from on Pol Station. We were approximately equally surprised to see one another. And then her second-in-command showed up, and turned out to be Stanis bloody Metzov, and things really started to go downhill."

The look in Metzov's eyes when he spotted Miles was... an arresting sight. So to speak. Fucking terrifying, not to put too fine a point on it.

"Metzov nearly had a meltdown, and that's before he recognized Gregor. He was absolutely consumed with his desire for vengeance upon me. Then he noticed I had his Emperor in tow, and he couldn't quite decide whether or not he wanted to commit treason. It made for a really weird interrogation. Gregor was brilliant, though. He played Metzov better than I did. But his best improvisations were not sufficient to save me. Gregor got a luxury cabin with the door guarded, and I got a prison cell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Couldn't decide if he wanted to commit treason? Hadn't he already?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He tried to kill you, he tortured a prisoner and covered it up, and then he ran away and joined a foreign army. What do you people consider treason?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Torture is illegal, murder is also illegal, but neither of those things is treason. Running away and joining a foreign army would've been treason if we hadn't kicked him out of ours first, but we did. Anyway, Metzov thought of himself as a loyal subject of the Barrayaran Imperium, and Gregor was happy to encourage that perception in him since it made him really reluctant to threaten or imprison his Emperor. Cavilo, unfortunately, had no such qualms. She was..."

He trails off, searching for words, for a snippet of experience that concisely imparts the dangers of Cavilo.

"...After she had Gregor sent off to be cozily detained, I happened to be in the room while she dealt with that freighter captain. She was keeping the man's family imprisoned and threatening to kill them if he didn't keep pretending to smuggle people onto Vervain Station and then turning them over to her like he did with us. She showed him a video recording of his family, pretending it was fresh, and I suggested to him that he should demand to see them in person, and she pulled out a nerve disruptor and shot him right there, with this look on her face of, of the purest imaginable joy, just for an instant. Then she scolded me for making him useless to her. I nearly fainted. I'd seen people killed before but I'd never seen their killers that happy about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah," he says. "Yes. I am not sure how I feel about the thought there are Men like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are a lot of kinds of Men," says Miles. "Anyway. Metzov came by my cell later to have a chat, and he threatened me a little and expressed disappointment that fast-penta exists so he didn't need to torture me for information, but honestly both of those things were an enormous relief compared to what I was expecting him to do to me. I think he was homesick. And feeling left out because Cavilo was off having dinner with Gregor and he hadn't been invited."

That was a weird conversation.

"After that, he left me alone with my thoughts, and I spent a while going over what I knew about the situation and trying to figure out why it wasn't adding up. Metzov was nearly useless to a space-based mercenary outfit like the one Cavilo was running; he'd always been a ground combat commander, the skillset has less overlap than you might think. And I'd been to all four of the stations in the Hegen Hub and nowhere could I detect the source of all the trouble. The flaw in my reasoning was my assumption that Cavilo had any interest at all in using her mercenary army to serve the interests of the people who hired her, but I didn't catch on to that until a while later. For the time being, I stayed in my cell, paced, went increasingly crazy from boredom and lack of social stimulation, and worried about whether Cavilo was successfully seducing Gregor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...but if she were, why would that matter, they still wouldn't be married..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was going through a pretty difficult time in his life, and she was a... very compelling person. I was afraid she might be encouraging feelings of fondness towards her so she could use those feelings to manipulate him into cooperating with her agenda, whatever it was."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And at the time you still had no clear idea."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Anyway, after I'd had a little time to stew, Cavilo came by. She wanted me to confirm that she could become Empress of Barrayar if she married Gregor. That's technically the case, but... she would've gone the way of Yuri if she tried it. I left that part out of my analysis. If she'd found a use for Gregor, it seemed imprudent to be too discouraging. I thought we were all set to survive this latest disaster - oh, I forgot, when Metzov came to talk to me he admitted outright that he was planning to kill Cavilo and take her army, and then when she came to talk to me she indicated that she'd overheard him, and I didn't see any more of him during my stay. But then, just as I was getting my hopes up, she brought someone by my cell who'd been there at Tau Verde and had him identify me to her as Admiral Naismith, presumably to verify information she'd received through some other channel."

He still remembers her perplexed expression as she asked, "How many people are you?"

"That made me pretty nervous. For good reason, it turned out, because after leaving me to stew for a little while longer, the next thing she did was drag me out again and tell me that she'd been told I could retake the Dendarii using my wits alone, she thought that would make an entertaining show, and she was going to send me to Aslund Station with no resources but the clothes I was wearing and see what came out of it."

And that was the conversation where she wore the perfume he was allergic to. Damned awful stuff. He was streaming tears and wheezing helplessly for half an hour after they spoke.

"She gave me a piece of advice which I've always thought lent a fascinating insight into her way of thinking: 'The key of strategy is not to choose a path to victory, but to choose so that all paths lead to victory.' She said this, mind, when I was openly wondering whether she preferred me to succeed in retaking my army or to die in the attempt. Apparently I could serve her interests either way. And on that note, she packed me off to Aslund Station exactly as I was. Wouldn't even give me a pair of boots."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's smiling now. "And?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll let you know right now: all paths did not lead to her victory," says Miles, grinning.

"So there I was, in my slippers, on a ship belonging to Cavilo's mercenaries, waiting while they argued about how best to deliver me, when what did I hear over the comm but the dulcet tones of Bel Thorne, captain of the Ariel. One of my most loyal Dendarii. Coincidentally assigned to inspect my ride on its way into the station."

God, he misses Bel.

"I immediately resolved to arrange that they hand me over to that ship, as quickly as possible, rather than hang onto me for longer and potentially deliver me into less friendly hands. But I couldn't just politely ask for it. So I pretended to be terrified of the Oserans - true as far as it went - and pretended, in my arms dealer cover identity, that my terror was because I'd sold them defective plasma arcs that overloaded and blew the wielder's hand off. As mercenaries themselves, the people transporting me were very sympathetic to these hypothetical Oserans maimed by my poor safety standards. They stuffed me into the most primitive available lifeboat, essentially just a bag of air to float through space in, and literally threw me at the Ariel. Where I came to rest happily in Bel's arms. Literally. The first thing Bel did when I climbed out of the bag was walk up and hug me." He pauses. "Huh, I've just realized there's no convention in Quenya for referring to individuals of a gender other than male or female."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...there is not. Is that a thing Men - experience?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I remember kicking myself for not explaining hermaphrodites when I explained Beta Colony, but I guess this never translated into actually going on to explain hermaphrodites. Well, Betans can get a bit weird, and one of the weird things they've done was create a third sex that embodies the physical characteristics of both the original two."

A clearer mental image of Bel Thorne, as an example.

"Betans don't emigrate much, so there isn't really an established population of herms anywhere else, but Bel's an adventurous sort. I guess if I wanted to translate the English convention directly I could say 'it', but does that sound weird to the native ear?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our linguistic guild is probably as we speak developing a better option."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll leave them to it and use Bel's name with awkward frequency for now. So, I explained the situation in... nearly complete detail, omitting Gregor's identity and my other connections with Barrayar, because Bel wasn't authorized to know about Lord Vorkosigan. Bel caught me up on the strategic situation in the Hub, which was continuing to steadily deteriorate, and the internal situation with the fleet, which was deteriorating pretty rapidly. Apparently, after Gregor and I went on our way, Oser had Tung arrested but didn't complete the power play by openly going after the rest of my friends, so everyone was just waiting around for someone else to take the final step toward open conflict. It began to be clear to me that Cavilo's ultimate plan in sending me to Aslund Station was to stir up trouble, and as such, I immediately resolved to do something she couldn't possibly have planned for: cooperate with Oser."

He grins.

"I had Bel contact him by secure tightbeam," a brief mental explanation of the concept of sending recorded patterns of light and sound from one place to another very quickly, "and since he couldn't interrupt the conversation by having me thrown out an airlock, we talked. I explained that my analysis of the situation conclusively showed that anything we did other than cooperate with one another would be playing directly into Cavilo's hands."

("You're insane," Oser told him.

"No, just in a tearing hurry. Admiral, there's nothing irrevocable gone wrong between us. You attacked me, and now you expect me to attack you back. But I'm not on holiday, and I don't have time to waste on personal amusements like revenge.")

"I suggested that he hire me, or I could hire him, I didn't much care which. With Gregor still in Cavilo's hands I was of course highly confident in my ability to make promises that ImpSec would have to fulfill for me later, such as hiring a mercenary army, as long as they were aimed at rescuing him or at preventing war from breaking out around him before he could get safely home. Whatever worked, as long as it left Oser and I on the same side and the army intact. He was... reluctant, but persuadable. I persuaded him. And then - Cavilo had gotten me to agree not to contact Barrayar, on pain of something happening to Gregor; but I didn't need to contact Barrayar in order to arrange for their spies to notice me existing, so the first thing I did was have Oser take me on a tour of the station so everyone could get a nice long look at the two of us being all cooperative."

He pauses; his cheerful expression dims.

"At which point, after we'd been parading around for a while, someone took a shot at me with a nerve disruptor. Several shots. At least five. The first one caught one of Bel's subordinates, and I spent the next several minutes huddled under the body for cover while other people went after the assassin."

It was worse than the shock-stick beating from earlier. The slightest graze from a nerve disruptor bolt is agony, and there were plenty of nerve disruptor bolts to be had. He's lucky he got away without any permanent nerve damage - if he'd been grazed a little harder, he could've lost all feeling in the affected area. Terrifying weapons, nerve disruptors. They don't kill you any deader than a plasma arc, but they're more specific about it - targeting the brain, which is surely the only part of Miles that's worth anything. He may be gradually coming to reconsider that assessment of his worth, but it definitely weighed on his thoughts at the time, cowering under the corpse of the man who saved his life.

"The assassin, when they caught him, turned out to be Metzov. I passed this off to Oser as the secret goal of our little parade, delivering him Cavilo's second-in-command for interrogation. Oser couldn't quite decide whether it was the smartest or the stupidest thing he'd ever seen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...was it? Did you anticipate an attempt on your life?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nope. Pure accident. If I'd anticipated an attempt on my life I... all right, I might've thought of doing exactly what I did, but I'm not sure I'd have had the nerve to go through with it."

Although he does remember Tung's comment that Miles's accidents have a way of working out in his favour more often and more spectacularly than they have any right to. Maybe he was making that calculation on some level and it simply never reached his conscious thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did Cavilo intend him to succeed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure she would've been delighted if he had. Cavilo being Cavilo, I'm also sure she had at least one plan for how to take advantage of his failure. We hauled him to a private room, me and Oser and Elena - I had to argue pretty hard for that private room - and gave him fast-penta and asked him some questions."

Fast-penta interviews aren't any more fun when it's one of your direst enemies smiling foolishly at you.

"And he said that the reason Cavilo wanted him, the ground-based target he was supposed to attack, was Vervain. Cavilo's plan was to raid her own employers, make off with a bunch of their art and items of historical interest and other valuable goods, and sell it in Jackson's Whole on her way out of the Hub. And when we asked Metzov what was supposed to prevent the Vervani from coming after Cavilo for this offense, he said 'oh, the Cetagandan invasion fleet'. At which point it all became perfectly clear..."

He shakes his head slightly, still impressed with the sheer audacity of the plan.

"Metzov was supposed to command the raid on Vervain, and then Cavilo was going to throw him to the Vervani and run, and the Cetagandans were going to show up all, 'look what this evil Barrayaran did to you, you need us to protect you', and they'd have a nice easy time conquering the planet on their way into the Hub. Very tidy. Completely morally bankrupt on Cavilo's part, but that's hardly a surprise. Of course, since she'd let Metzov loose to tell us all this, she obviously couldn't still be counting on it. Instead, she had to be aiming to marry Gregor, become Empress of Barrayar, and thereby remain safe from what would otherwise be inevitable Cetagandan retribution. Double-crossing the Cetagandans is deeply unwise. Doable if you have an empire at your back, though."

And then, of course...

"I explained all this to Oser, leaving out Gregor again but indicating that Cavilo's new betrayal had a solid endgame. I told him that his best shot at serving the interests of his employers would be to capture Cavilo and hold the Hub-Vervain jump against the Cetagandans until reinforcements arrived from Pol or Barrayar. Aslund was a cul-de-sac, the Hub their only connection to the wider galaxy; if the Cetagandans took the Hub, Aslund was fucked. He... agreed with my tactical analysis, but didn't want to put his five-thousand-man army in the way of a planetary invasion force, understandably enough. He proposed to spare my life and sit out of it. I wasn't ready to accept that course of action, given how much else was riding on preventing that invasion, but I lacked further arguments. And then Elena got him with the fast-penta hypospray."

Wasn't that a sight.

"We steered Oser back to his cabin, somehow managing not to make anyone suspicious, and then settled in to have a very fast council of war. I brought in every captain in the fleet, one at a time, Tung first, and coaxed, cajoled, promised, persuaded, and in one case threatened until they were all lined up in support of my goals. Tung was... impressed with me, I think. Although, heh, after we'd all gotten together and hashed out our strategy and gone our separate ways, he found the time to complain about my lack of boots. As though I'd had any time for boots since I arrived."

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a moment of silence.

 

"I think I'd like to see you with your army sometime," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Few things would make me happier, honestly." Since Maitimo getting to see Miles with his army would imply Miles getting any contact at all with his home universe while his army still exists and considers themselves to answer to him.

"But anyway. I spent a while fretting, tried to convince myself to get some sleep, very much failed at that, and then my senior operative finally showed up, urgently requesting a private conversation with Admiral Naismith. I granted him this privilege - I was delighted to see him, actually, totally ready to hand over control of and responsibility for this whole situation on the spot. He, uh, felt differently. Actually he felt the need to literally pick me up and yell in my face about how upset he was with my decisionmaking. Apparently he'd been fruitlessly chasing me around the Hub this whole time. I'm very sympathetic to the stress he must have been under, but he wouldn't listen to my explanations, he insisted that I stop doing things and wait quietly for Simon's people to show up and take charge of me, and that just wasn't feasible under the circumstances. So when he tried to physically overpower me, I had my men arrest him for laying hands on their Admiral."

It was a bit of a farce, honestly, being chased around the room, although it was certainly upsetting at the time.

"At which point Elena observed that I had now collected three of my commanding officers into adjacent cells - Metzov, Oser, and now the ImpSec man. I didn't have a good plan for what to do when the time came to let them out, but that seemed like a safe thing to leave in the hands of Future Miles, since Present Miles had a Cetagandan invasion to forestall first."

He tries to call up the progression of events in his memory. It's all getting a little tangled now.

"We kicked off from Aslund Station, to the dismay of the Aslunders, and the dismay of the Aslunders brought the military fleet of the Aslunders chasing after us. This was perfectly in line with my goals, since I assumed that once the Cetagandan invasion fleet showed up they'd be happy to get in line behind me to fight it. Of course, if the Cetagandan invasion fleet didn't show up I'd be pretty thoroughly fucked, but I'd have stopped a war without a shot being fired and I expected to find this thought nicely consoling while all the major powers in the vicinity argued over who got to nail me to a wall. Then, let me see... ah yes. I sent a message to Cavilo, reporting that I had accomplished the task she assigned me and reminding her of the reward she had promised. I sent this message through Vervani channels, meaning that her employers would hear it before she did, and she'd have to start fielding some pointed questions about what task and what reward I could possibly be talking about."

That kicked the hornet's nest nicely; there followed a wait while Miles's ship drew within realtime comm range of Vervain Station, and then...

"Cavilo came out on one of her mercenary ships to talk to me. We chatted over the comms. She told me she was rescuing my Emperor, then threatened to kill him if I didn't let her pass. I told her I didn't mind if she did, since I'm second in line for the Imperium if Gregor dies without a named heir. She accused me of bluffing; I reminded her that if she killed Gregor she could get nothing out of Barrayar except, perhaps, through me. I think I managed to throw in an implication that I might assassinate my own father alongside an implication that if she tried her usual seduction strategy on him she'd find him immune to women. I was really on a roll. It was magnificent. And she bought it. Anyway, I told her at last that I would take no orders from her except via Gregor, and she went to get Gregor, and played him a recording of all the craziest and most incriminating things I'd said, and Gregor didn't even blink, just patted her arm and told her that I'm always muttering about some evil plot or other and he's long since stopped paying any mind. I love Gregor. He really came into his own on this trip."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's speechless, again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles grins.

"We have now arrived at my favourite part of this story. So we arranged, Cavilo and Gregor and I, for Cavilo and Gregor to transfer to my ship, which was faster than hers. Obviously Cavilo was going to betray me at the first opportunity and threaten to kill Gregor to gain my cooperation, and obviously I didn't have a good response to that because I'm not actually Richard III in the flesh, so I decided the only solution to the hostage problem was to make it her problem by threatening to kill Gregor first. Since neither of us could afford to lose him, each of us had to worry that the other one might just be crazy enough to do it, and I'd just unloaded a whole lot of crazy on her."

He pictures the scene. Cavilo and her escort of five space-armoured soldiers arriving through the flex tube into an utterly empty corridor, Gregor accompanying them armoured in nothing but his dignity and a set of borrowed clothes. Miles and Elena waiting behind the blast door at one end of the short corridor, with a large and intimidating plasma cannon perched on the floor between them and six Dendarii troopers as backup. That cannon could make short work of not only a fully armoured soldier but also whatever part of the ship they happened to be standing in front of, which was one of the two reasons it wasn't actually charged, the other being an unwillingness to risk accidentally making good on his threats. The squad with live weapons waited behind the corridor's other door, in case of the worst.

"When she stepped onto my ship, I blew up the flex tube to cut off her line of retreat, waited a few seconds for her people to calm down, opened the blast door between us, and yelled that if she didn't drop her weapons and surrender immediately I'd blow the Emperor away. She froze up and snapped at Gregor that he'd said I was safe, what did he think safe meant, and Gregor said 'oh, he's got to be bluffing, look, I'll prove it', and walked right up to my plasma cannon. It was an absolutely riveting piece of theatre. I nearly forgot to close the door. Have I mentioned I love Gregor? During the cleanup, when we were explaining the parameters of Cavilo's new situation to her, I remember him saying, 'Both my parents died violently in political intrigue before I was six years old. Did you think you were dealing with an amateur?' He was magnificent. And I only had to get a little sarcastic with him before he agreed to hop onto Vervain Station and start doing some serious diplomacy instead of pulling rank to get himself included in the exciting parts."

Miles shrugs.

"After that, it was pretty much a purely military operation. Gregor retrieved my senior operative from his cell and got him off my back by commandeering him as a bodyguard. We got Cavilo to hand command of her army over to someone with a dependable interest in defending Vervain from the Cetagandans, and then our armies joined forces to hold the jump point until help arrived. Oser broke out of lockup and tried to escape in the middle of the battle, which would've been a disaster and might have lost us the war, except that he tried to escape in the middle of battle despite my urgent warnings, and his stolen shuttle got blown away by the Cetagandans."

He remembers Ky Tung's face when the Prince Serg came through the wormhole to the Vervani side.

"Have I mentioned Tung was an avid student of military history and considered my father one of his personal heroes? Da came out of retirement to command the rescue fleet, aboard Barrayar's newest shiniest warship. He got the Polians in on it too, but Barrayar fielded the greater part of the force and Barrayar, jointly embodied in my father and Gregor, got to command it."

Oh, yes, and there was one other thing.

"We won, of course. And then I retired to the admiral's cabin aboard the Triumph and found out where Metzov and Cavilo had ended up when Oser emptied the cells."

Metzov, red-faced demonic specter of vengeance, dropping his nerve disruptor to pick Miles up by the neck and strangle him. Cavilo, bruises ringing her throat, retrieving the abandoned weapon and shooting Metzov in the head. Her parting words just before she pulled the trigger, a quote that seemed to answer the question of how they had occupied themselves waiting for Miles's return - 'Open your legs to me, bitch, or I'll blow your brains out.' God, what a mess. And then, having finally got the measure of Miles, she let go of the weapon and placed her trust in his personal word that her life would be spared if she surrendered. Also, apparently for nothing more than her personal entertainment, she kissed him just as his security team was belatedly coming to the rescue.

"That was a terrifying couple of minutes, all right. But I survived it. Tung got a tour of the Barrayaran flagship and lunch with Da. I got a medal. As Admiral Naismith, naturally, couldn't break cover, it made lunch with Da rather interesting. Cavilo, hilariously, also got a medal. And got to leave the Hub, although under close watch by Simon's people. Last I heard, she'd retired to the pleasure domes of Mars."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Was it ever apparent why the Cetagandans were invading?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ultimately, because there's an ongoing instability in the social fabric of the Cetagandan Empire that pushes its lower-tier nobility to external conquest as a comparatively easy-looking source of wealth and status. Proximally, Cavilo may have encouraged them into it. We never got her under fast-penta, so we never found out for sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You make Men sound much, much worse than even our worst tales of them. But nonetheless rather compelling."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are a lot of really awful people in the galaxy. It's a big galaxy," says Miles. "There are a lot of really wonderful people in it, too, but they start fewer wars."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've heard that's a marker of wonderful people, yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles snorts. "Yes. Anyway, I hope I'm managing to entertain you."

He also hopes he's managing to provide viable evidence that this reality is not an elaborate fiction, but he's not going to inquire after that one directly because if this reality were an elaborate fiction it would not be in Maitimo's interests to admit to being convinced otherwise. He doesn't expect to hear any interim feedback on the ultimate success of this project, and wouldn't feel right asking for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't comment on that. He can imagine the sophistication it would take to make up this story; he can't actually imagine the sophistication it would take to make up the memories and thoughts accompanying the story. He is trying to evaluate how Macalaurë will react if he announces he's reclaiming the command. Perhaps he should wait until he can walk.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should go learn Thindarin or something. Get my brain running again. See you later," he says, turning to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he'll wait until he can walk unless some calamity demands his attention earlier.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Miles steps out and says, "Who wants to teach me Thindarin today? And how are those gender-neutral pronouns coming along?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots of people are still delighted to teach him Thindarin, and the pronouns are being debated but in Valinor decisions like that took years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will happily spend some time trading languages, English for Thindarin. Although this time he plans to cut it short around sundown. Sleep is important.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Elves disagree, and are sad to see him go.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll be back tomorrow," he assures them.

Back across the lake, a quick check with the engineers that turns into four hours talking logic gates with Ténië, yep that sure is why he gave himself such a generous bedtime, off to the shuttle with him.

In the morning he's almost willing to confidently expect that there will have been no disasters while he slept.

Permalink Mark Unread

Somehow all these people did manage to live in a city together for several thousand years. No disasters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right then! Ration bar, quick chat with Ténië, whoops where did half the morning go, and then he heads across the lake and remote-updates their readers with assorted technical notes and proceeds to the library.

Permalink Mark Unread

Macalaurë meets him outside it. "Let's talk about recording devices."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, what about them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How high-fidelity are they? Would we be able to tell the difference, on playback?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That depends on the quality of the devices used for recording and playback and the data format used to store the information in between. We could test it. Why?"

Is he going to get to enrich someone's life? He loves it when he gets to enrich someone's life.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can sing storms into existence, I can sing blades out of peoples' hands, I can sing injuries closed, I did not spend two days singing to my brother when we got him back from Angband out of sentimentality. What are the higher-fidelity options like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh. This definitely sounds like an opportunity to enrich some lives.

"If you wanted maximum fidelity I'm afraid you'd have to come sing at my shuttle, the armour's microphones are good but not that good, but electrical generation is coming along pretty well and I should have it flightworthy again in a few weeks if no unexpected problems crop up. For the best I can get out of what I've got on me, well," he replays the armour's recording of Macalaurë saying 'higher-fidelity options'. It's pretty damn precise. Even an Elf would have to pay close attention to notice any flaws.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can try that," he says, "and go for better options if that one is insufficient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure," says Miles. "Magic songs. Can't say I would have guessed that one. What would make a good test?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He sings. After a few minutes a wind whirls up around them, making his hair fan out dramatically around his face. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So Miles replays the recording of the song.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hair flutters. "Huh," he says. "We tried this in Valinor but didn't have the precision. Well, that's useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does seem pretty useful. I only have so many recording devices, of course, but making more is relatively simple compared to, say, reverse-engineering a nerve disruptor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll want to start making them as soon as possible. Or, really, the playback devices are more important than the recording ones if they are not the same."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, different devices with different underlying engineering problems to solve, although conventionally they usually appear together."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I may ask Curufin to stop what he's doing and take a look at it, this would be tremendously useful and maybe I could sing you younger and buy him some more time, I've never tried it but it seems like a thing song should be perfectly able to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure the problem is complex enough to deserve the maximum available amount of genius. I could probably have a prototype worth testing put together in a few weeks, although I might have to lean on Ténië to help with circuit design, and there are a few unknown details that could turn out to be thornier than I expect."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles at 'the maximum available amount of genius'. "Hmm. All right. We have other engineers, I can ask them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be happy to discuss it with whoever you like. If I can find an example that's not attached to my armour or my shuttle, I can bring it in for somebody to dissect."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could we have a few people who have a passing familiarity with electricity and can do precision metalwork meet Miles later?" he says. "In one  of the secondary workshops, please -" and he gestures - "at your convenience, Miles."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds like a perfect post-storytelling recovery project."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How much more story do you have?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's see, I've covered 2993 - I had a fairly quiet couple of years after that, I could tell some lighthearted stories about doing stupidly risky tricks with flying vehicles and accomplishing assorted minor missions with the Dendarii - then in 2995 the Empress of Cetaganda died and I averted a civil war, and after that I had a pretty harrowing mission on Jackson's Whole and made one lifelong enemy and one lifelong friend, and this year, '97, I accomplished the third largest prisoner-of-war breakout in history and then spent several months fleeing Cetagandan assassins. And that's what I was up to when I vanished inexplicably and showed up with my shuttle above your bizarre flat planet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"2993 years since what, under your counting system?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some arbitrary event that I'm sure had a lot of significance three thousand years ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is the first year of the Sun, on this world. Good a starting point as any."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Earth had a Sun long before it had life, let alone life that could count. Counting years since the existence of your sun seems like a really sensible system under the local conditions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Barrayar counts from events on Earth?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everyone does. The length of the local year on any given planet varies, but we started on Earth and having to learn a new timekeeping system every time you travelled to a different planet or station would be insane, so everyone keeps Earth's calendar in addition to their own and uses Earth's when it's important to be universally understandable."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Sensible. If there's a wormhole near here, and we manage to find our way to contact with your galaxy, I can see how it'd be useful to have a universal time standard."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The day length here is surprisingly close to standard. I'd be weirdly unsurprised if the year length turned out similarly. But anyway, is now a good time for storytelling?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure. Yes, probably. I think at this point he's made up his mind, for whatever that's worth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I signed on to tell my life story and I will happily continue doing so for as long as he's willing to listen. Whether that's for entertainment or evidential purposes is - not information I can ask for in good conscience."

Permalink Mark Unread

He walks with him. "Really? Why not?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because from the perspective of the person trying to decide whether reality is real, up until the point where you've firmly decided one way or the other, giving any feedback on how convinced you are might just be playing into the hands of the person who is trying to deceive you. And if he's half as twisty-minded as I am, it would be a reasonable strategy to draw out the length of time he spends pretending not to have decided, even if his decision is that reality is real, because deciding ahead of time to draw it out either way means that the length of time it takes him to decide can't be used as information about the effectiveness of the method. So, knowing that, I have to be prepared to keep telling the story even once it's already worked, without asking - because to do otherwise would be acting in a way that would be strategically advantageous if I was trying to deceive him about a hallucinatory reality."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...fair enough. And you're a good storyteller."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! I try."

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is awake.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, lighthearted anecdotes about the two uneventful years following the Hegen Hub conflict, or straight on to that time I went on a diplomatic visit to the Cetagandan Empire for their empress's funeral?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could do with some lighthearted anecdotes after yesterday's story."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lighthearted anecdotes it is! So, when we were younger and stupider, me and Ivan used to race lightflyers down the gorge near my lake house."

He provides a mental image of the gorge in question. It's the sort of place you would not be best advised to race a fast flying vehicle.

"We had to disable a lot of safety features to get the vehicle to do any of the really interestingly dangerous stunts we wanted. Our favourite game was for one person to take the controls, the other person to take the copilot's seat, and the pilot would fly the course in as terrifying a way as possible and try to get the copilot to admit defeat by begging them to slow down or stop. I like winning, so I took my lightflyer out to the gorge every day for weeks and learned it so well I could fly the whole thing purely by feel. The next time we played, Ivan forfeited as soon as he noticed I was flying with my eyes closed, and that was the end of the game."

Even after five years, he can provide a vivid and precise recollection of the ingrained sense-memory of flying that gorge. Exactly how to manipulate the controls, based only on nonvisual cues like the sound of the wind and the vestibular feedback from changes in acceleration and the occasional slight jarring of the vehicle's frame when something touched its light mass shielding. It wasn't a rote series of movements; if he'd only memorized a single way to fly the course, instead of learning how to do it blind, he wouldn't have been able to respond to changes in the terrain and might have wiped out on an unexpected obstacle. Of course, a big enough unexpected obstacle could still have done him in, but they never disabled the ejection system, so he and Ivan would probably have been fine even if they'd totaled the lightflyer.

God, that was fun. And a satisfying victory.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's smiling. "How does a light flyer work, can we build one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not really well acquainted with the engineering details, unfortunately. But I'm sure you can put one together eventually and I'll be happy to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I imagine we can."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's see, lighthearted anecdotes, lighthearted anecdotes... I could remember music at you but all of my favourite music is sad..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shall we skip to an Empress's funeral, then? What had happened to her?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Old age. The Cetagandan haut live longer than just about anybody else, but they're still human."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "My condolences."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So Barrayar sent a delegation to her funeral, and the delegation consisted of me and Ivan. It was supposed to be totally uneventful. Show up, participate in mourning rituals, leave. I'm sure you can guess that that prediction was inaccurate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know you, and could also cheat off the fact that you're telling me the story."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles laughs. "Yes. Well, honestly, even if it had all gone completely according to plan, I'd find the time to tell you about my visit to Eta Ceta in as much detail as possible. The Cetagandans have a number of flaws as a society, but their aesthetics are exquisite."

The planet takes shape in his thoughts, seen from above as he approached the orbital transfer station. Sparkling with the lights of civilization, their patterns hundreds of times brighter and more complex than the Barrayaran equivalents. Miles spent rather a lot of time on Eta Ceta feeling small and ugly and broken and out of place.

"My visit to Eta Ceta is the reason I'm not going around constantly floored by aesthetic awe around Elves and the things you create." Also the reason why his first thought on meeting Macalaurë was embarrassment at not being able to take him seriously enough because he didn't rule eight planets out of a palace the size of a city. Sorry, Macalaurë.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

He giggles. "Fair enough. Anyway. They were giving us the runaround on our way into the station - 'dock here, no, dock there' - and when our passenger pod finally got settled, instead of a pleasant reception by local officials there was some wild-eyed fellow with no eyebrows who hurtled into the pod and went to pull out some concealed item with a look on his face like someone taking their life in their hands. I yelped 'Weapon' and Ivan tackled him. Funny thing, he did have a weapon but he hadn't been reaching for it initially. The original concealed item was an unrecognizable artifact with no detectable dangers, and he only pulled a nerve disruptor after the fight broke out. When we'd extracted both objects from him he fled back into the station, and while we were standing around in bewilderment, traffic control told our pod pilot to back out and come around to a different docking bay, where we found the reception we were expecting and absolutely no mention of weirdos with concealed weapons."

It was kind of unsettling. Exciting at first - what a marvelous puzzle! - but unsettling as time wore on and no one showed up to quiz them about the hairless man or his objects.

"As an ImpSec officer, however bizarre my career trajectory thus far, I figured it was my duty to play the game a little. Wait for Cetagandan Security to send someone looking for the items, learn more about the situation from what they chose to ask and how they chose to ask it. Also I was maddeningly curious, of course. But they never did. We met with the local Barrayaran ambassador, who conveyed us to the Barrayaran embassy on the ground, and he clearly hadn't heard anything, and nobody came after us wanting to talk about our encounter. It was unfathomable. Ghosting in and out of our passenger pod like that would've taken a really incredible series of coincidences, or a really incredible conspiracy, and I had no idea what mix of the two had transpired or what we'd done to deserve either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you neglected to share this story with your superiors?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The local ImpSec man, Vorreedi, was actually not present at the time of our arrival for totally unrelated reasons. I couldn't have reported to him even if I'd wanted to. Which is just as well, because yeah, I really didn't want to. I was... you know, they gave me a medal after the Hegen Hub conflict, but they gave the medal to Admiral Naismith; Lord Vorkosigan did not appear in that drama at all. So I had to shove it in a drawer and forget about it. Accomplishment classified. And then the next two years - I did a lot of good things, worthwhile things, but nothing on that scale again, and nothing I could be recognized for outside the false identity of Admiral Naismith. I craved that recognition. Which is a stupid selfish reason to do the things I did, but I acquired better reasons as I went on."

Now, let's see, what happened next? Was it the ceremony of the laying of the gifts? No, right, it was the incident at the Marilacan embassy, ha.

"We were invited to a party the night of our arrival, held by one of the other delegations at their planetary embassy. Nothing exciting. I met a woman from the Vervani embassy there, though, hanging on Ambassador Vorob'yev's arm, and she was of course very pleased to see the son of my father, since Aral Vorkosigan's contribution to resolving the Hub situation had been highly public. I showed her tracings of the mystery item's identifying marks and asked her what she could make of them, and she said she'd look into it. Then I was accosted by a local, a ghem-lord named Yenaro, who really wanted to show off his art installation. In fairness to Yenaro it was a beautiful art installation."

He calls the details to mind. A walk-through sculpture, all clean lines and soft lights and fluttering scraps of fabric, turning through an endless cycle of seasons from winter to spring to summer to fall and back again, with subtle changes in the light and motion gradually transforming the floating bits into petals or leaves or snow. There was water, too, flowing in captive streams beside the little path through the sculpture and subtly contributing to the visual and auditory experience.

"I told him I wasn't eloquent enough to voice an opinion on it worth hearing, which was the plain truth, but he insisted, so into the installation we went. And I noticed my leg braces getting hot - I wore these steel leg braces, up until the point where I got my leg bones replaced with plastic replicas, to help reduce the chance of them breaking anytime I did anything. They went from noticeably warm to uncomfortably warm to blisteringly hot in the time it took me to bolt out of there at top speed. An unlikely side effect of the exact mechanism used to accomplish the motion of the sculpture, totally unpredictable to him unless he'd very specifically researched my personal weaknesses. Which would have been a nontrivial expenditure of effort. So either this was all a big coincidence or someone was after me, personally, and had chosen to open their attack by causing me a painful and embarrassing injury in public using an exquisitely well-targeted, perfectly plausibly deniable method. Naturally this made me even more curious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to visit Cetaganda," he says, enraptured.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought you might say that," says Miles. "Is it the way they do art, the way they do politics, or both?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was just thinking of the art," he says, "I have no desire to rule a planet of Men that seems perfectly well-ruled internally. I suppose I might figure out how I could rule my own planet that lured Cetagandan defectors. But no, just the art. It's beautiful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet Cetagandan defectors would love to move to an Elven planet," laughs Miles. "Here, let me remember the Celestial Garden at you..."

He closes his eyes and reaches into his memory. He's probably getting some of the details wrong, but here's the vast translucent pearly force dome that covers the entire palace complex, and here's the first thing he saw when he stepped through that outer shell - breathtakingly beautiful architecture, all slender columns and elegant curves, and wide open spaces covered in beautiful plants, not a leaf or twig out of place. Every object and organism inside that force dome, with the exception of the galactic guests and their gifts, was handcrafted to perfection. At the time it was intimidating as hell, but in retrospect he's glad to have seen it so he can share that memory with the Elves. He'd walk around being jealous and intimidated by the beauty of his surroundings for weeks if the end result was Maitimo having that look on his face some more.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which he definitely does. Utterly enraptured. "If it takes us ten thousand years we will find a wormhole."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it is within my power to do so, I will arrange a tour of the Celestial Garden for any Elf who wants one," Miles promises.

He remembers the haut-ladies in their mourning-white bubbles, floating along opaque and mysterious. The way the light filtering in through the dome caught the translucent petals of a flower and cast beautiful shadows on the path beside it. There's still an actual story to tell, here, but remembering the beauty of Cetaganda and watching Maitimo appreciate it is just so intensely fulfilling.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does your world generally have such strict gender-based social roles?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...The division isn't usually as - complete, or as formalized, as the Cetagandans have it, but yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems wasteful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Strict formalized gender roles? Yes, a bit," he agrees. "I didn't see many complaints about that in particular, but... it does occur to me that a little more social freedom in the right directions might benefit the subjects of the Cetagandan Empire a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our planet will welcome them. Anyway, continue."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So the first time I entered the Celestial Garden, I was there for the ceremony in which we were supposed to lay out our mourning gifts. Barrayar's was a sword Dorca carried in the war when they first invaded us. We had a little while to wait around holding our gifts before the ceremony, and during that time a servant approached me and told me that a lady wished to speak with me, so I handed Ivan the box and went off to see who it was and what she wanted."

The glowing white bubble was waiting for him in a semi-private area of garden, every bit as exquisitely beautiful as the entire rest of the garden.

"It was a haut-lady. She wanted to ask if I had taken receipt of any stolen goods lately. I said that if I had, I lacked a way to verify the identity of their owner. She acknowledged the point. Then I had to go because the gift-laying ceremony was starting and I was about to be late."

With his legs still thoroughly fucked up from the previous night's misadventure, bolting along the stunningly gorgeous garden paths to get back to the pavilion in time was not very much fun. But he caught up okay. Partly because there was an unexpected delay in the schedule.

"The whole parade was backed up, and not by me. They were redirecting us away from the Empress's bier with our gifts still in hand, which hadn't been in the schedule at all, and everyone looked very frazzled and they weren't letting us anywhere near the pedestal. So of course I walked right past the guards to have a look at what they were hiding. What they were hiding turned out to be the mystery man from the transfer station, lying dead at his Empress's feet in exactly the spot reserved for the highest-ranked funeral gift, as though he had killed himself there very recently. A frazzled officer came hurrying up to politely and firmly tell me to get back in line, and I asked him who the extra corpse was, and he identified it as the Empress's personal servant, Lura."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Intriguing." To put it mildly. Cetaganda remains distractingly beautiful, except for the haut ladies who are a little boring.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was definitely intrigued! We all brought our gifts to what should have been the post-gift-laying lunch, and I explained what I'd seen to a few people, although I didn't mention having recognized the body. The other assorted delegations were curious, but I didn't catch anyone behaving suspiciously. We paraded back into the rotunda after the meal and set down all our gifts - they'd cleaned up the body by then, as though it had never happened, very quick and tidy, probably immensely forensically destructive - and then we all went home, and my Vervani contact showed up to deliver a fascinating lecture on Cetagandan etiquette and sociology, opening with the revelation that the symbol I'd asked her to look up was the seal of the Star Crèche - the fancifully named haut gene bank."

Let's see, how best to explain...

"The Cetagandans have a two-tiered nobility, haut and ghem, operating in separate social and political spheres with very little overlap. The Emperor and Empress, the planetary governors and their consorts, those are all haut. Military officers tend to be ghem. Genetic alteration is a big thing in the Cetagandan Empire, and the haut are a sort of enormous bioengineering project proceeding under the supervision of the Empress. There's no institution of social parenting among the haut. A child will be designed by a woman who may or may not be its genetic mother, using material from a male and female genetic parent who may or may not have ever met, and then the design is approved by Star Crèche geneticists and the child is created and raised communally in its genetic father's clan - they call them 'constellations' - with all of that constellation's other children, potentially never meeting any of the people involved in its creation."

It kind of still weirds Miles out, but it seems to work for them, mostly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think that would work with the Eldar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know how the Eldar go about having children, so you might very well be right. Anyway, ghem family structure looks a little more normal to my eye, involves people marrying each other and having children with their spouses, but they retain the firm division between politics as an essentially masculine pursuit and biology as essentially feminine. And marriage among the ghem is polygynous - one man may have many wives. Sometimes the Emperor awards a haut-lady to a particularly successful ghem-lord as an extra wife, which is the only time the haut do anything resembling marriage as I understand the concept, and she gets to design whatever children she likes without further oversight but she may only use her own and her husband's genomes to do it - she has no further access to the Star Crèche's gene banks to borrow interesting tidbits. It's weird. Cetagandans are weird."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They sound horrifying. But very pretty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Horrifying, but very pretty' is a fairly reasonable summary of their culture. Individually they vary, of course, like anyone. Anyway, my contact eventually got around to showing me a few holos of items known to bear the Star Crèche seal. The one that precisely matched my lost object turned out to be something called the Great Key of the Star Crèche, an item belonging to the Empress's formal regalia, function and purpose unknown but likely important. I freaked out a little. Ivan freaked out a lot. But that haut-lady I talked to... she'd seemed like she knew what was up, and she'd been remarkably non-accusatory for someone in her implied position. I thought it was worth waiting for the second conversation she'd promised. And, well. I do think the decisions I made ultimately led to a far better resolution than I could've gotten if I'd turned the whole problem over to Vorreedi at the first opportunity... but I kind of wish I'd actually reasoned through it at the time instead of just being drawn in by the lure of intrigue."

And then - right, the party.

"So Lord Yenaro invited me and Ivan to a little party at his house, and I decided to go along, because if he was personally innocent of the little accident at the Marilacan embassy then it would be safe and I might learn something, and if he wasn't it would probably be safe and I'd definitely learn something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even when I had Mandos to fall back on I don't think I played so lightly with my life."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had security arrangements. It was a risk but not that big a risk. And I was right. He wasn't innocent, it was safe, and I learned several things."

He smiles slightly.

"I'd been anticipating that the haut-lady from before would take this opportunity to contact me again, and she did. I went traipsing off into the gorgeous rainy countryside in the dark, following her servant, and I told my security arrangements not to track me. That was dangerous, but I didn't feel like she was going to make me regret it, and she didn't. I explained that I'd managed to discover the nature of the stolen goods, and she introduced herself as Lisbet Serise, Handmaiden of the Star Crèche. We went back and forth for a while on whether there was any reason for either of us to trust the other. I told her what the last few days had looked like from my perspective, and she explained a few things in turn."

It's no effort at all to call her voice clearly to mind. The Great Key is the only means of accessing the metadata on the haut gene bank. Without it, the Star Crèche's gene samples are unlabelled and stored in random order. It would be the work of decades to recreate the information that the Key unlocks.

"So. I agreed to turn over the Key, but only if she dropped her bubble so I could see her face. A little insurance in case some authority came after me asking where the key had gone - I could at least describe the person I'd given it to. When the bubble came down..."

He was not remotely prepared. Ghem-ladies were unnaturally pretty, but Lisbet was perfect. Comparisons involving goddesses of ancient myth sprang to mind. She was a vision of impossible beauty, utterly without flaw. Down to the finest stitch in her layers of mourning-white robes, everything about her was mesmerizingly, captivatingly beautiful.

"...I, um, embarrassed myself by falling to my knees in sheer awe," says Miles, contemplating the memory with some amusement. "But I handed over the Key, and she checked it, and it turned out to have been a fake. Of course. At which point I bet she was supposed to have flown into a rage or something, but she was too smart for that. Instead she gave me her side of the story. Apparently, the late Empress was dissatisfied with the status quo of one gene bank and one Key and no backups whatsoever."

('Milady, that's fucking insane,' Miles had said, and she'd smiled very faintly and replied, 'If I had been in charge when these decisions were being made, things would have turned out very differently.' Anyway, the Empress...)

"Can't blame her for that, but she chose to address the situation by contacting each of the planetary governors in secret and promising them their very own exclusive copy of the gene bank and its Key. She planned distribution to occur at her own funeral because occasions where the planetary governors visit Eta Ceta are that rare otherwise. But she had a hell of a time copying the Key in secret - it was older than she was by a good long while, and she didn't have a secret cipher lab handy. Which is where Lura comes in. According to Lisbet, Lura claimed to have been acting in accordance with the late Empress's wishes by taking the Key to one of the governors to be copied, only to be ambushed by a squad of six armed Barrayarans, who shouted rude things about the Empress and stole the Key. Lisbet... had her doubts about this narrative. Mine sounded much more plausible. Where, after all, would these hypothetical Barrayarans have gotten the idea that the Key was there to be stolen? Lura told no one about the trip ahead of time, not even Lisbet herself. The only people who would've known were Lura and whichever governor it was - which Lura had been too distraught to specify, and then died the next day."

Goodness, the lack of gender-neutral pronouns here is really getting awkward. Miles notices that he hasn't explained Lura's gender yet and assembles a brief summary-explanation of the sexless ba servitor class, created by the haut to test new gene complexes before introducing them to the haut genome itself, conditioned from birth to loyalty and obedience. Aren't Cetagandans creepy? Moving right along.

"To both me and Lisbet, this sounded a whole lot like the governor in question had decided to steal the Key for himself and frame Barrayar for the crime. Lura's apparent suicide became an obvious murder. The incident with the sculptural installation was an artistic flourish to give my downfall a more pleasing narrative structure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Plans that complicated are unwise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was actually really neatly done. I'm impressed. Most of its major flaws were in the premises rather than the execution. For example, even if all the parts involving fucking me over and Barrayar through me had succeeded, the best he could've hoped for would've been a nasty civil war against the other seven planets of his empire. The accompanying war with Barrayar would've distracted them, but not enough to save him. And he took it as a given that Barrayarans and Cetagandans can't trust each other or cooperate towards common goals. Which might have been true, if we hadn't had Lisbet on one side and me on the other."

He is so very glad that he and Lisbet were the people on each side of this problem. Either one of them probably could've carried it alone, but with both gone and more typical subjects of their respective empires in place - if it had been Ivan on his side and a more typical haut-lady on hers... yeah, there could've been a big problem.

"So, we had a list of three governors who'd been docked at that orbital transfer station during the window of Lura's visit. Somehow we needed to narrow it down from there. Lacking immediate leverage, we went our separate ways to think about the problem. A Cetagandan investigator, Dag Benin, came by in the next few days to ask me pointed questions about Lura - apparently they'd finally noticed that connection. I yielded up the nerve disruptor but made no mention of the Key. I also... may have implied to Colonel Vorreedi that I was on a secret mission from Simon the details of which he wasn't cleared to know. Well, I was the sort of person Simon Illyan frequently sends on secret missions, and I was carrying one out, and I never actually told him outright that this particular secret mission was of the authorized variety, I just let him assume. Anyway, with transit delays, if I'd sent for confirmation from Headquarters the whole show would've been over before Simon had time to reply. Sometimes you just have to do the work that's in front of you. I was sure that whatever personal consequences followed from my decisions, I'd like them better than multiple wars."

He reflects wryly on the solidity of this logic. At the time he'd been... a little more lost in Lisbet's eyes than he might have liked to admit, particularly to Ivan. Could he have turned the whole thing over to Vorreedi and not regretted it? Maybe, maybe not. He's happy with his decision not to. If Vorreedi had jogged his elbow too much, he might not have been able to bring it off, or might not have been able to bring it off without disobeying direct orders, and Vorreedi didn't deserve that.

"A few days went by without much in the way of solid information. It was getting uncomfortably close to the deadline - at the end of the final ceremony on the last day of the funeral, Lisbet was going to have to turn over the Empress's regalia to be given to the new Empress, and if there wasn't a working Key in the set at that point, trouble was going to ensue. I got invited to a diplomatic event and learned the etiquette for addressing a haut-lady outside her bubble, which is 'don't', and had totally uninformative conversations with two of the suspects, haut Kety and haut Rond. There was a poetry recital and some singing."

The singing was... exquisite. He does his best to remember it, but he knows he isn't retaining a tenth of the beauty and intricacy of the original. The poetry was similarly well-crafted, but rather outlasted his tolerance, especially since they seemed to get more abstract and indecipherable as the hours wore on. Miles's taste in verse runs to either the silly and lighthearted or the deeply emotional; polished verbal edifices in complicated formal styles he's never heard of leave him cold. Still, he makes a mental note to remember Cetaganda when he's seeing how much human literature he can drag out of his memory. Maybe someone here will get more out of it than he did, and he bets it'll make the linguists happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think there are a lot of Elves who, if access to your galaxy is ever achieved, will make a beeline for Cetaganda and be deliriously happy for a long time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wholeheartedly look forward to it."

He loves making people happy. Making people happy is the best thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And that should help your realms figure out immortality, too. It sounds like they're fairly close and we must be genetically - relevant."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If yours isn't some sort of soul thing untouchable by modern medicine, which it might be. But yeah. I will be absolutely delighted to introduce a bunch of Elves to Lisbet. I expect Lisbet will be absolutely delighted to meet a bunch of Elves. Anyway, where was I, I'm getting all out of order... right, so Lisbet managed to rule out one of the three after a private conversation. Ivan of all people had the brilliant idea that Lisbet should do a recall of the gene banks, tell everyone the copy was scrambled and she needs to check it over to get it straightened out, which would leave our culprit with a key but no lock, simplifying our problems considerably. Oh, and someone tried to assassinate us at an art exhibition using Lord Yenaro as their tool."

It was a peculiarly Cetagandan art exhibition, focused primarily around genetically engineered plants and animals created by ghem-ladies. There was a tree sprouting fluffy white kittens in leafy little pods. Ivan, not fully comprehending the nature of the kitten tree, attempted to rescue one by picking it; this left him with a dead kitten-pod to secretly and hurriedly dispose of.

"He was helping one of his friends with her exhibit, and he had a rug made of five kilos of military explosive and a pitcher full of its catalyst, which he'd been told would yield intoxicating fumes when combined. Another hilarious prank to pull on the Barrayarans. I had Ivan take him aside with his pitcher and a tiny fragment of his carpet, and demonstrated how the tiny fragment and a couple of drops of catalyst reacted vigorously enough to leave an unsightly scorch mark on the floor. That was an error of execution on haut Kety's part, first of all because he should've expected us to recognize asterzine when we smelled it, second of all because he was careless enough to let Yenaro know who he was and after that scare Yenaro was only too happy to pass the information along. So now we had our target, and once I passed Ivan's suggestion along to Lisbet, we made plans for me to infiltrate the relevant ship and seek out the Key."

A tricky prospect, to say the least.

"We needed a time window where I wouldn't be missed by my own people for at least long enough to get beyond their reach. This would've been a good time for Lisbet to come up with any other trained intelligence agents, but she was on the feminine side of the Cetagandan imperial dichotomy, and she couldn't bring in the masculine side without admitting to her Emperor that she'd been helping her boss the late Empress plot against his interests, which seemed very likely to introduce nasty complications at just the moment when nasty complications were least welcome. So it was down to me. Lisbet sent out the consorts to recall the gene banks, and we figured out the best point in the funeral schedule for me to set off on my mission. There's this old saying - no battle plan survives contact with the enemy. In this particular case, contact with the enemy came in the form of a haut-lady kidnapping Ivan."

Cetagandans. Ivan's taller and prettier, Miles is doing all the footwork, therefore obviously Ivan's the one in charge.

"I spotted her hauling him unconscious into her bubble, alerted Lisbet, and Lisbet and the consorts got her cornered before she could make off with him. It turned out to be the haut-wife of Kety's general, a woman named Vio. Bitter about being awarded to a stranger as a trophy of good conduct and cut off from haut society and haut privileges in the process - Kety promised her a position as empress of his incipient rival empire, and she leapt at the chance. I distracted her," with an extremely heartfelt rant expressing his intense frustration at the fact that she'd thought Ivan was the mastermind here, "long enough for them to stun her and get Ivan away. At that point, we had to make our move. Vio was going to be missed if we didn't, and she was riding around in a bubble stolen from Kety's planetary consort, which suggested that said consort was either dead or currently being interrogated aboard Kety's ship: not a very stable situation either way. So we stole the bubble back, and Lisbet sent one of the other consorts along to impersonate Vio, with me in her lap in case of contingencies requiring my expertise."

Well, not literally in her lap, he perched on an armrest of the float-chair. But the interior of a haut-lady's bubble is extremely close quarters. He's glad Lisbet sent one of the consorts instead of doing this part herself; that would've been really awkward, after their brief conversation concerning the fact that he blatantly had an enormous crush on her and if she were twenty years younger and less invested in her local career she would've seriously considered running away with him. Which, um, yeah, that conversation is a thing that happened. It has been omitted from all Miles's other accounts of this story to various parties, but none of those people were telepathic, so here we are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tempting someone out of being Empress is very impressive.

Permalink Mark Unread

"At the time I didn't even know she was going to be Empress! And neither did she, not for sure, but in retrospect I'm pretty sure she knew it was very likely. She was effectively interim Empress during the funeral ceremonies - that much I noticed when she handed me an Imperial comm override code in case it proved useful for the mission - but I don't think it's a given that the last Empress's top assistant will become the new Empress, it's ultimately up to the Emperor to decide who will create his next heir and oversee the shaping of the haut genome, and he can choose anybody he likes. Anyway, so we got up onto Kety's ship without him noticing anything was amiss - those bubbles are a massive security hole - and found haut Nadina, and she led us to where they were keeping the Key..."

They were holding her in this ridiculously impractical setup where the ends of her hair were gently yet firmly clamped to the floor, leaving her quite a bit of freedom of movement since haut-ladies have absurdly long hair, and even at the moment of rescue she couldn't actually bring herself to cut her hair to get free, Miles had to do it. Cetagandans. Both the ones who chose to imprison someone by their hair and the one to whom that was an effective trap.

"We had one dose of the drug-mist that Vio had used on Ivan, and one stunner, but if we used the stunner we were absolutely going to get caught, there's ways to detect that a stunner has been fired nearby and they'd have to be complete idiots not to be monitoring the Key's location for it. When we entered the room, it contained two cipher techs working on analyzing the Key and one general getting in their way. We went for the general with the knockout drug, didn't quite get him, and ended up with me, Nadina, and Pel inside Nadina's bubble with the sole true Key and a very angry Kety storming into the room yelling about what he was going to do to us once he got through the bubble, which Pel and Nadina expected to take him about half an hour. It wasn't looking good, but then I had a brilliant idea."

He's still proud of this one. It's so... himself.

"The primary value of the Great Key to haut Kety lay in the fact that he had the sole working copy; being the only person with access to the full records of the haut genome is a position of considerable power, but the moment anyone else got their hands on the data, he would no longer be able to hold it hostage as protection against military retaliation from his Emperor. The primary value of the Great Key to the Star Creche lay in not having to spend decades reorganizing their gene bank, and in not letting Kety get away with taking it. No one else could get any value out of it at all, since, as previously discussed, a key without a lock is meaningless and only Kety and the Star Creche still had copies of the gene bank. So I hooked up the Key to the float-chair's comm unit, and broadcast it indiscriminately to everyone in range with every override code I possessed. We didn't have the capacity to tightbeam it discreetly back to the Celestial Garden, but we did have the capacity to get that information onto the comconsoles of every other ship docked at that orbital transfer station, causing a huge commotion in the process and completely eliminating all hope of Kety getting away with his theft."

The look on Kety's face when he realized what they'd done was... frankly terrifying, but also satisfying as hell.

"Live or die, we still won. And I was worried for a minute there that it was going to be 'die', but I was mostly too exhilarated by my stunning victory to care, and then rescue arrived before they managed to crack the bubble. Kety got arrested, Lisbet got made Empress at the end of the final ceremony, and I got awarded the Cetagandan Order of Merit, a stunningly pretty and highly prestigious medal which I couldn't wear in public as either of my selves because Admiral Naismith didn't earn it and Lord Vorkosigan would court unpleasant political consequences by going around wearing a Cetagandan medal on Barrayar."

Here is a mental image of the Order of Merit hanging on its neck-ribbon, all asparkle like a giant snowflake or a tiny star. Isn't it gorgeous? Irony aside, and despite his protestations to Emperor Fletchir, Miles is genuinely deeply proud.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elves and Cetagandans would really get along astonishingly well, it's going to be lovely meeting them. Maedhros is as enchanted by Miles at Miles' memories of how pretty the haut are, if in a slightly different way. "Congratulations."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!" beams Miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I imagine now you ended up with some other absurd interplanetary assignment?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's like you've been listening to me recite my life story for days, or something. Yes, but first I went home and got my leg bones replaced, which was awful but substantially less awful than continuing to go around in those damn leg braces, and had a reasonably quiet convalescence. The memory of Lisbet telling me how attractive I am was extremely cheering. It's been one of my great secret joys ever since."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can imagine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It nearly cured me of envying Ivan. When he'd get yet another girlfriend and I'd otherwise have been annoyed by the disparity, I'd think to myself, 'well, the Empress of Cetaganda thinks I'm a catch. Quality over quantity.'"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Were you unusually picky?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...As an explanation for why I didn't have many girlfriends, you mean? No, the only two people who've ever spontaneously expressed romantic interest in me are Lisbet Serise and Bel Thorne. And one of them is busy being the Empress of Cetaganda and the other is not of my preferred gender." He pauses, then adds, "I suppose you could count Cavilo, but I usually don't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, Lisbet Serise is very pretty," he says. He does not ask whether it's not a tremendous insult to express romantic interest in a man if you're a third-gender person because it is not terribly relevant.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So's Bel, for that matter."

The tone of his thoughts does not suggest that it was a tremendous insult. Actually, the tone of his thoughts is not wholly in agreement with the original implication that he didn't return Bel's interest.

"But no, the joke about quality over quantity was... mostly just a joke. I do think it gets at a difference in approach between me and Ivan, but I'm not sure the difference is that I'm pickier exactly. Part of the trouble, I think, is that when Ivan gets rejected he just shrugs and tries again five minutes later with someone else, and when I get rejected I need to spend hours or sometimes weeks recovering my emotional stability."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. Yes, that's - not a great way to go about it. Though I can't say I relate, since the Eldar are quite different."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are the differences...? The bits and pieces I've picked up on have been mostly comprehensible but I don't think I have anything close to a complete picture." Irissë's offhand joke about Tyelcormo wedding himself to a rock had some fascinating sociocultural implications once he thought about it for a bit, but finding someone to ask about these things just hasn't made it onto his overstuffed priority list. And Maitimo did in fact explain that one, sort of.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. 'girlfriend' isn't much of a concept here. If you're seeing someone you're probably going to get married or stop seeing each other, there are people who have extended relationships without getting married but it's not typical and it's not very wise, lest you have too much to drink one day and wake up married anyway. Also I think most people would be alarmed by a third gender expressing interest in them, Eru's teachings wouldn't be clear in that case but the taboos that are derived from Eru's teachings would be persistently present."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...Um?" says Miles. "That almost raises more questions than it answers. Eru's teachings? And marriage actually does just result directly from, from...?" His silence somehow manages to heavily imply the missing verb even without it appearing directly in his thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"From a man and a woman having sexual intercourse," he says drily. "Yes. I had already gathered that was not true among your people. Eru is the one who makes marriages happen and teaches which ones are proper - no siblings, for instance - and I don't know what he'd think about Betan hermaphrodites."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes marriage sound like... less of a cultural thing and more of an - almost biological one," he says. "Or metaphysical, or something. Am I reading that right? It's purely socially constructed, among Men, there is no underlying fact of the matter about whether or not two people are married that can be affected by things they do in private while drunk. And, uh, on most civilized planets there aren't gender restrictions..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, marriage is a - not a biological fact, but certainly a fact about the state of the world. You can tell if people are married by looking at them. By 'there aren't gender restrictions' do you mean that Men regard it as a marriage if two people sleep together even if they're both women, or there's a third gender..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A fact about the state of the world," he echoes. "...I'm too Betan for this."

There has never before been an occasion on which Miles was even slightly tempted to declare himself too Betan for something. He is very much a product of Barrayaran culture, and Barrayaran marriage customs have this same exact problem, and he's, well, he recognizes that it's not ideal but Barrayarans who feel very strongly about this issue can always go live on some more civilized planet, it's not written directly into their metaphysics...!

He pullls himself together to answer the question. "The exact conditions defined to result in a marriage vary from planet to planet. Usually sleeping together isn't explicitly one of the conditions. You make some sort of formal declaration of your intent to make a life together, and optionally have a big party so all your friends and relatives can see you sign the document or make the promise or whatever, and that's that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. Yes, not how it works among our people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Evidently not."

This is such a silly cultural feature to be getting hung up on, in the grand scheme of things - but it's not a cultural feature or he wouldn't be so hung up on it, right? It's a, a, design decision. A design decision by an entity with utterly baffling priorities.

Wow, he's not getting any less Betan about this, is he. It's actually kind of fascinating. He had no idea he had it in him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not one it'd particularly occurred to us to be baffled by. It's a sensible definition of marriage, whatever Men do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose if you frame it around the production of children and have what is by galactic standards a very old-fashioned understanding of how one might go about producing children... and, I don't know, maybe Eldar actually can't produce children in any but the old-fashioned way... but if that's also a design decision then I am likewise too Betan for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I shall be intrigued to someday meet a Betan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now I've gone and imagined you meeting my mother."

He still doesn't think they're going to get back to his galaxy before everyone he's ever met is dead. But if they do, he is absolutely introducing Maitimo to his mother. He is not at all sure what will happen, but he's sure it will be good, whatever it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be delighted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My mother's pretty delightful!"

And all credit for Miles's capacity to be Betan about things definitely goes to her. (Cordelia Naismith Vorkosigan talking theology with the Eldar, now there's an interesting thought...)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I shall look forward to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too," says Miles.

He doesn't think it's going to happen. But if he went around acting like getting back to his galaxy within a mortal lifetime was definitely impossible instead of just really unlikely, he'd end up curled up on the tilted floor of his shuttle paralyzed by despair for weeks or months, which wouldn't help anything. This way he can postpone that breakdown indefinitely - if necessary, as the years wear on, he'll resort to reminding himself that home being a different universe from here is a pretty strong hypothesis and there are no known rules for how the passage of time aligns between universes so it may well be that by the time they get around to solving the transportation problem it will only have been five minutes and the Dendarii won't even have had time to miss him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or perhaps your world will figure out immortality; it seems much easier than lots of things you have figured out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It could happen. I'm not sure it's going to happen in time," he says. "And some of my friends don't have long to wait. But I guess I haven't told you about Asterion yet. Hm, do I have another story in me today?"

He considers this question fairly.

"I do not. More cultural exchange, or should I get out of your way and go talk sound recording devices with the spare engineers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sound recording devices would be very very important for the war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I've heard. All right. See you tomorrow," he says, and heads out to look for those engineers.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are eager to get to work on music recordings, apparently a really big deal that has been long-discussed in Valinor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, here is everything Miles knows about sound recording, and everything relevant he can dig up out of his reader - not a lot, but not nothing - and he will see about finding an actual example they can take apart. He double-checks the inventory list for the pile of stuff he left here when he went off to assault Angband, and confirms that there indeed weren't any sound recording devices in it, but says that he thinks he might be able to dig something out of his shuttle and bring it over tomorrow. And in the meantime they can think about designs and figure out what materials they'll need. Engineering, yay!

Permalink Mark Unread

They throw themselves into the work with a mixture of diligence and sheer glee.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a familiar mixture. Miles feels just the same.

He lets himself stay a little late, getting them started on everything, getting to know everyone's working style. Then he returns to his shuttle to sleep, and in the morning he drops by Ténië's workspace to update her on the day's progress and ask her to help him ferret out a stray comlink or something. She helps. They come up with two stray comlinks and somebody's music player with all the music still on it; he was clearly in too much of a hurry when he stripped down the shuttle pre-Angband. He mirrors the music player's data onto the shuttle's computers, but declines to bounce it to all the readers because they wouldn't be able to do anything with audio files anyway.

And they return to the shore with their loot, and he hands her one of the stray comlinks to take apart in service of her parallel engineering effort, and -

Permalink Mark Unread

Ténië stands frozen for a moment, comlink in hand.

Then she announces in a quietly carrying voice, "I am going to go across the lake to help them reinvent sound recording and playback devices. If anyone would like to explain to me why they think that is a bad idea, I will be available to listen while I put this Miles object away in our workshop."

Announcement made, she heads for the workshop she means.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey. If we were crossing the lake for any reason engineering collaboration would be the best reason but I don't want us crossing the lake. I don't think incidents of people being stupid are likely but I do think they are possible and would escalate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is just," says Ténië, "so outrageously inefficient, to have me on this side of the lake, and all of the other best resources for this project on the other, and the two sides exchanging information twice a day through Miles. I do not want to cross the lake. But I would rather cross the lake than let the invention of sound recorders proceed without me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And if they say something provocative what do you do? If they take something as provocation and arrest you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If they say something provocative I will ignore them," she says. "I know I probably made an impression when I arrived on the Ice but I am normally the opposite of dramatic. If they arrest me I will point out that arresting me makes engineering collaboration needlessly difficult."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...fine. Be safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Should I not ask about the circumstances under which you are dramatic?" wonders Miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"When everyone was preparing to leave Valinor, I did not go along because I was too frightened and did not think I would be much help to the war effort since I freeze up at the mere thought of trying to fight anyone. And then they all left without me. And then I heard about the Doom. I caught up with this host as they were preparing to cross the Ice and it is all a bit of a blur but I think my exact words may have been 'I am still useless and terrified but now I am also very very angry with the Valar, I brought all of the food I could find, may I join you?' They said yes. Here I am. I think that was enough drama to last me the rest of this Age."

She puts the spare comlink away in the workshop.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Miles leads her across the lake.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's mostly calm to start with but by the time they reach the camp she's nearly vibrating out of her skin with contained anxiety. Doesn't slow her down much, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

They stop. And stare, just a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello!" says Ténië. "I am here to collaborate on the sound recorder project!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," someone says. "I thought you stayed in Tirion?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did stay in Tirion but then I heard about the Doom and I could not stay in Tirion any longer because I was too angry with the Valar. I was all set to cross the Ice by myself if that was what it took, but then I did not have to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. 

 

Okay.

We'll share across the lake but on our terms, we're not going to immediately hand over all our notes. You going to run everything back to them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have been letting Miles bring you all of my electrical engineering notes and I think it would be a little unreasonable not to let me share what I learn on this project, but if you ask me not to then I will not," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"not until we decide otherwise,"" he says, "which we probably will but we are not defaulting to sending every work we do across the lake."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

And there are no further objections to engineering help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ténië is extremely helpful; she was right that the project would be going much much slower without her. And her initial nervousness quickly fades, replaced by immense delight in her work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles sticks around to help out some more rather than immediately going to talk to Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are definitely making progress. Everyone's encouraged at the prospect. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good! That is exactly the result he was most hoping to see!

When he's confident that Ténië will be fine, around midafternoon, he leaves off engineering and stops in at the library.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's sitting up. "Hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello. How're you doing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have, once or twice, been worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll bet. So where was I? The calm stretch between Cetaganda and Jackson's Whole, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Jackson's Whole is much less appealing than Eta Ceta on nearly every conceivable level. Well, I guess the aesthetics of the uninhabited parts aren't bad."

He remembers the initial approach. A planet orbited by a veritable flock of stations, its surface ringed with the lights of civilization in a narrow mountainous band, endless frozen wastes stretching out to either side.

"It was settled originally by a semi-cooperative group of criminals who wanted a base of operations outside the reach of galactic law enforcement. They have achieved some civilization despite themselves, but their culture still flows from the same dubious source. Jacksonians can mostly be counted on not to break the specified terms of any deals they make, unless they would accrue some especially tempting gains in so doing, but apart from that they're rather infamously void of ethics. Almost opposed to them in principle. They organize themselves into Houses each led by a Baron, specializing in particular trades. House Fell does weapons; House Bharaputra does biologicals, assorted. My cover mission was a resupply with House Fell, a pretty reasonable if slightly unwise move for a mercenary company. My secret mission was to retrieve a geneticist who worked for House Bharaputra and did not wish to continue working for House Bharaputra. Jacksonian employment contract terms are usually predatory and the penalties for skipping out on one are usually lethal or worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fascinating. And I don't find frozen wastelands pretty, not really."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't really pay enough attention to do it justice in my memory, I think. But I would've felt unfair not mentioning that Jackson's Whole has at least one positive attribute that Eta Ceta doesn't, even if that positive attribute is 'limited natural beauty visible from orbit'. Anyway. Bel kept flirting with me on the way in..."

Which was awkward and, more importantly, dangerous to his cover. Admiral Naismith is supposed to be Betan, and therefore lacks any excuse for Miles's complicated Barrayaran hangups about Bel's sex. Bel even called him on it. A real Betan might reject Bel's advances, but wouldn't flinch from its touch. The instinctive aversion is something he could only have picked up if he was raised elsewhere. He trusted Bel to be discreet about its conclusions, though, and his trust has been validated so far.

"...Until we went to a party on Fell Station and Bel found someone else to flirt with." A flustered Bel Thorne is an amazing sight. He remembers the look on its face very clearly, and then the reason for the look: the woman with two extra arms in place of legs, floating in her zero-gee bubble, playing the double-sided hammer dulcimer with exquisite grace and talent. "A quaddie musician named Nicol. Quaddies are another experimental variant of humanity created hundreds of years ago - some common ground between them, there. Bel was instantly smitten. Nicol was a little more reserved. Stuck in one of those predatory Jacksonian employment contracts with Fell - she'd signed on originally under the impression that it would be a temporary arrangement, but hadn't realized how hard it would be to earn her way out when her employer did not want to let her go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"On Beta it's considered unacceptable to be averse to advances from people of the same gender?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, not quite. For one thing, Bel isn't the same gender as me. Part of that flinch reaction was unfamiliarity, and part was Barrayaran ideas about genetic engineering, and part was Barrayaran ideas about sexuality. A real Betan facing an oncoming Bel would be influenced by none of those three things. They might have other hangups, but... their cultural context usually doesn't give rise to hangups of that particular kind. Most Betans will hear out an advance from anybody and accept or reject it as they see fit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles suspects that if he wonders why that's so interesting he's going to run into more theology and possibly more things he's too Betan for. As fascinating as that would be, he thinks he'd rather not go there just now.

"Where was I? Right, the party. We exchanged a few words with Baron Fell, largely inconsequential, and then we ran into Baron Ryoval. House Ryoval does... ah, specialized biologicals."

He doesn't know how to translate the concept of custom-built sex slaves accessibly into Quenya and he doesn't really feel like trying.

"Baron Ryoval wanted to harass Baron Fell out of personal enmity, and his chosen angle of the moment was pressuring Fell to sell him Nicol as raw material, either the musician herself or a tissue sample with which to create duplicates and derivatives. Bel and I... both got very galactic about that. Slavery and theft of gene samples are both illegal in the kind of civilized jurisdictions we were used to. On Jackson's Whole there is effectively no law at all, only custom and precedent and predictable patterns of personal retaliation. Ryoval had a good laugh over our offended sensibilities."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In the interests of full disclosure, once we find a way to your galaxy I think I am going to destroy this place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What, Jackson's Whole? Physically or politically?"

Maitimo wouldn't be the first to fantasize about scouring that system of life, not by a long shot, but Miles doesn't actually expect him to make his first act on the galactic stage be a genocide. As for the latter option... despite himself, Miles is already planning for it.

You'd need a multi-pronged approach. By that point they'll probably have enough raw destructive power available to conquer the planet if they so choose, but that'll be messy as hell, better left as a threat than pursued as a primary strategy; it wouldn't take long at all to amass vast wealth, vast enough to buy out all the major Houses, but without the threat of conquest some of them won't be willing to sell; and for the holdouts, you'd have to target their economic power base, starve them of income by selling whatever they're selling at higher quality for a lower price. Under what Miles thinks are pretty reasonable assumptions about the resources respectively available to Jackson's Whole and the Noldor when the Noldor reach the wormhole nexus, it will practically be another Komarr in its theoretical simplicity. Of course, Komarr didn't exactly turn out as planned either. A lot will depend on when they make contact and whether Miles is still alive at the time. He might have to shuffle some of his priorities around, postpone some of the wilder risks until after they find his galaxy again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Politically. I've had rather enough of kinslaying. And that sounds about right, and doesn't even demand any particular talent on our part beyond what's necessary to reach the stars."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hate to point this out, but Jacksonians aren't by any stretch of the imagination your kin," says Miles. "Anyway, yes, I'm fully on board with a combined economic and military conquest of Jackson's Whole."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lovely. Do continue, sorry, I can tolerate hearing about the place if we're going to end it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where was I - right, being taunted by Ryoval. His sport was briefly interrupted by a call from one of his minions about a recent acquisition savaging a customer, but then he went right back to baiting us with a series of increasingly nasty comments about what he might choose to do with me or Bel or Nicol or derivatives thereof if he had us in his power. I had to haul on Bel's arm to prevent an outbreak of violence; Fell had us very politely thrown out of his party."

That's not to say Miles wasn't also affected by the nasty comments. Ryoval's crack about the dog-and-dwarf act had him in blackout rage for a second, too angry to think or see. But he kept his head a little better than Bel did.

"Several things ensued. One was that Nicol visited our ship and convinced Bel to agree to rescue her somehow from Baron Fell, details pending. Another... well. The person I was supposed to be rescuing from House Bharaputra contacted me ahead of time, in contravention of the established plan. He explained that one of the things he'd meant to take with him to meet his new employers was a set of gene samples representing some of his most important recent work. He'd concealed those samples in a specimen he'd been working on, a prototype of a genetically engineered super-soldier, but the specimen had just been sold. To Baron Ryoval. Our rescuee was a bit frantic about the loss of his work, and guilt-ridden about the life of his specimen, which was apparently destined to be short and horrible even before the creature passed into Ryoval's hands; he wanted the samples extracted and the creature destroyed. I recalled that conversation I'd overheard, and said I'd take care of it. Then I called Ryoval's establishment and asked for the person I'd heard speaking with him about it. I expressed reserved interest in acquiring the rumored super-soldier, and Manager Deem was eager to get rid of the thing, and it looked like everything was going to work out very tidily, and then Ryoval interrupted the call."

It's so annoying when something goes wrong with an otherwise perfect plan.

"He must've realized that however I affected disinterest, I wouldn't have touched his organization with a long stick if I wasn't desperate. So he said that I could take the creature off his hands for the low price of three gene samples: one of me, one of Bel, one of Nicol. Then he told me I had twenty-four hours to make my decision, and ended the call. I reminded Bel that people get hurt on commando raids, and Bel pointed out that somebody was likely to get hurt if I tried to take those gene samples, and so we took several of those hours to plan and carry out a raid on Ryoval's biologicals facility. I led the team. I wouldn't usually, but... for some things you need every edge you can get. The rest of the team was discovered on the way in, but managed to talk their way out - I was hiding in the ceiling at the time, unable to contribute, though I did get a beautiful view of Ensign Murka innocently pretending to have thought he was sneaking into a brothel rather than a research lab."

It was amazing. He promoted Murka for it afterward.

"I decided to keep going, see what I could find out before I snuck out again; the second try was bound to be harder. Well, I had good luck and bad. Good luck: I found and interrogated the local security chief. Bad luck: he managed to hit a silent alarm before I got him, and my interrogation lasted about thirty seconds before his goons burst in and captured me. When he recovered from the fast-penta, he was hopping mad. Told me that if I was so eager to meet this creature, he'd help me out, and then he dumped me in the sub-basement where he'd had it locked up with no food for days as a punishment for its misbehaviour."

An uncomfortable and terrifying climb down a cold metal ladder into the nearly unrelieved darkness, barefoot and unarmed.

"That part turned out to be good luck again. See, from the moment I'd been hearing about this super-soldier prototype, everyone had been talking about it as though it was some kind of animal. I expected to be mauled by a wild beast - but instead, when I showed up, he spoke to me. Asked for food and water. I gave him half a ration bar out of my pocket and found a water pipe for him to break open. It's surprising how often that plumbing interlude on Kyril Island comes in handy. Anyway, he was a person, and I can work with people. I recruited him on the spot. They'd been calling him 'Seven'; I offered to come up with something more namelike, and ended up picking Asterion after an old story involving a part-man part-beast trapped in a maze. We explored the sub-basement looking for exits. There was a door, but we didn't have the tools to open it; we eventually found a ladder going up the inside of a support column, and followed it up to a lab somewhere in the middle of the building. Picked up a few tools there. And then I noticed the three huge walk-in freezers at the back of the room..."

He recalls the moment of stunned realization.

"Somehow we'd managed to stumble on Baron Ryoval's treasure chest. The collection of gene samples that he drew from in creating his products. I spoofed the data feeds and showed Asterion how to dial up the temperature controls to heat-sterilization levels, and then we really had to get out, because the next time anyone took a close look at those freezers, Baron Ryoval would be very angry with us and that would be a very bad time to still be within his reach in any capacity. Recruit-trainee Asterion had to carry me twenty-seven kilometers through the snow before we found a public comconsole to call for pickup, but we got safely back to the Ariel, where Bel was in the middle of a three-way negotiation with Fell and Ryoval, trying to get me ransomed."

Permalink Mark Unread

At the destruction of the gene library he projects very forceful, rather vicious glee. And at the revelation that the specimen was a person-

"Your scientists can create new species? And do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In theory, yeah. I don't know how far that sort of thing has actually gone. There's plenty of bizarre variants of humanity being produced on Jackson's Whole, Asterion wasn't the only one, and I don't know at what point they start counting as a separate species."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even the Valar cannot do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really? That seems bizarre."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's supposed to be only Eru. It does not make much sense as a limitation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really doesn't! Creating life is a perfectly mundane process, at least in the cosmology I'm used to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe none of the created intelligences have souls? But that's not consistent with the relevant stories either, in the stories they don't have minds..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I don't honestly know where you'd draw the line between the way your average galactic makes children, the way the ghem make children, the way the haut make children, and the way the Jacksonians make - products. I don't see a clear division anywhere in there between things that seem likely to produce souls and things that don't. I'm also not sure what a soul is, technically speaking, but I've been told I appear to have one, sort of?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, just - not like ours? I think maybe outside our universe with no Eru to personally intervene things wouldn't work the way they do here, at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Clearly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which is good news."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm... inclined to agree, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Jackson's Whole needs to be scoured to the ground but not in the way Angband does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Most of the people on Jackson's Whole who don't have a choice about being on Jackson's Whole could escape given the right opportunities, and would prefer it to being atomized, in my estimation."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"That's something, at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway. The other thing that happened on our way out is - for this I have to go into another of the horrible things about Jackson's Whole. I don't think I've explained cloning before, have I? Artificially creating a twin of an existing person. It's a widespread but not widely-used technology; most people do not want belated twins of themselves or anyone they know. But it has useful secondary applications, because it's possible to clone only parts of a person - a new heart, new lungs, that sort of thing, if the original organ is damaged enough to need replacing. Well and good. And then you come to Jackson's Whole, where there are no laws against unethical medical practice. The current state of the art in human life extension, for those without any morals to speak of, is to grow an entire clone, then have one's own brain transplanted into the clone's body, discarding the clone's brain as waste material."

And the clones' bodies are made to grow at double the normal rate, so each clone is ten years old, a child by anyone's standards, when they are killed to make way for their creators. It's horrible.

Permalink Mark Unread

"..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ryoval was already on his second body when we met him, but Fell was still in his first - he'd ordered a clone from House Bharaputra, waited the ten years, and then somebody'd assassinated the kid before Fell could get to him. A fact which abruptly gained relevance when Ryoval learned the condition of his freezers and called me up to rave about how much he was looking forward to torturing me to death - in between threats, he found the time to accuse me of being in league with assorted local interests, and his accusations came together into a pretty clear picture. As I've implied, Fell and Ryoval don't like each other much. If Ryoval was to be believed, and I couldn't imagine he might be lying in that state, he'd paid off Bharaputra to have Fell's clone killed, and now he thought that either Bharaputra had gotten greedy and sent me to steal some choice gene samples from his library - making Asterion a deliberately planted agent - or Fell had caught on and sent me to deliver retribution. I taunted him a little, then called Fell and traded my new information for Nicol's freedom. And then we ran away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"... well. I am impressed at your ability to achieve so many of your objectives with so little planning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! It's one of my most cherished talents."

It might be nice if once in a while he achieved an objective with planning, but in fairness, that does happen. It's just that the times when he has to improvise are much more memorable.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Rightly so, I think, though it's hard to distinguish a talent in that from absurdly good luck."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The skill element is sometimes detectable. If I'd been slower on the uptake at any point during that whole adventure, it wouldn't have turned out nearly so well. I had to be paying attention to that call Ryoval took in the middle of provoking Bel at the party, I had to put it together with what I heard from the doctor who was fleeing Bharaputra - Asterion took the news that I'd been sent to kill him very well, by the way, and graciously allowed the ship's medic to retrieve those hidden gene samples from him; he stuck with the Dendarii and he's been thinking of training under the fleet surgeon, except... ah, one of the tradeoffs made in his creation was lifespan. All the other prototypes in his batch died of old age before they were twenty-five. He has maybe a decade left, maybe two if he's lucky, and that's... not really enough time to pursue the career in medicine that he wants."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aging is a ridiculous injustice, yes. And I was not actually claiming to be unable to distinguish your talent from fortune; you can do it reliably, however bizarre each instance seems."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ha," he says, pleased by this assessment.

(Maitimo reminds him so much of Gregor sometimes... they both have the rare distinction of being someone whose authority Miles feels he could trust, insofar as Miles ever trusts anyone's authority, and recognizing the talent in his apparent luck is part of that. Also, there's something similar about the pride he feels in being admired by someone admirable, some strangely specific emotional tone that he couldn't hope to analyze or articulate but can recognize perfectly well.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles has a probably-romantic-in-nature desire for Gregor's admiration, and Bel's, and at this point possibly Maitjmo's. Miles is not wholly aware of this. He's not going to point this out, not his problem, and Miles doesn't seem to actually have the Betan sensibilities he keeps mentioning anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's possible that Miles catches some faint thread of this reaction, but not enough to guess what Maitimo is actually thinking.

"Anyway. That was Jackson's Whole. I apologize for how horrifying this part of my story was, and I hope to make it up to you by helping you dismantle the place as soon as we reach my galaxy again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'd more than make it up. Dare I imagine that's the last adventure you encountered in your short 24 years?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nope. I had a few minor scuffles here and there, defused a hostage crisis or two, and then earlier this year I was sent on a rescue mission that, uh, escalated rapidly beyond initial parameters. But I should maybe save that one for tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, good idea." He shakes his head wonderingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that a 'how can that many things possibly have happened to one person in twenty-four years' headshake?" he guesses.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was thinking more 'how to occupy him for the next twenty-four'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd imagined I was going to be pretty well occupied helping you win your war," he says. "Although if you have specific suggestions, I will be happy to hear them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's the goal, the means I'm still working on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I look forward to hearing whatever you come up with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps by the time you've reached the end of your adventures I'll have thoughts on how best to continue them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope so!" he says cheerfully. "Better think fast, though, there won't be another one after Dagoola unless you ask me to go back and fill in some of the parts I skipped over. Who'd've thought telling my entire life story in order would be so difficult?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's mobility, more than time, that's constraining me." He shakes his head. "Go take a deserved break, tell me about Dagoola tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. See you," he says, and goes off to check on the sound recorder project.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is coming along! They need a lot of instruments more precise than the ones they have, so they're working on those. They mostly pepper Miles with questions about materials they don't have and what might substitute for those.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles has some thoughts, and knows what can plausibly be looked up in the Survey Handbook, and what can plausibly be located using his scans of the area, that's how they found the magnetic rocks, and all in all he's a pretty big help in the materials department; plus in a few cases he happens to know that instrments of the requisite precision can be tracked down from that pile of stuff he left here when he went off to level Angband.

Also, he's very happy to see that Ténië has been doing well. She's so anxious when she's unsure of herself and so glorious when she's in her element, and the sound recorder project is very clearly her element.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is not looking like inventing plastics is tractable, and that's going to be a setback, but everything else can proceed at full speed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Plastics aren't strictly necessary. They do make everything much more convenient, but there are alternatives for nearly all of their uses, and ways around the trickier applications too. Miles helps. Miles delights in helping. Miles delights in Ténië's delight in the work.

When he goes back across the lake to sleep in his shuttle, he leaves Ténië still happily working.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elves don't sleep much when a project this exciting lands in their laps. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, that is evident.

He goes to sleep and wakes up and comes back and checks on the project again and gets drawn into another materials-related discussion and escapes to the library around midmorning.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a different brother of Maitimo's attending to him this morning. He does not introduce himself. Maitimo sighs and sits up a bit and does the introduction for him. "Miles, my brother Morifinwe Carnistir. Moryo, you've definitely had your ears open enough to catch some of this, right?"

"Wasn't particularly attending to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pleased to meet you, Morifinwë Carnistir," says Miles. "Wow, coming in on my life story at Dagoola is going to be interesting. I'll try to keep all the necessary background information in mind; feel free to prompt me for explanations if you get lost and would prefer to be less lost."

He's already settling into the storytelling mindset, which for Miles means both broadcasting his every thought and focusing his thoughts on the subject at hand with remarkable grace and precision.

"This one starts with Marilac. They're a planet that borders the Cetagandan Empire," he illustratively envisions the Marilac and Xi Ceta star systems and the chain of wormholes between, "and their embassy was the one where I had that embarrassing accident on Eta Ceta," he calls up the memory, lingering on the beauty of the art installation and only lightly touching on the agony and humiliation of the microwaved leg braces.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has an attentive audience. Carnistir might not have been attending earlier but he is today.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The latest in Cetagandan expansionism involved the restless ghem of Xi Ceta launching an invasion of Marilac. It went pretty well for them at the start; Cetagandan invasions often do. It was in Barrayar's interest for Cetaganda to continue being caught up in that conflict rather than rolling over them in a decisive victory, so Simon sent me and my army to even the odds a little. The Cetagandans had recently captured a particularly effective Marilacan officer, and I was supposed to infiltrate the detention facility where they were keeping him, then extract him and offer him all reasonable aid in re-forming the Marilacan resistance, with the ultimate goal of the Marilacans exhausting a lot of Cetagandan time and attention and money and then eventually winning. When I got there..."

He remembers light. Glaring white light, harsh and unceasing. It is not a comfortable memory.

"There are galactic standards for the treatment of prisoners, and this place technically complied with all of them. Food and water and sanitation facilities, clothing, basic hygiene... they kept us all under one big force dome, issued each prisoner a cup and a set of clothes on entry, fed us twice a day by shoving a big pile of standard ration bars into the dome, had water faucets and latrines spaced out inside the dome. The rules technically specify only that prisoners must have access to medical personnel, not medical equipment, so they just put the captured medtechs in with everybody else. The rules forbid solitary confinement - no danger of that; there were ten thousand prisoners under that dome, and no privacy to be had. The rules forbid keeping someone in constant darkness - they used constant light instead. Nothing about beds, so they had us sleeping on the bare ground."

His mind paints the picture, and it is a bleak one. Humans are not as aesthetically driven as Elves, but the unrelenting ugliness of this place would make anyone unhappy.

"I didn't go in thinking the Cetagandans would be nice to their prisoners, but this was on a whole different level from what I expected. It was... unsettling, especially since I had six weeks until my scheduled pickup. And then I managed to locate the guy I was supposed to rescue, and he was catatonic. Completely unresponsive to the outside world. A friend of his was getting food and water into him, but didn't expect to be able to keep him alive much longer. Also, early on in my stay a gang of roving opportunists caught me and stole my cup and clothes and beat me up a little. Lucky for me they weren't trying very hard, or they'd have broken some bones for sure, and my stay on Dagoola IV would have been even less comfortable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps we need to burn the Cetagandan empire to the ground after all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's an incentives problem. Lisbet is working on it. I don't know her exact approach, but what really needs to happen is a shift in cultural context so the male ghem aren't pushed toward thinking of conquest as their most promising avenue to wealth and status - in general, they need more socially validated things to do with their time and energy that aren't war or related to war. Trying to impose that sort of thing from the outside... generally doesn't go well. Jackson's Whole will be vastly more tractable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My first concern when it comes to war crimes is not whether the torturers had socially validated avenues other than torture for their ambitions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The people who thought up Dagoola in particular have already been dealt with and will not be causing any more trouble," he says. The undertone of his thoughts suggests that the resolution to this one is even more satisfying than what he did to Ryoval's gene banks, in a broadly similar way. "I am very interested in causing the Cetagandans to stop committing war crimes, but from where I stand I think the best angle I have on the situation is to leave Lisbet to it and meanwhile continue doing my part to make conquest an unprofitable enterprise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do tell me how they were dealt with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I arrived the prisoners were... a real mess. The resources at my disposal were my own mind and body, the fact that I knew my Dendarii had infiltrated the Cetagandan surveillance of the prison camp to watch me, and a fellow prisoner-outcast who nobody else would talk to because he'd gone a little crazy and kept annoying people by talking about his religious revelation. The Cetagandan surveillance of the prison camp was known to be good enough that I had to assume anything I did or said was being monitored - good and bad, because their surveillance was also my only avenue of communication with my army."

He pauses; reflects on the parameters of the situation, the bleak despair he felt after locating the catatonic colonel; smiles slightly.

"So of course I resolved to rescue all ten thousand prisoners," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have I mentioned that rescue missions are my favourite? Rescue missions are my very favourite," says Miles.

From bleak despair, his remembered emotional state transitions to energetic determination.

"I got Suegar - my new friend with the religious revelation - to explain his prophecy to me. It was just a scrap of paper he'd torn out of a book and stuffed in his shoe to stop it making an annoying clicking noise, before he got captured. Essentially random. I think deep down he knew there was no real meaning to be found there, but it was the best I had to go on, so I resolved to make the meaning. The exact words were, let me see if I can get them right—"

He calls them to mind and provides a mental translation as he recites the original English. "For those that shall be the heirs of salvation. Thus they went along toward the gate. Now you must note that the city stood upon a mighty hill, but the pilgrims went up that hill with ease, because they had these two men to lead them by the arms; so they had left their mortal garments behind them in the river, for though they went in with them, they came out without them. They therefore went up here with much agility and speed, through the foundation upon which the city was framed higher than the clouds. They therefore went up through the regions of the air..."

"Suegar was interested in me in the first place because I was wandering around naked, having had my clothes stolen, and he thought I might be the second of the two men, himself obviously being the first. I went with it. Straight over to the women's section of the camp - they were the biggest organized group under the dome by far, united by external pressure." The pressure in question being the threat of rape, which was not uncommon before they self-organized. "I introduced myself to a border patrol. They picked me up and threw me away from their territory. I went back and tried again. And again and again. Told them about my fragile bones, in the interests of making the whole process more efficient."

The logic there goes something like: he can't try to approach people in their situation from a position of strength. It has to be vulnerability. So if the border guards demonstrate an interest in beating him up, that's an opportunity to be more vulnerable. Luckily, they weren't interested enough to test his assertion.

"My approach worked. They agreed to let me speak with their leader, a woman named Tris. Tris wanted to know what I wanted and what I thought I could offer her in return. I told her I was offering her command of the camp, in exchange for her assistance in securing command of the camp, and maybe some clothes if she had any to spare. Dropped a couple of hints indicating that I might have access to outside help, but framed everything in terms of the religious angle. She caught on and agreed to my plan, and then me and Suegar went around to everyone we could coax, cajole, or coerce into joining up, and made our pitch. Got two hundred more people behind Tris's borders before she started to get nervous and cut us off. It was enough. Next chow call, we had enough people to take the pile."

An illustrative memory of the chaos that descended during his first chow call under the dome, before he implemented this plan. People scrambling toward or away from the inward bulge in the dome - the appearance of the food pile - the melee that followed. He was told, at the time, that it had started out very orderly, everyone politely taking their one ration bar from the supply as it was delivered; and then one day, either someone had taken more than their share or the pile had been deliberately shorted by a bar or two... in those conditions, it didn't take much to create the kind of instability that grew and grew until every food delivery became violent chaos.

"Normally chow call was a free-for-all, a stampede - you ran for the pile if it was close enough, grabbed as many ration bars as you could carry, and hoped you could run away again before somebody decided to take them away from you. Some of them always ended up fighting it out. People got trampled or beaten to death. It was nasty. But when Tris's group took the pile, we kept order and handed the bars out fairly, one to a customer, no one left out and no one given double. It was... it's hard to articulate just how much of a change that was. The Cetagandans had been breaking these people down, turning them against each other, and we took a huge, very public step toward restoring order and civilization and cooperation."

Permalink Mark Unread

 Miles is in obvious pain and the Cetagandans need to be burned to the ground and perhaps Angband is skewing his sensibilities or perhaps it is in fact worth melting eight planets if they contain the sort of people who could do this sort of thing.

Not very helpful commentary, that.

 

And it's not as if he's going to trade stories on psychological warfare.

 

He doesn't think Elves would react that way - start building something tolerably pretty in the dirt, more likely - but it'd be rude to say so. "That was clever."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," says Miles.

"It wasn't that simple, of course, but it was almost that simple. I had to get ten thousand people united in the common cause of egalitarian food distribution, and - there weren't quite factional divides, but there were feuds, there were people who had done objectively evil things and yet still deserved to eat, there were people who had previously been able to hoard food and push people around and now couldn't do that and were upset about it and made trouble for me trying to collapse my orderly regime. And while this was all going on I also had to drop enough hints that my Dendarii could figure out what I wanted from them, without alerting the Cetagandans that I expected an outside rescue. I insisted that we divide the food pile into fourteen parts, claimed it was a theologically significant number, drilled them and drilled them on the fourteen-line chow call - the biggest ship in my fleet has fourteen shuttles."

He's skipping over most of the internal experience of those six weeks. They were by turns boring and exhilarating, and honestly he should probably be analyzing them for lessons he can apply to the project of reuniting the Noldor, but - he flinches from the memory of light. Straight on to the moment when the force dome vanished.

"I managed it. And when rescue did arrive, I yelled 'chow call' and got them in their fourteen orderly lines. It was - beautiful." Emotionally if not aesthetically, seeing everyone realize what he'd done, the first dazed looks of hope and wonder as they stood under the wide open sky for the first time in weeks or months. Rescue missions are his favourite. Rescue missions are so much his favourite. "We lost two shuttles in the battle, one with two hundred rescuees aboard, but we got everyone off the ground. All ten thousand of them. Ky says it's the third biggest prisoner-of-war escape in human history."

And he is fiercely, ecstatically proud. This is what he lives for. In the very foundations of his being, before anything else, before Barrayar, before his family, before his honour, what Miles fundamentally is is a solver of problems. The sort of person who walks into Hell and immediately begins organizing a mass breakout. If people had dictionary definitions, his would be 'one who accomplishes the impossible in service of the well-being of others'.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he is very clearly not okay. Gleeful, but not okay. "That is my favorite of the stories, I think. Congratulations."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," he says again, fairly glowing with pride. "And then we set up our rescuees with the resources to keep themselves going, and then we spent about half a year fleeing Cetagandan retaliation, and then I vanished inexplicably and showed up here, and I think you know the rest."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Half a year? How far were they following you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Across multiple star systems." He traces the route in his mind, jump to jump to jump. It's a long and tangled way. "We were just coming up on Earth, which would've been my first chance to check in with a Barrayaran embassy and report home since we pulled off the mission. It's going to be a bit of a mess without me, but I think they'll be all right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry about snatching you away, not that I think we did it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All things considered, I'd rather be here than there," he says.

"So. That was my story. Anything you want gone over again in more detail? I know I ended up skipping a lot more than I meant to."

He stands by what he said to Macalaurë. Even if Maitimo has already decided what he thinks of reality, Miles made a commitment and he is going to see it through.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nothing comes to mind. Alright." He sits up. "We tried throwing ourselves straight at the Enemy when we arrived and it was a bad idea. We are obviously much stronger now but maybe shouldn't err in that direction again. I think the best approach is to learn how to make the weapons of your world, from your books, and then use them to level Angband. If we move fast enough I think we'll be ahead of him. There is a distracting succession crisis which is going to slow down progress and I need to speak to Nolofinwe about it, but I don't know if he'll assent to come here and I don't know if I can walk."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would going across the lake on a grav stretcher harm your cause?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Depends very much on what my cause is, I think. It's obvious that the King should be whoever will leverage your world's knowledge most effectively and that would easily be my father if he were alive. Since he's dead - 

- I would have said we can't do much better than keeping the hosts far enough away from each other that conflict isn't constantly arising and keeping the leadership on nominally friendly terms. But maybe with all these exciting new options there's a better one, something that leaves us united."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm in favour of unity," says Miles. "I'm not sure how to achieve it, but maybe we can think of something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Going across the lake on a stretcher might help with that, if what my cousins want to establish is that we did not profit off our betrayal, or hurt if what's in question is my capacity to lead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...My instinct is that it'll do more good on the former front than harm on the latter, but I also don't know how quickly you're going to recover the ability to walk..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't been focusing on that, I have all this maladaptive instincts that anyone who touches me is holding me down and if I can't move it's because I'm chained in some way I've failed to recognize - and revulsion at food and drink, and my body tends to freeze up - and I've been directing all my energy towards suppressing those. I might be able to walk in a few days if it was my focus."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It would be impractical to fly into a rage on Maitimo's behalf, so Miles doesn't.

Instead he takes a moment to compose himself and then says: "In that case I think going across on a stretcher is a viable option if Nolofinwë won't come to you, or potentially even as a first move. You're the local expert, of course, that's just the feeling I'm having."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're the provider of stretchers. I suppose the war's going to be fought less with swords than we thought, and demand less swordsmanship from its leaders accordingly. Will you accompany me? I don't think I'd get assent to bring my brothers and you will have some insights as to the strategic demands of the situation, knowing your technology better than we do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be happy to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Let's do that right away, then, because the Enemy must be nervous and I don't know how soon he'll exploit our lack of unity but I am sure that he will."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Agreed. Should I haul you across the lake on a grav stretcher right this minute, or go over there with the idea first?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect they'd appreciate a warning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I will go and warn them," he says. "In which case, should I convey a specific verbatim message, or just sort of casually announce that you want to speak to Nolofinwë at his earliest convenience?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should convey my profound apologies. The abandonment of their host is both the greatest crime of my life and the pain that currently weighs heaviest on my heart, and I do not say that lightly. We wronged them, and we regret it beyond our current capacity to convey regret, and I desire to apologize in person."

Permalink Mark Unread

He commits this message to memory. "All right, off I go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Happy to help," he says, turning back briefly to grin at them both and radiating his extreme sincerity.

Then it's back across the lake, unusually early and in a notably good mood.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello. You're back soon; need anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a message for Nolofinwë from Maitimo," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Back in the game, is he."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He sat up and everything, it was a heartening sight."

(And if Maitimo wanted the message kept confidential he should have sent a different messenger, because Miles is remembering this sight in his public thoughts.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am glad he was rescued."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So am I. Is now a convenient time for me to deliver my message?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, certainly. I can guess it, though. Maitimo has decided that not being universally liked is intolerable and would like to radiate likeableness at us. Am I right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

("You should convey my profound apologies. The abandonment of their host is both the greatest crime of my life and the pain that currently weighs heaviest on my heart, and I do not say that lightly. We wronged them, and we regret it beyond our current capacity to convey regret, and I desire to apologize in person.")

The words flash through his thoughts, but all he says out loud is, "A plausible interpretation from your perspective."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he'll wait for it to be said aloud. They'll go on in. Nolofinwe's throne room is rather small and rather sparse but appropriately pretty. "Father, Maitimo's well. Or well enough to be dispatching messengers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," says Miles. "Maitimo says—"

He summons the memory again, clearer and more precise because he's doing it on purpose and lets the remembered sound flow naturally instead of hanging together in a jumbled mental cloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

They both listen silently.

"Well," Nolofinwe says. "He can come over."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll go get him, then," says Miles.

Tromp tromp tromp back across the lake.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo's having a furious silent argument with his brothers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's... interesting.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are they ready? I'll go now, if so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." He provides memories of their reactions while he activates the grav stretcher.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty much what I expected. I can swear to it, too, the problem isn't that they don't trust me it's that trusting me to mean what I'm saying isn't - isn't the kind of trust that's relevant here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then what kind is?

Permalink Mark Unread

The ships burned, didn't they?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm. Yes. I've been trying to - fit that together in my head, between being busy on other things. I don't think I quite have the whole picture yet, though I've heard from both sides."

This is the sort of problem that Miles, personally, would solve using radiant sincerity and personal commitments. He's not sure if Maitimo would be best served by the same strategy or a different one. He hasn't really seen Maitimo at work before.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's also pretty much how I'm going to do it. The problem is that I'm not sure how well I can, under the conditions.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am at your disposal for advice or assistance," he says, maneuvering the grav stretcher along.

If it was him he'd just pick one or more people on the other side who he trusted to handle the relevant information properly, and then deliver to them a very true and very detailed story of how all these things came to pass, and explain how he meant to keep something similar from happening again. He's hesitant to advise Maitimo to do exactly the same thing without more information about Maitimo's mental state. Unloading personal history like that can get kind of grueling, and while he's content to have committed himself that way and would do it again in a heartbeat, it's not something he'd lightly volunteer anyone else for.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is worth considering. The problem is that the people who I trust to handle things properly are also people who have the most reason to feel betrayed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Honestly that just makes them sound even more like exactly the right place to start.

Permalink Mark Unread

People who feel betrayed by me often decide they don't want to give me the chance to maneuver them back into liking me. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Valid from their perspective. But there's a war on.

Miles thinks that, under the circumstances, it is plausibly in those people's best interest to put themselves in the way of such maneuvering if the end result is to make the war effort more efficient. And he does firmly believe that unifying the Noldor would make the war effort much more efficient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Amusement. 

I think so too, but then I would, wouldn't I?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, yes."

Another consideration: out of all the Elves Miles has met, Maitimo seems to be the one by far most suited to wielding Miles. That's... not insignificant, under the circumstances.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you tell them that, don't tell them it in a way that makes it seems like - they couldn't count on you to prevent us from wronging us again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They could certainly count on me that way, he says. He is very certain of this indeed. Your advantages are all about how well I think we would work together in a cooperative capacity. I don't think you'd be any better than Stanis Metzov at getting me to follow illegal orders.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I bet I'd be better than that. But I don't want to hurt them and I do think you'd stop me and that's genuinely useful so do make sure it comes through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. I was speaking rhetorically. Well, thinking. You would be better at it than Metzov but this is not a high bar to clear and does not get you all the way to success.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fortunate that I don't want to talk anyone into committing war crimes and mostly want to try to make amends for one already done. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, Miles agrees.

Permalink Mark Unread

They cross the lake. They are accompanied on in to Nolofinwe's. There are five or six people in the room; their expressions range from mistrust to outright dislike.

"I was relieved to hear you'd been rescued and were recovering," Nolofinwe says after a moment.

"Thank you," he says brightly. "I had insufficient imagination for Angband and I'd prefer you continue doing so but if you were inclined to think four Years of that evened the score then the temptation to tell you what was done to me would be overwhelming. And that's not why I'm here. I am here to apologize. A terrible evil was done in my name and I cannot set it right and I regret it enormously." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is content to keep out of this, it doesn't seem quite his place to actually comment, but he is present and has opinions and cannot actually conceal those opinions from the telepathic elves.

He suspects he would not have insufficient imagination for Angband and has been trying to avoid imagining Angband as a courtesy to Maitimo, with considerable success overall.

He is finding it hard to balance the solemnity of the occasion with the intense happiness he feels at finally, finally having an angle on the reunification of the Noldor. It works out to a sort of... reserved but very emphatic contentment. The fact that he just finished telling Maitimo about Dagoola definitely brings the parallels sharply to mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

"A terrible evil was done in my name is an interesting phrasing."

 

"I didn't do it," Maitimo says. "I swear that I'm telling you the whole truth in this - I did not do it. I opposed it. I expected Father to send the ships back and I asked him to send the ships back and I begged him to send the ships back and I took no part in it and I was not expecting him to do something so shortsightedly evil so I was not well-positioned to stop him. I could have tried to do it anyway, and had a civil war on our shore. I think I would have if I'd guessed you'd crossed the Ice. But I didn't guess that and I did not desire ever again to be responsible for Elves drawing arms against each other and so I stood aside and watched. I do not expect you to forgive me."

 

There's an extended silence.

Permalink Mark Unread

That... yeah. That's the last piece, isn't it. That is exactly the thing that was missing from Miles's understanding of the situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well," Nolofinwe says. "That's nice to hear. It rather doesn't bring back the dead -"

"If there is anything I could do to bring that about," Maitimo says, "I would walk back into Angband for that end. I cannot. We wronged you. I wronged you; I earned trust that when it mattered was not deserved, I did not stop him. And I cannot bring back the dead. 

But your forgiveness I only want, selfishly, as your nephew. Your trust is what I need to win this war."

"As our King," Nolofinwe says.


"The Enemy tampered with my memories," Maitimo says. "I know I once wanted it but I do not remember exactly why. I know what I want now; I want the war won. If the only way to do that is to surrender the crown I will, unhesitatingly, advantaged in that by not even knowing who I was back when I would have hesitated. I am with all due respect not sure you'll have the trust of my people, if you ask that of me, but Eru help me if that's what you want I will try to line us up behind you."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Reuniting the Noldor will, as far as Miles can tell from what he's seen, make the project of reinventing his galaxy's technology go much faster. Maybe not literally twice as fast, but not much worse and potentially a little better depending on how well the reunion manages to go and how much the separation has been holding them back. He is in favour of any plan that substantially cuts down on the time until they can fire an electron orbital randomizer into the rubble of Angband.

If it were up to him, though - which it certainly isn't, both because it's not his place to say and because he has less information with which to make the decision than most people here - he'd pick Maitimo. The temptation to jog Miles's elbow can get very strong, and refraining correspondingly difficult, when he's doing something particularly Milesish. Macalaurë has not given the impression of being particularly good at this specialized skill, and Miles doesn't have a read on Nolofinwë one way or the other, but Maitimo fairly blazes with it, and if the Noldor have a monarch Miles can serve without worrying about them getting in his way, that opens up a lot of possibilities. 'I don't want to hurt them and I do think you'd stop me and that's genuinely useful' - that is the right attitude for Maitimo to have, and he has it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's not what I want," says Nolofinwe after a moment. "I do want a public apology and I am not comfortable having the succession go by Feanorian primogeniture in general but I, too, would see the Enemy dead and if the avenue to that is an electron orbital randomizer then the cooperation of your people - and more than their grudging cooperation - will be required. 

I need assurance that this will not happen again. And you swore as stupidly as your father."

 

"And if we do something stupid, you'll be as well positioned to stop us whether I nominally command you or not. I have the highest confident I could not order anyone in this room into wrongdoing, and I find that very reassuring, and if the Oath is forcing my hand in a way that hurts the war effort, Miles at least will stop me. "

"So will we."

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

(It's so nice to be appreciated for the things that really matter.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they settle down to an intensive discussion of logistics. Various power configurations, what would they mean, how would they be presented, who'd support or oppose them, what will they announce, how will engineering be handled and how will the engineers be fed and supplied and protected - supplied being the most difficult of those by far - and so on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles has little to contribute to the more directly political parts of the conversation, but he's kept on top of all the engineering projects he knows about and has a pretty good idea of who's going to need which materials and how they expect to be acquiring them, and he also has a rough idea of the major remaining prerequisites for producing nerve disruptors and of how long it's going to be before his shuttle is flight-capable again under various possible conditions, both of which are relevant to questions of defense. He provides information wherever it seems useful to do so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo encourages this, because whether or not anyone admits it Miles wanting Maitimo in charge is a big reason why Maitimo in charge is going to happen and so frequent reminds of how valuable Miles is are very convenient. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How convenient that being obviously valuable is one of Miles's greatest strengths.

Permalink Mark Unread

And bringing it out in him is very satisfying, though there are a million reasons to keep this particular undercurrent very very undercurrent-y. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is of course perfectly delighted to be useful. And if he has any thoughts about Maitimo steering him toward greater usefulness, he manages not to broadcast them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after about a day of negotiations it's settled. There will be a public apology and then a public forgiveness and then Nolofinwe will acclaim Maitimo as a King whose strengths are suited to the war, and it will be established that that's how kings are picked should it ever come up again, and then they'll have a coronation and get to work on the important things.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so satisfying. And Miles didn't even have to metaphorically get behind them and push like he did at Dagoola!

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is also utterly exhausted, though trying to hide it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if he's trying to hide it then Miles will not make a fuss, although he can't help noticing and his thoughts are still intermittently public.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This can wait," Findekano says after one of the times it flickers through Miles' thoughts. 

Maitimo smiles at him, not at all tiredly. "Yes, I am not my father and am not planning to work in bursts until I drop. Good night."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodnight," agrees Miles. Actually, it's kind of time for him to go to sleep too, although if Maitimo needs to be hauled back across the lake first and would prefer him for this purpose—?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Nolofinweans are not volunteering. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Miles can haul Maitimo back across the lake.

(He almost wishes he had needed to get behind them and push - he has a lot of energy to spare and he's not recently traumatized and if the universe were fairer there would be some way for him to shoulder more of the workload here and spare Maitimo the exhaustion. But then, if the universe were fairer a lot of things would be different.)

Permalink Mark Unread

How would you have done it, if you'd needed to?

Permalink Mark Unread

It was more medium- than short-term on my approximate priority list partly because I don't have a good angle, he says. The engineering collaboration was a good start, though. I imagine I would've ended up negotiating and participating in more collaborations as I got farther into my technological timeline. That's still a plausible angle but I'm carrying much less of the weight myself now that you've got everyone nominally united under your leadership.

Permalink Mark Unread

Very, very nominally. But I can work from here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. I'll bet you can.

Watching Maitimo get things done is kind of great. Sometimes he reminds Miles of Gregor, and sometimes he reminds Miles of himself, and sometimes he doesn't remind Miles of anyone but is no less delightful for it. Miles feels more free to indulge these reactions now that they are out of the immediate political context.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is pretty much aware of this - probably more than Miles is - and finds it convenient. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is perfectly aware of the feelings he is having.

He is not aware of certain very plausible interpretations of those feelings, but perhaps it's best all round if this state of being continues for the forseeable future.

(That daydream of his about training and commanding a unified force of volunteers from both sides crosses his mind again. It's possible in theory now, with a unified King to keep ultimate command; he's not sure if that makes it a good idea.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's worth it, yes, but it'll take a while for me to figure out who can be stuck together with minimal friction."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which I'm sure you don't need my help with." Miles has picked up on Maitimo's tendency to know everyone, and is deeply, deeply impressed; Miles himself only just manages it with five thousand Dendarii and isn't sure if he could keep up with twice that, let alone twenty times.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had two thousand years. And yes, that would seem to be something you're disadvantaged in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Most humans can't manage it even for five thousand, the usual number is somewhere closer to a couple hundred. It comes naturally to me but I've never considered trying to do it for a hundred thousand people. I suppose if I had two thousand years to get to know everybody, that might simplify matters."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet you could pull it off. And if you didn't have to disassemble between two identities."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I hadn't quite thought about it that way, but there might be something to that," he says. "I should tell people my life story more often if it results in such interesting insights."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You probably get unusual results off me.

 

 

I should sleep."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, you should." And they are coming up on their destination, how convenient. "Goodnight. See you tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you tomorrow." And no, he can't sleep, now he has to wrangle his brothers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Miles can sleep. If he could somehow donate his night's sleep to Maitimo instead, he would, but Maitimo is the one who has to do the politics and Miles is the one who needs to keep to a once-a-day sleep schedule at least most of the time, so here we are.

He goes back to his shuttle. He sleeps. He emerges in the morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Brothers are not about to make anything worse, at least. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, nobody's standing on the shore requesting his attention, so he checks in with the engineers who are working on getting his shuttle powered and then goes across the lake and checks in on the sound recorder project and then maybe he'll be able to tell whether Maitimo is awake and/or wants anything from him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's awake. He would love it if Miles would go talk to these ten people, he thinks they'll hit it off. The list is not in Maitimo's handwriting. Macalaure's sitting there looking amused. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure," says Miles, glancing between them in search of the joke.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's just good to have him back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah," Miles agrees. "All right, and where shall I find these people?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They should come when you ask for them. I am the King and everything, I think I'm supposed to have that much power."

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles laughs. "Fair enough. I'll meet your ten people, then." He can consider it a start on the 'get to know all the Noldor' project. If he tries hard enough, maybe it will only take him one thousand years!

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'd have hurt feelings! Can I prohibit you from surpassing me at people?

Permalink Mark Unread

He giggles. No, but you can ask it as a personal favour.

Permalink Mark Unread

Take two thousand years to become personally acquainted with the entirety of the Noldor. As a personal favor. If you need it for effectiveness reasons you may learn all but one of them as fast as you can, but pointedly avoid that one person until it's been two thousand years so my ego is soothed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd better make it at least a handful of people or that one remaining Noldo is going to feel very snubbed.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's your lookout, isn't it?

Do let me know if you need anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Will do.

Off he goes to meet people, then. With a list and everything. How official. Who's first?

Permalink Mark Unread

First person is in charge of surveying. He is flattered and confused that the King wanted them to meet. He's been trying to figure out where they can most reasonably start mining. Mining would most urgently have been for coal and iron, but maybe now they should be mining for something else? Anyway, here's how they were going to do it, here's what their greatest logistical challenges would have been...

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles gets out his reader to display his scans of the area and happily dives into discussing this problem. He has thoughts on many different aspects of this situation, and knows things like what else they should be mining for (copper and silver are going to feature heavily in the electronics!) and how to look for all these things on the scans. It's a fun time.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a delightfully productive couple of hours. They end it with a good plan for mining everything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is very happy with his choice of King.

Next?

Permalink Mark Unread

Medical technology! Elves heal fast and in Valinor there were Maiar and the Valar for everything they couldn't recover from. Now they're trying to invent a useful combination of magic and healing knowledge and it seems like Miles' world was way ahead of them on the one front and might be interested in the effects of the other. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh. Here are three relevant chapters of the Survey Handbook, and a couple more books besides, is there a spare reader floating around? There is! Have a spare reader! Enjoy your reading material! Miles also knows a fair bit about galactic medical technology from personal experience. If they want his perspective on relevant topics - field medicine and all things bone-related, mostly - he's happy to provide.

Permalink Mark Unread

Field medicine sounds highly relevant, yes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's also some of the only galactic medical technology he can actually provide examples of! Next time he visits his shuttle he'll be sure to bring back some spare items for analysis. And if none of the people working on the medical magic project is literate in English, Miles can suggest some members of the linguistics guild who are, to translate the recommended reading material for them.

He loves being useful. He loves being useful so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo has someone come and fetch him by the time he's shared everything he can in terms of medical technology.

"Doing all right?" Maitimo says from his stretcher.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I'm having the time of my life. You?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is way more exciting than I thought planning my coronation would be and I was very deeply looking forward to planning my coronation. If it wasn't obvious I am throwing you at open settlement problems I think your technology could solve; there are a lot of them. We have correspondingly many open diplomatic problems, mainly regarding contact with the locals, but I am not sure you'll help there and you may scare them; they're suspicious of scarily powerful people. If there are other things I should be using you for you'll have to tell me what they are, I haven't thought of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am a bit scarily powerful, it's true," he acknowledges. "I think I could get better than nowhere even so - charming mistrustful people in high-stakes situations, one of my many specialties - but my advantage is probably greater in the solving problems with technology department. If you want more or different people to know how to use the weapons I distributed, I'm still the best teacher available, although I'd have further thoughts to share on that subject before I committed to doing it. I should organize my approximate mental timeline of which technology I expect to redevelop before or after which other technology and get it written down and nicely summarized at some point. I could probably reconstruct and reconfigure my father's illegal orders lecture for the local context but it would be a multi-day time investment and I think I'd need someone to work with me on it and I don't have an immediate idea of who would be best. Do you know approximately when you're going to run out of problems I can solve with technology in less than six hours? 'Problems I can solve by earnestly befriending people' is another relevant category but one of my favourite ways to earnestly befriend people is by helping to solve their problems so it's going to have heavy overlap with other problem-solving categories..."

He wanted Maitimo to be king for exactly this reason, but it still manages to surprise him just how pleasant it is to have a local authority figure he can just work with like this. It's not just the part where he has no fear of being stifled or misused - although that reminds him, he still needs more details about this Oath people keep mentioning, it seems like even more relevant information now - it's the fact that Maitimo is actively seeking to use him to his full potential and is off to a pretty fine start in that endeavour. Miles is so pleased with his choice of King.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think the strategy of not learning any shielding so everyone can trust you completely has served you very well and was a very good idea, but you should probably pick it up; you could at some point be in range of the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I've been thinking it probably wouldn't be long before I needed to do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know how good the Enemy's mind-reading is. But yes, you should. I bet you'll pick it up quickly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How quickly? Is this going to be more like 'set aside some time for a lesson' or more like 'someone tells me the trick and off I go'?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"When we teach it to kids it takes months for them to be doing it consistently, but the concept can be explained in a few minutes and you can start the habit right away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, feel free to explain it at your convenience, I'm not in a hurry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The concept is simply that you need to mentally distinguish between public thoughts and private ones, usually by having a visualization or spatial metaphor that accompanies all of your thoughts and that you use to sort them. Some people imagine thinking in front of them or thinking behind them, people can think in one language for public and one for private if they are able to do that..."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Miles laughs.

"Well, that sounds outrageously easy," he says. One Miles to think the private thoughts, one Miles to think the public ones, he already has this exact mechanism in place, it's just a matter of applying it to the context—he visualizes them side by side, Lord Vorkosigan standing stiffly in his brown and silver House uniform and Admiral Naismith radiating easy confidence in his grey and white, and then his mental presence vanishes completely.

A moment later it's back, but far less open than before. He's wondering whether it worked (he expects it did) and how you target mental communication to a particular person (he's picked up that this is possible but hasn't figured out how it works yet).

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that's the idea, then you just have to get in the habit. Talking to someone is like putting your thoughts in their space, and usually requires either familiarity or looking directly at them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm."

He contemplates this paradigm privately for a moment, and then he adjusts his model, and now if he's got it right all his private thoughts are available to Maitimo and no one else. (His private thoughts are mainly smugness about how he's already well-practiced enough at distinguishing two separate tracks of thought that he doesn't expect to make a single mistake as long as the discipline really is as straightforward as it sounds. Letting Maitimo into the private channel requires barely any extra effort; it's just a matter of mentally designating him as 'on Barrayar' in the internally relevant sense.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He is barely even sure he can give himself credit for taking less than two weeks to reunite the Noldor under his command and win the deep personal loyalty of the useful space alien, he just lay there and nodded patiently for most of it. 

"You have an extraordinary aptitude for this. That worked. Usually you'll want to talk to people without giving them access to your private thoughts as a whole."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's an obvious extension, I'd just," he temporarily evicts Maitimo from figurative Barrayar and addresses him over figurative ciphered tightbeam, do this, and then he reverts to his preferred scheme and finishes, but I like having all my thoughts open to someone, it exerts useful kinds of pressure on my personality, and you're a particularly good recipient both because it's rather too late to worry about maintaining my privacy from you and because I generally expect you to use information well. I can stop or find someone else if you prefer.

Since Maitimo is back on figurative Barrayar he will also get the unspoken third reason - Miles often finds that the easiest way to convince someone to be trustworthy is to trust them, and Maitimo comes across as very much the sort of person with whom this is an effective approach.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no objections; it seems plausibly useful if merely because I cannot apprise you of hundreds of years of strategic information and it's this way less likely something important goes unmentioned. I won't be reciprocating. If you want to know which memories I'm reliving you can just try guessing from your world's own illustrious criminals. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have been trying not to guess the details of what your imprisonment was like because I prefer to respect your privacy and also because blackout rage is not a strategically useful mental state.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wise of you. He releases prisoners, sometimes, just as psychological warfare against the friends and families who hesitate to take them back in. Hesitate to take them back in because escapees of Angband sometimes go suddenly mad and kill everyone around them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's worrying, he says of the last bit. And contemplates possible reasons why this might be the case and ways to mitigate the damage if it suddenly happens to Maitimo, although it seems really unlikely for it to suddenly happen to Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

I've given it some thought. It's 'suddenly seized by madness', not 'suddenly possessed by the Enemy', which matters because the harm I could do if bent against you would be substantial enough to make taking a position of power unwise. I - I have some hypotheses, which suggest I'll be fine. But it's a thing that happens. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you for letting me know. I will now proceed to mostly ignore this possibility because you seem like you're in a better position to handle it than I am, but if you need my help preventing yourself from going mad and killing everyone around you, I am of course at your service.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is appreciated. The third person on my list for you wants to talk armor, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds like fun," he says aloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is! Here's what orcs do, here's what Balrogs do, how safe can they make their people and what is it going to take?

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is actually wearing an example of armour that can withstand a Balrog. It shrugs off plasma blasts. Here is everything he knows or can pull from his reader about what it's made of and how it works, although he can't give them an example to dissect because this is his only set of space armour and he is using it to see and hear and move around better than he otherwise would. Command headsets: they're pretty great.

Permalink Mark Unread

So it looks like building everyone armor that can withstand a Balrog is far beyond even their rapidly-expanding capabiltiies. She moves on, undeterred, to things that might work against orcs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Things that might work against orcs are much easier! Miles doesn't have his half-armor with him but he remembers it very well and can dig up some relevant information in his reader. Many of the principles involved are achievable at current technology levels.

Permalink Mark Unread

That they can get to work on mass producing, then. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles feels very pleased with himself. And, privately, also with his choice of King.

Next?

Permalink Mark Unread

Communications! Osanwe has a range of 300 miles if people know each other well and palantiri have a range of 'infinite but we didn't know galaxies were a thing so maybe we were wrong about that; sending things across the continent would be a good niche for communications equipment. Translation technology is exciting. What else is out there?

Permalink Mark Unread

So much else is out there! Miles was actually thinking about this himself; it's going to combine nicely with the sound recorder project as soon as that's off the ground. Here is lots of knowledge about how comms work. So much knowledge.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is at this point getting really late. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Miles can go sleep, feeling very productive and accomplished and no longer leaking all his thoughts everywhere he goes, although he does allow the productive accomplished feelings into his public sphere!

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone else is feeling pretty accomplished too. Maitimo spent most of the day returning stolen items to the Nolofinwean camp. There's grain and horses now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good! That reminds him about the books. He goes to the library first thing today.

"Good morning. Can I scan all your books and distribute the text to the readers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He can! They're happy to help with that, though he had better handle the books carefully. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is extremely careful. It takes a while, there being rather a lot of books, but it goes faster than reading them, let alone copying them by hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are still in delighted awe at the thought of copying books instantaneously. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very cheering. He's very cheered.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, agriculture. The Betan survey is their new best friend. What should grow here, how should they be responsibly growing it, they promised to ship food south down the river and want to know what's suited to that...

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, let's scan some plants, here's what he learned already when he was helping Irissë with this, isn't the Survey Handbook so great, Miles didn't know a ton about agriculture before he came here but the Survey Handbook is really great.

(He is so pleased with his choice of King.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And now decay? Elves are stressed by decay. In Valinor everything lasted forever and here it will just rot on you. It's terrible. Their first efforts at houses fell down on their heads. They assume there are ways to treat wood, or materials superior to wood, that'll fix this problem. And food preservation! Who ever thought that food preservation would be a major logistical dilemma. You just put food somewhere, and it should stay the same, just like stone. The Elves are really stressed out by decay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Decay would be really stressful if you'd never had to think about it before! Does the Survey Handbook have any commentary on this problem? It does! The Survey Handbook is so great. Also here's some other miscellaneous reading material, and all of Miles's personal knowledge of the subject, and he's very sympathetic and reassuring and full of clever solutions, look at him go.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are reassured. And happy to start progressing on various suggested solutions. And full of followup questions about how and why this and that works. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles answers the questions to the best of his ability, looking things up where necessary. Miles is so glad he can help.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next person wants to meet Miles on the far end of the Feanorian camp. Because it could be an inflammatory topic. Were you told what happened at Alqualonde?

Permalink Mark Unread

How convenient that he can shield his thoughts and target his communication now!

Yes, though not in great detail. What about it?

Permalink Mark Unread

We think it was as ugly as it was because no one present had ever been in a fight before, and didn't know what to do except blindly stab at everyone trying to stab them. I am guessing that sufficiently experienced combatants can often defuse a situation without killing their opponents or risking their own life. It seems maybe something worth investing some training in. But it's politically sensitive because it'll be taken as a declaration that the only mistake at Alqualonde was not knowing how to effectively handle resistance, and lots of people feel very strongly it was evil to try stealing ships in the first place. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Your guess about sufficiently experienced combatants is correct. 'Give everyone stunners' is considered an elegant solution to this category of problem where I'm from, but I don't have a hundred thousand stunners to spare. Deescalation comes standard with the curriculum of every military force I've trained with, though. It's considered irresponsible to teach people how to kill but not how to refrain from killing.

Permalink Mark Unread

We taught neither, and it didn't work so well, and now we're going to have to teach killing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If I am called upon to do any of this teaching in greater depth than spending a day teaching two hundred people how stunners and nerve disruptors and plasma arcs work - and it would be a good idea; I'm familiar with everything a trainee is supposed to learn in two different armies, although I'm not formally qualified to teach it all - I will include the parts about how not to kill people.

Permalink Mark Unread

That should help. Are there weapons that work like stunners but for a whole battlefield? Could those be developed?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. They're mostly not practical in combat because stunners don't scale efficiently - it takes a weapon of more than twice the size and power consumption to produce twice the stun effect - but they're possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. And have we tested whether Elves stun normally?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have not personally tested that, but someone might've gotten around to it while I was busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. The other piece of the picture in terms of Alqualonde was that both hosts agreed before the King was rescued that we'd keep it from the locals. It'll basically destroy any chance of cooperation. This is not ideal but we can't think what to do instead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's a tough one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you have suggestions? Clarifying questions?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'm missing a lot of the detailed cultural context surrounding why the locals would be so upset if they knew.

Permalink Mark Unread

There were wars among Elves very early in our history, at Cuivienen. It's not spoken of much and it's a deeply traumatic cultural memory. The Enemy orchestrated it, set people at odds and faked provocations and occasionally threw outright mind-controlled people into the mix. There's a very, very deep seated cultural taboo on violence against other Elves. It also has never happened without Enemy prodding. And there's also a very very strong taboo on even the hint of violence in Valinor. It's the place we go when we die, people are very invested in believing that there, at least, there's real safety.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's... that makes a lot of sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. So it's a hard problem. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No brilliant solutions spring to mind. I'll keep it in my thoughts and see if I come up with anything. If we find ourselves desperately in need of convincing some specific person or faction to listen to us despite the problem, I might be able to go in with my life story and establish the possibility of a nuanced understanding, but it would take time and effort and there'd be no guarantee of success.

Permalink Mark Unread

I feel like if there were time they could be made to understand the position we were stuck in, too. But assumptions travel fast and taboos can be very very deeply rooted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'd only expect to get anywhere if I had a week or so to make my case before they knew what I was making my case for.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even knowing it's not a taboo your society has it's very confusing to me that it doesn't shake you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How much have you heard of the stories I've been telling?

Permalink Mark Unread

Whole town heard. You're very practical. But you haven't just decided to work with us despite us being currently monsters, you trust us and like us. 

Permalink Mark Unread

My childhood bodyguard was a rapist and a murderer and I trusted him with my life for seventeen years and he never once faltered in upholding that trust. People are complicated. I'm not sure 'monster' is a real category, and I think it's possible to do awful unforgiveable things and still be likeable and trustworthy and deserving of happiness afterward.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you should try to get your story out there even if it doesn't insulate us much. People'd benefit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so too.

Permalink Mark Unread

That was all I wanted to discuss - well, the context if there's more of it you'd desire. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I find more context generally useful but I don't have any specific questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most people on the Feanorian side lost loved ones in the fighting. The Nolofinweans came in at the end of it and had overwhelming force and mostly did not. It's one of the sources of tension between the hosts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I can imagine it would be.

Permalink Mark Unread

They, ah, find it easier than us to condemn the dead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. Good skill. 

Permalink Mark Unread

We say 'good luck' in both of my home cultures but I think I like your idiom better. Good skill to you too.

And on to the next thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Electricity! The engineer who finds Miles has a feeling that the Elves are criminally underusing it if they're just charging Miles' things. What else can they do with it?

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do so many things. This person should talk to Ténië. Has this person talked to Ténië? She's working on the sound recorder project and she's a brilliant electrical engineer despite the fact that a few weeks ago she didn't know electrical engineering existed as a discipline. Here is a selection of things Miles has discussed with Ténië regarding electricity and its uses. Here are some thoughts Miles has had regarding a timeline of technological development - which things he expects to be easier or harder than others, which things he knows or suspects to outright depend on others, which things he expects to be more or less useful than others.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is exactly what they were looking for, thanks. He hasn't interrupted anyone on the sound recording project because that's going to be tremendous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Reasonable of him! Well, when Ténië is available he should talk to her, and in the meantime here are some more assorted thoughts on the many uses of electricity. Miles can explain the half adder again! Half adders: pretty cool, huh?

Permalink Mark Unread

It does. It's kind of delightful. Here's an electricity priorities list, does it seem reasonable and what materials will be needed?

Permalink Mark Unread

Broadly reasonable. He has a few questions and suggested reorderings. Here's a materials list. Enjoy!

Permalink Mark Unread

The next person wants to talk about programming. In particular, it seems to have a lot in common with the data handling stage of artifact making, which is really long and Elves have developed lots of sophisticated procedures for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Programming is cool. Miles isn't an expert but he knows a few things. Here are the few things that he knows. Ténië is planning to build a computer first thing after the sound recorder project is finished!

Permalink Mark Unread

They actually want the algorithms as much as the computers; can that be done?

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles shakes a few things loose from his reader, and unearths a few more from memory, but this really wasn't his specialty and is also not a subject of much interest to the authors of the Survey Handbook. Maybe they should come back to him after he runs out of problems that can be solved in under a day, and he'll spend a week going over the subject with them and dragging relevant tidbits out of the dusty corners of his mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough. These are the sort of things magic items can do; would any of them be particularly useful force multipliers with modern technology?

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh... yeah, there's some potential here. The fact that he can think of ten useful interactions off the top of his head indicates that there are probably hundreds more waiting to be discovered when they're farther along the rediscovery timeline. Like, he isn't an expert in grav tech but his basic understanding of the theory involved suggests that you might be able to do some really interesting things by playing with force and temperature in small precise ways in the inner workings of any gravity-manipulating device, but he hasn't reinvented grav tech yet so he doesn't know for sure. If this guess pans out, though, they should be moving the reinvention of grav tech up the priority list because it's going to be ten or twenty times as efficient this way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh, excellent. Yep, magic artifacts can do local force and temperature games really easily, though no one managed heavier-than-air flight in Valinor...

Permalink Mark Unread

Nearly every flying machine Miles has ever heard of uses grav tech one way or another. He's heard there are ways to do it without, but they're primitive and obscure and he doesn't know the details. Anyway, the other interactions he can think of are less exciting but maybe these people would like to talk to the electricity people about refining the generation process - Ténië had a few thoughts in that direction, the main problem apparently being that magic item development is slow and she hasn't yet had time to test any of her trickier notions, and then of course she got distracted by the sound recorder project. Anyone want her notes?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Does Miles want some minor magic items to play with and see if he comes up with any additional interactions?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rings that make your voice carry, rings that make you lighter on your feet, better reflexes...

Permalink Mark Unread

What clever and delightful magic items these are!

Permalink Mark Unread

They can design more to order as he thinks of other things that'd interact well, but it's a very slow process.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he's heard. He will be sure to let them know if he thinks of anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's all from this end. Miles is getting a whirlwind tour of all the King's projects, isn't he.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, yes he is, and it's great.

Is there another one on the list?

Permalink Mark Unread

Couple more! Next one's Suns and Moons: how do they work, what environmental effects should the Elves be planning for or around, is the temperature going to be consistent, what sort of things could the Enemy try to block their light...

Permalink Mark Unread

Here is an impromptu astrophysics lecture. Miles is pretty solid on astrophysics. He's also pretty sure that the conditions he's familiar with don't necessarily apply, because this planet is not spherical and as far as he can tell it doesn't orbit its sun. But the day length is the same as Earth's almost down to the second, and as much as he's seen of the lunar cycle seems Earthlike too... anyway, these sections of the Survey Handbook regarding the effects of natural light on climate, what a seasonal cycle is and how it works, that sort of thing, should apply pretty straightforwardly since they don't depend on the mechanism by which the lights in the sky are moved around, just on their brightness and schedule and spectrum profiles. Seasonal cycles: they're a thing! The temperature may not be consistent but should be more or less regular in how it varies over the course of a year!

As for blocking the light, anything that kicks up a lot of dust can do it, but you'd need a really excessively big explosion or volcanic eruption or meteor impact or something else in that genre to fill the sky with enough particulate matter to stop light reaching large swathes of the continent for a significant amount of time... the Enemy could also just alter the weather so it's always foggy or cloudy, if that's something he's capable of...

Permalink Mark Unread

He hasn't done it yet, but it's not impossible in principle. They should probably have a contingency plan for that. Miles presumably knows things about growing plants without a nice Sun or some Trees around? Seasons are good to know about, now they'll be able to plan for those.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hydroponics and other sunless gardening solutions are very popular in some parts of the galaxy! The Survey Handbook doesn't go into a lot of detail on them, but it mentions several useful notions which Miles is happy to extract and pass along! He's getting really good at searching his reader for useful data to contribute to a conversation. In case of hard winters or Enemy-related sky-tampering it would probably be useful for them to set up a few magically or electronically lit gardens/greenhouses/etc to make really sure of their food supply.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might take more than a few if they want to feed all the civilian populations on the continent too.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll have to start with a few, but once they've got it working they can explain to everyone else how to build their own. Hydroponics for everyone!

Permalink Mark Unread

That's actually something worth discussing in its own right! The locals are nomadic and illiterate and unlikely to have the knowledge to build hydroponics; they also don't much trust the Noldor yet, though progress is being made on that front. What would it be more valuable to teach them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, Miles can see how teaching illiterate nomads how to build hydroponic gardens would get difficult. He wishes his mother were here. She's one of the major driving forces behind recent educational reforms on his planet, particularly in the realm of bringing literacy and electronic libraries to places that do not yet have those things. Her expertise would be really useful right about now.

Permalink Mark Unread

His interlocutor nods sympathetically. "My mother died at Alqualonde."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry for your loss," says Miles. "Mine isn't dead, just very, very far away... anyway. If you find any locals who are interested in learning these things, I bet I can put together a sensible curriculum that starts at 'illiterate' and gets all the way to 'hydroponics garden' with reasonable elegance and effectiveness, I've picked up enough of the relevant principles from Mother. Deciding what people need to learn is much harder than figuring out how to teach it to them, because it depends so much on specific circumstances and inclinations."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sure they have interest and I'll try to feel out what they need. Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Happy to help!"

Permalink Mark Unread

And that's all the names on Maitimo's list.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, then, he can check on the sound recorder project and mention to Ténië how many people there are who would benefit from talking to Arda's best electrical engineer and then stop by the library to see how Maitimo is doing and whether or not he has more things for Miles to do yet!

Permalink Mark Unread

Military training might in fact be the most useful application of Miles at this point. Elves do not have any practice at it and it's hard to learn from first principles. Osanwe probably changes a lot of considerations but still, Miles is the expert. Maitimo would like an army of around a hundred thousand. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do that," says Miles. "Not all at once, but I can do that. I should start out training a few hundred people and then pick the best of those to help me with the next bunch, scale up in cycles."

And in his private-but-not-from-Maitimo thoughts: He wants Tyelcormo and Irissë in the first batch, but not if they have better things to do or would wreck the project. He doesn't think they'd wreck the project. Theirs does not seem to be an army-disintegrating hostility.

Permalink Mark Unread

I expect they'd be good for it, and it for them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I agree. So give me Tyelcormo and Irissë and two or three hundred other people, and a couple of days to design my curriculum, and I'll start building your army.

It is so satisfying to have a King he can work with like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is pretty satisfying to have an otherworldly stranger who can give you things like armies.  He picks three hundred people.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks!" says Miles cheerfully. "See you in two days! Feel free to interrupt me if anything comes up!"

And he goes to his shuttle and spends two days writing down and organizing everything he remembers about his two armies' worth of military education. A lot of it is useless or redundant or depends on details yet to be established, but he has enough to get the job done and two days is sufficient time to get it to a reasonable starting point.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they'll start training for the war. He finds this very emotionally satisfying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles finds it very emotionally satisfying too! He is extremely efficient about the whole thing. This army is going to be very well-trained in the processes and ethics of combat and related disciplines, including deescalation and the use of nonlethal weaponry because those are important things for any army to know.

While he trains the first batch, he works on a version of his father's illegal orders lecture in his spare time. It's not going to be as terrifying as the original, but it's... definitely something.

Permalink Mark Unread

If he announces when it's happening, it can be attended by more than his current batch of trainees.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, he's definitely going to announce it well ahead of time, but at this point he doesn't know exactly when he's going to give it. Sometime between the middle and end of the first training cycle, which means at least a month from now and possibly more. In the meantime his trainees will learn how to handle all their weapons and get preliminary lessons in tactics and strategy and logistics and military history, and he'll get to know them and take notes on which ones will go on to help him instruct the next batch, and the power generators will finally come online and charge his shuttle and he will be able to fly it out of the lake and land it in a less silly location! He is so happy about not having to wade across the lake floor twice a day!

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone cheers at the shuttle rising up from the lake under Elven power. Well, sort of under Elven power. They definitely cheer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The power is definitely Elven in immediate origin! Miles congratulates the engineers.

The sound recorder project has their first successful test the next day. Miles congratulates more engineers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Songs: magic at a significant speedup. Magic when artificially amplified. This is ridiculously powerful and the Elves are delighted and sing a lot in celebration.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is so happy! He doesn't sing, but he grins a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ténië sings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo does not sing. He does dispense lots of glowing compliments. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ténië is very very happy about the glowing compliments! It is so good to make useful things and then be complimented about it!

Half a day into the celebration, she gets a brilliant idea for how to make the recorder more efficient and goes straight back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're going to eventually want loud, lightweight, and easily reproduced. Also maybe some sturdy ones to blast things at the Enemy from a safe distance.

Permalink Mark Unread

All these criteria are doable! Ténië will be so busy, and it is the best kind of busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then it shall be time for the coronation. It is going to be one tense coronation. There'll be people with stunners on hand, just in case anyone decides to take the occasion to try something stupid.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is glad that attending the event in armour isn't going to make some kind of subtle statement about his confidence in the peacefulness of the populace. He attends literally everything in armour; he's not sure anyone but Tyelcormo has seen him out of armour in the entire time he's been here. At some point they'll have the technology to build him a command headset that will filter and amplify sight and sound for him as effectively as his helmet does, and then he'll have to make actual decisions about when he does and does not want to walk around armoured, but that day has not yet come.

It's going to be an outrageously pretty event, isn't it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep.

They don't quite have the resources to rival the Cetegandans but they can put everyone else to shame. The music is stunning. The event itself is choreographed rather meticulously in advance by Maitimo and Nolofinwe, who both seem to be thoroughly enjoying the opportunity to go all in on political theatre for the greater good. The rest of the Nolofinweans are less happy. A lot less happy. Maitimo suggests to Miles that he go around to various people and tell sincere stories where it might help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles can do that! Miles can definitely do that. Miles is very good at both sincerity and storytelling.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he has an audience of people who are less than thrilled that the side who did everything wrong pays nothing for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are actually kind of a lot of stories in Miles's life that touch on the theme of it sometimes being a good idea on moral or practical grounds to let someone get away with something.

The Solstice Massacre: an example of the urge to not let someone get away with something genuinely horrible that they did, and how it can go horribly wrong.

Kyril Island: that time he nearly died because of a stupid prank, and could absolutely have gone after the pranksters for attempted assassination, and it would have been a clear-cut case and he would have won, but they had not meant him to die and did not deserve to die for it themselves, so he kept his mouth shut.

Cavilo: that time he had to work with one of the most morally indefensible people he has ever met to save the planet Vervain from an invasion she herself orchestrated for her own personal gain, and he did it, and guaranteed her safe passage out of the system to gain her cooperation, and it worked. They both got medals for their participation, and she showed up to the ceremony in a perfume she knew he was violently allergic to. Now there's a person who manifestly did not deserve to be rewarded for her success, and yet, if he had to do it all over again, he wouldn't hesitate to make the same choices if they led to the same outcomes. Vervain never suffered Cetagandan occupation, and that is more important than whether or not Cavilo deserved to retire to the pleasure domes of Mars with her medal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, okay, the soon-to-be-King isn't subtle, is he, but the stories are appreciated anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is as always happy to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

The unsubtle soon-to-be-King is going over the script with his uncle and cousins. He looks occasionally through Miles' eyes to get a feel for his audience and then it occurs to him he should tell Miles he can do that, in case no one's thought to, and calls him in to explain sensory osanwe.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Explain what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can use osanwe to share what we're seeing and hearing at the moment. It occurred to me that I don't know if anyone explained this to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think anyone did," he says. (And suspects he can guess why Maitimo is choosing to mention it. Yes, of course he may borrow Miles's senses to spy on people, or continue doing so, whichever. It's not like this gains him substantially more ability to spy on people than already having access to all of Miles's private thoughts.) "I'm now kind of curious what Elven senses are like."

Permalink Mark Unread

I should be able to toss you a thread - 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Huh. He smiles. I'm going to have to build a better headset.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I was startled by the limits of yours. No better headset until you've got it all sorted who you want to wear armor around.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can build my better headset integrated with the armor if I really feel like it. Put off that question for a while longer. But that would be an irresponsible engineering decision, so I probably shouldn't unless you think deciding who to wear armor around will be particularly intractable.

Permalink Mark Unread

If we start getting more escapees of Angband, maybe. Otherwise it isn't likely. Do you have the equipment to record the coronation? I feel like it should be recorded.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was just thinking about that this morning! I have appropriate recording equipment attached to my shuttle and my helmet. The shuttle takes higher quality vids but will need to have a clear line of sight on the proceedings and if that's not already in the plan it may be too late to accomodate it now. My helmet has the obvious problem of getting everything from my perspective, which will be weird for anyone who watches it afterward because you're all used to seeing things from higher up.

Permalink Mark Unread

We can put you on a box!

Permalink Mark Unread

...He starts giggling.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would have to be a pretty big box.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is an absurd mental image. Yep, still giggling. The box would probably be unnecessarily beautiful, too, because Elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stunning. We could make it more of a pedestal.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am willing to stand on a stunningly beautiful pedestal for your coronation in order to give my recording equipment a better view.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just tall enough to bring you up to Elf-height, you know, don't want to give off the wrong impression.

Permalink Mark Unread

What wrong impression are we risking if I am made slightly too tall?

Permalink Mark Unread

That you're the local Vala, supervising.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perish the thought. If I was a Vala, I think this world would be a very different place.

Permalink Mark Unread

I get that sense. But we have bad associations with that kind of power anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

No kidding. I would too, I'm sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

My father liked annoying the Valar by referring to them as Moringotho's brethren.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am once again validated in my prediction that I would like your father.

And for some reason he's reminded of that one conversation with Irissë from a while back - "Because you have the weapons." "I'm giving them away as fast as I can." Miles would not make a very Vala-ish Vala.

Permalink Mark Unread

To be fair to them, they vary. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure they do. I'd probably like them more if I'd ever met one. But I suspect I would still feel mildly offended to be mistaken for a member of the family even if I knew them all very well.

Permalink Mark Unread

I expect so, yes.

I am very grateful for all your effort. It's working.

Permalink Mark Unread

Helping people is its own reward, but I admit to valuing your gratitude as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Luckily it is the least scarce of all the treasures suddenly in my hands. We're moving the horses back to the Nolofinwean side of the camp. As part of the apology.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems reasonable.

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes an effort to stand up. I'm going to need to walk for the coronation. Hard to practice in front of people, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Anything I can do to help?

Permalink Mark Unread

Prevent me from collapsing on the floor, if I seem headed that direction?

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems manageable. Will do.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not collapse on the floor. He walks agonizingly slowly and stiffly.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a little painful to watch, but at the same time this represents an obvious improvement over lying on a grav stretcher barely able to sit up. Miles has mixed feelings. (He has spent a fair amount of time lying in hospital beds barely able to sit up, himself, and it is one of his least favourite states of being.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He stops after a few minutes. Thanks for the supervision. I do not really want to call people in to find me on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anytime, says Miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

How are you doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have all these opportunities to successfully and substantially help people. It's great.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am overjoyed to hear it. The engineers have taken your work and run with it; if the coronation goes off smoothly then I think all we shall need is our army.

Permalink Mark Unread

The army's shaping up nicely. I'm pleased with our progress.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are we going to need to invent a lot of weaponry to level at Angband, or do you think it can be done with these numbers and your current weapon capabilities?

Permalink Mark Unread

What I want to invent before launching my next assault on Angband is vehicles, actually. I want everyone in the air so he can't drop another mountain on us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooooh. How hard to pull off is that going to be?

Permalink Mark Unread

We'll need grav tech, but I want grav tech anyway because the imploder lance has been my most effective weapon so far. When we get to the point where I think we have a chance at usefully reverse-engineering it, I'll take apart one of the spare grav stretchers with the engineers and go from there. At the rate we're going, I'd say we'll reach that point in half a year to a year, and we'll probably have plasma arcs in production by that point but maybe not stunners or nerve disruptors. Is that fast enough, or should I be taking more time out of training the army to accelerate the engineers?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't have a good sense of what the tradeoff between your time the two ways is, but that's fast enough. We were expecting the war to take three hundred - though we got more than three hundred years' tech boost...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes you did, he says, smugly. ('I'm giving them away as fast as I can'...)

I'm definitely putting most of my time into the army right now; I could put a little more into engineering and the engineers would gain more than the army lost, but I'd be soaking up the difference by courting one of my week- or month-long low-energy moods, and I'm really hoping to avoid having those at least until the first batch of trainees graduates and the engineers start in on grav tech. Or I could slow the army down noticeably to speed up the engineers without pushing myself quite so hard, but I'm not sure that's worthwhile or it would've been the balance I struck initially.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do keep up your energy, we're rather counting on it. Do you know what typically spurs those? Overwork? Are there things we can do to take some off your shoulders?

Permalink Mark Unread

Doing too much, doing too little - you may have picked up on how I had to go do linguistics for hours after my storytelling sessions? I need to stay intellectually engaged, especially if I'm doing something emotionally difficult. I suspect the moods would come around eventually even if I didn't give them an excuse, but in fact they usually hit right after a mission when I run out of immediate responsibilities to keep busy with. On the other hand it's also possible for me to overwork myself - I did it at Tau Verde and got that bleeding ulcer and had to have my stomach replaced; I haven't done it again that badly since, but I think that's because I learned a valuable lesson about the importance of taking care of myself, not because bleeding ulcers were the only thing that can possibly go wrong if I don't. Anyway. I don't know if I can go the rest of my life without another crash, but I think I can manage a year if I fill my time with interesting work, of which there is no shortage, and if I eat and sleep regularly and don't try to do more than I'm able and nothing unexpectedly emotionally devastating happens. And if one morning I don't come out of my shuttle because I'm in a mood, give me a week or so to rebalance myself and then, well, Ivan once dumped a bucket of water over my head and that worked pretty well, I'm sure you'll be able to figure something out.

Permalink Mark Unread

I expect I can, yes. Don't push yourself too hard regardless.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm hoping to make it the full year.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will keep it in mind as a thing to work around. This might even with your aid be a long war and it's not worth burning out to get ahead in the moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's what I've been thinking. Although as much as possible I've been trying to - make myself less crucial to the whole thing. Hopefully in a year I'll be able to take a week off for a mood without slowing things down much.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet so. We can try to hasten that transition, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

When I've completed two full training cycles, I'll be ready to declare the army self-sustaining, he says. I'll probably switch to putting most of my energy into engineering at that point.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they're not out ahead of you. You have a big lead on us but they learn very very fast. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems unlikely. Not that I'll complain if it happens.

But one or two training cycles is about the point at which he expects they'll be ready to start on grav tech, and he doesn't expect them to go instantly from float pallets to imploder lances. Plus they'll likely be running into serious materials constraints around that point, if not earlier.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not worried they'll have everything your world does, or even close, just that they'll have developed their own conventions for the field and projects in progress to the point where it's harder to stop by and speed them along.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Well, that's part of the reason I'm taking the time to keep up. That and every so often I can save someone a week of work in two minutes and feel very good about myself.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems to be a great arrangement for all parties.

Permalink Mark Unread

It really is.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the coronation day comes. It is beautiful and cloudless.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's convenient! Miles is all set to record everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a box that's not designed to look too pedestal-y. There's singing. There's a lot of singing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The singing is beautiful. Everything is beautiful. Elves are so great.

Permalink Mark Unread

The ceremony's beautiful too. No signs of internal dissent, here, beyond some studiously blank faces.

Permalink Mark Unread

(It's such an incredible relief. An affirmation of the continuing progress of one of his most crucial and difficult accomplishments.

He doesn't think Maitimo could have done it without him, at least not this soon or this well; and of course he couldn't have done it without Maitimo, certainly not this way, the 'make Maitimo King of the Noldor' step would be rather prohibitively hampered; but collaborative accomplishments are still very much accomplishments worthy of celebration. And it is so good to have the Noldor not only united, but united under a King worth working for.)

Miles keeps his public thoughts mostly quiet; it's not really his event in any sense. But his quiet public thoughts are of pride and joy and satisfaction and optimism. They have done so much, and will do so much more. Behind his faceplate, his smile nearly glows.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Without Miles Maitimo would have given up the crown. It would have worked that way, too, the alliance held together against Morgoth's machinations until its orchestrators were all dead or worse. This way is better.)

Permalink Mark Unread

This way is excellent.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fealty has to be handled very delicately when oaths are actually binding. There was a lot of negotiation over wording. The final wording is "I swear to serve my King in the pursuit of a just and free world, or to resign my position if I no longer believe my service honors those ends." Maitimo likes it. Short and uncomplicated and precludes lots of problems of the kind a divided host would insist on inventing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a good oath. Miles approves of it.

He isn't taking it himself, of course, but in the privacy of his own mind where only he and Maitimo can see, he nods along. Substitute 'fix it' for 'resign my position' and it describes his goals pretty accurately.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo wasn't expecting him to; he has an emperor, if a very faraway emperor, and he isn't likely to do a better job of it if he swears to it, and he's not needed to secure this.

Permalink Mark Unread

It occurs to him, watching the ceremony, that if he didn't have an emperor he'd be tempted. Maitimo makes a very tempting King.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo makes an utterly exhausted King, by evening, though he does a very good job of hiding it and he thinks only a few of his brothers and Findekáno notice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles guesses that Maitimo is exhausted, but doesn't pick up on any detectable signs and doesn't consider it his business to verify the guess. He offers private congratulations and checks that the holo recordings came out well (they did, they're amazing).

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there'll be a seven-day festival with lots of singing. That Maitimo will excuse himself from to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is very reasonable of Maitimo. Miles participates in some of the festival, but spends a lot of time sitting in his shuttle working on things - this seems like a good opportunity to see how much human poetry he can fish out of his brain, for example. The answer is 'a lot'.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Maitimo hears about this he is entertained and asks for a recitation of human poetry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Reciting poetry is really not my strong suit, but just for you, I will, says Miles, amused. He picks something in Barrayaran Russian about the natural beauty of the Dendarii Mountains. It's pretty. He accompanies it with vivid memories of the described locations.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo likes the Dendarii mountains. He sends lots of glowing Elven-appreciation-of-beauty at Miles. 

And then someone else walks in, sees Maitimo's smile, and goes quite still for a second before raising an eyebrow.

You're using that kid, Findekáno says, not even particularly angrily.

I hope you mean emotionally, Maitimo says. I have a panic attack internally whenever anyone so much as brushes up against me.

I did in fact mean emotionally.

I think in some sense I have his permission.

Findekáno sighs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles glows right back. Making people happy is so good.

...and then Findekáno comes in, and there is some form of subtext he doesn't quite catch. Should he be refraining from catching it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Politics with the locals, Maitimo says, I'll catch you up later.

They stare at each other for another minute, and then Findekáno leaves. He doesn't look hostile, just vaguely exhausted.

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems a reasonable explanation. Miles is content to wait for the details. And he's glad Maitimo liked the poem. It is good to be able to provide Maitimo with things he likes.

A stray thought occurs to him, and he catches it and expands on it. I would appreciate not being miscalibrated about what sorts of things bring you great joy, in case you're ever tempted in that direction. I'm pretty sure most possible practical effects can be accomplished another way.

Permission to manipulate him in service of common goals is rather heavily implicit in this request, although he's not quite consciously thinking of it in those terms.

Permalink Mark Unread

Beautiful things really do bring me great joy, I promise, Maitimo says earnestly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good! I'm glad!

Permalink Mark Unread

Particularly when some day I shall probably get to go see them!

Permalink Mark Unread

I really hope so.

He would be so happy if they reestablished contact with his world and - well, first of all he'd just be happy if that happened at all, but if it happened and there were Elves who took the time to appreciate Barrayar when they weren't busy being dazzled by Cetaganda, that would be wonderful.

Permalink Mark Unread

We find nature beautiful. Different kind of beautiful, but we do find it so. Elves can survive in any forest, while I think they'd despair in non-Celegandan mortal cities.

Permalink Mark Unread

We have plenty of lovely forests on Barrayar. Many of them in my family's district, even.

Permalink Mark Unread

If I decide I need a century's vacation once we've gotten you home, I will go there.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would be delighted to welcome you to my planet as a guest.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shame there's rather a lot to do first.

Permalink Mark Unread

At least I'm really, really unlikely to get bored, he says cheerfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should think.

 

I should also sleep. Thank you for the poetry lesson; do keep me up to date on the military training even if I'm observing half the time anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will do. Rest well, he says serenely, and he goes off to reconstruct some more poetry.

Permalink Mark Unread

I worry everyone just encourages you in the habit of using people.

I worry about that too.

Not enough, apparently.

It works.

If you were in better psychological health I think I'd yell at you.

I would like you to think me in yellable state. Why don't you think I am?

...Maitimo.

 

...just so you know I don't really like the name anymore.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Poetry, poetry, a little more poetry, some work on the illegal orders lecture...)

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. What do you want me to call you.

Don't know. Just thought you'd rather know that - it doesn't suit me anymore and the Enemy liked using it-

Permalink Mark Unread

(This would be very much the sort of information Miles would want to have, but he is busy working in his shuttle and has no idea this conversation is even happening.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo'll probably tell him, too, sometime the following week.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is available to be told things! He reports regularly on military training progress. Everyone is doing very well and he is delighted with them all.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am thinking of taking a name in the local language. 'Maitimo' means 'beautiful' and 'horribly ironic' isn't the first association I want with my name. And the Enemy liked using it.

Permalink Mark Unread

His first thought is that it isn't really all that horribly ironic; his second thought is to consider what he'd think of it if his name meant 'beautiful'. Deep sympathy follows.

Any thoughts on what it'll be?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not sure. Taking something in Thindarin is an obvious occasion and reason, but I don't yet speak it well enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

I speak it pretty well at this point but I don't know what you're looking for in a name; I assume you don't want a straightforward translation...

He starts playing with words in his thoughts, idly looking for something that sounds right. A messy cascade of syllables ensues.

Permalink Mark Unread

He registers some for later consideration. Thank you. I shall consult Macalaure as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Happy to help, as always.

Permalink Mark Unread

You have been a tremendous help.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know, he says, his thoughts proud verging on smug. It's great.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have been amusing myself with the thought of flying back to Valinor, a decade after we limped away from them in ships, with spaceships and saying 'Enemy's sorted, but don't worry, no need to lift our exile, we're going star-jumping."

Permalink Mark Unread

That is a deeply satisfying mental image.

Permalink Mark Unread

Isn't it? Almost makes having spent half of the interim being tortured totally worth it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Having the urge to laugh simultaneously with the urge to immediately invent the electron orbital randomizer and convert Angband to a seething mass of plasma is an... interesting experience.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles, the King sends back, with deep appreciation. We'll get there.

Permalink Mark Unread

We certainly will, he agrees. It's a satisfying thought. Helps him calm himself down. Rage is generally not a useful emotion. He has never been carried to victory by righteous anger; it's always been some combination of tenacity and optimism.

Permalink Mark Unread

And my father let the righteous anger carry him off a cliff. Tenacity and optimism seem wiser.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tenacity and optimism have carried me through some serious shit. Well, you'd know. He's thinking of Dagoola, primarily.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're expecting yourself to recover from that much faster than I think you'd expect it from your people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh?

Permalink Mark Unread

If you sent someone on an assignment that got them tortured in a Cetagandan war camp for several weeks, I don't think you'd get annoyed with them for having a hard time thinking about it afterwards.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Oh.

Well, that's... strikingly obvious in retrospect. He's not sure how to feel about it, but. Wow. Somehow he managed to miss the fact that spending six weeks in conditions that definitely qualified as psychological torture had effects on him consistent with the effects of psychological torture. What other obvious-in-hindsight secrets might his own mind be hiding from him? He can't think of anything but he's clearly not a good judge of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo's not going to proffer any; they wouldn't be helpful. That one he thinks was helpful. Are you okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I... yeah, he says, smiling up at the King. Thanks. I might never have come to that on my own and I would've kept right on being confused and annoyed with myself until all my problems went away of their own accord. This way seems obviously preferable.

Permalink Mark Unread

That was my impression as well or I would not have mentioned it. I am glad to hear it confirmed. I am also glad of your wellbeing, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

What a good King. What a good friend. Miles appreciates him so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Maitimo never feels guilty about this kind of thing but in this case he also doesn't feel a nagging foreboding that if the person he's using notices he'll have a problem on his hands. It's very soothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anyway, he says cheerfully, I think that's enough startling emotional revelations for today; I'd better get back to work. See you later.

And off he goes to check on assorted engineers and then put some more work into the illegal orders lecture.

Permalink Mark Unread

The locals start to settle in greater numbers around the lake. The King can't offer them safety but he can earnestly declare that his people will lay down their lives in the defense of anyone who settles under their protection, and he can show off Miles' weaponry. The settlement grows. The Enemy stays behind his crumbled walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

The army comes along nicely. The engineering does likewise. They have sound recording and playback; they have comms; they have railguns; they're working on holovid and plasma arcs and any kind of scanner that has a spare for someone to take apart. Ténië is reinventing computers, prototype by prototype, each more intricate and delightful than the last.

Miles continues to refine his illegal orders lecture. He works on it at scheduled intervals and in spare moments and when he wakes up in the middle of the night from dreams of Dagoola. He announces that it will be delivered at the end of the first full training cycle, which is projected to arrive four months after the coronation. Anyone who wishes to attend may do so.

Permalink Mark Unread

The King expresses the desire that everyone attend. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that may present something of a logistical challenge, but Miles is all in favour. He arranges an appropriate venue. No one should have difficulty seeing or hearing him. The talk is also likely to be osanwë-heavy; he makes no secret of the fact that he is going to retell some of Miles Vorkosigan's Life Lessons.

The end of the first cycle approaches. Tyelcormo and Irissë are in the top tier of Miles's students, but they're not the only ones there. Out of the three hundred people in the initial batch, he's proud of every single one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well," Tyelcormo says to him when he expresses this, "Maitimo chose them. I don't know what you were expecting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I said nothing about being surprised."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lot of the locals are interested too, think you can teach this thing in Thindarin?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My Thindarin's pretty good, and a lot of the content is going to be memories anyway... it shouldn't be that much harder than doing it in Quenya. On a separate occasion, though, unless literally every Noldo speaks fluent Thindarin by now, which I suppose isn't strictly out of the question..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A lot of people do, but we've been really busy. Separate occasions are probably the way to go."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. "Yeah, no kidding. I'll do two lectures. I can do two every time, if interest from the locals continues."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'll probably depend on the content, I'mma guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Well. I'm honestly not sure how the content is going to go over, especially to people who haven't already heard me tell the story of the Solstice Massacre three different times."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And to people who think of themselves as from a species that just doesn't do violence among ourselves."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That too. It's not always direct violence, though. Like, there's this case from Komarr where they'd sealed a dome because of rioting, nobody was supposed to go in or out, and there were some people caught outside - they had breath masks but they hadn't been expecting a riot and the masks didn't have enough charge to last them, they were going to suffocate out there, so one of the guards went out and brought them fresh ones, and this was technically desertion because he left his post while he was supposed to be actively on guard against rioters, but the investigation concluded that he'd been right to disobey. I was editing that one all last week; I know I've got some of the details wrong, but I don't want to leave it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Suppose it'd be hard to find one just as ...convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That example didn't strike you as particularly tailored to recent events?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The parallels aren't that striking. If I were in the mood to invent tailored examples I could do one much more pointed than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I wasn't saying you invented it, just that I see why you wouldn't want to leave it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not going to give as good an illegal orders lecture as my father, but I am going to give the best illegal orders lecture I possibly can."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nelyo'll be thrilled."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect so."

Permalink Mark Unread

It helps Miles a lot in his eyes that Miles is obviously completely committed to being maximally useful to Maitimo, but he can't think of a good way to say that. "Thanks. See you tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you!"

And off to polish the lecture some more. It's not going to be as hair-raising as the authentic Aral Vorkosigan original, but it's going to get the job done, he thinks.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the appointed day arrives and his audience gathers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that's a lot of people. Okay. Showtime. He puts himself in the storytelling mindset, opening up his mind and memory as the most direct possible teaching aid. His nerves settle rapidly. He doesn't need his notes; he's been breathing this thing for months.

"Welcome to my first lecture on illegal orders," he says. "I plan to give these twice a year, every time a new batch of trainees is about to graduate, and they will be one of my only truly immovable graduation requirements. This is because the subject of illegal orders, how to identify them and what to do about them once you have, is important. Those of you who have been following the development of your army will have noticed that I am reluctant to stop at teaching someone how to use a weapon, and strongly prefer to also include lessons about when and why. Those parts may seem trivial. The arc of human history suggests they are not."

He lets his thoughts give colour and substance to that assertion, but doesn't dwell on any specific examples just yet.

"I will begin by discussing what sort of thing an illegal order is. It's a more complicated question here, where you haven't had time to build your own codes and precedents around the idea. My understanding is that there are very few orders it would be literally illegal to give or carry out, here; but that is not the only condition under which an order may or must be rightly disobeyed, and that's the real definition of the term once you get the legalities out of the way: an order which may or must be rightly disobeyed. For example, during a period of unrest on the planet Komarr, one of the domes was briefly sealed against riots..."

Miles tells that story, defining very precisely which details are true to memory and which are reconstruction or supposition on his part. He leads from there into the Solstice Massacre. He talks about Kyril Island, Stanis Metzov ordering the disobedient techs to freeze themselves to death, his fear and uncertainty, the way the legal and ethical and political implications seemed so hopelessly tangled and fraught, and the abrupt clarity that came once he, too, was standing naked in the arctic chill in front of nerve disruptors held by teenage trainees. He talks for hours, bringing in examples both personal and historical. Sometimes, like with the sealed dome, you are not asked to commit any direct violence and the person giving the order had no ill intent but the thing your orders end up making you do is still wrong. Sometimes, like on Kyril Island, it can be very hard to be sure you're looking at an illegal order even though it's going to be obvious in hindsight. Sometimes you genuinely don't have enough information to tell, and have to go with your best guess.

His thoughts are open the whole time. He made sure to circulate a warning beforehand that the talk would involve disturbing content including but not limited to his memories of nearly freezing to death, so at least it won't come as a surprise to anyone.

"I'd normally take questions now," he says at the end, "but given the size of my audience that's a little intractable, so I'll be holding discussion sessions over the next few days. Thank you all for listening. I hope it has been educational."

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets a long round of applause. The camp is quiet afterwards, a bit awkward, a bit anxious, and the discussion sessions astonishingly well attended.

Permalink Mark Unread

Miles is interested in hearing everyone's perspective. He gives the second lecture in Thindarin as promised, and holds more discussion sessions, and then he graduates his first batch of trainees.

Some people might take a break at that point. Miles dives straight into organizing the instructors and refining the curriculum for the second batch.

Permalink Mark Unread

They had a three-hundred-year strategic plan. Miles is going to be dead long before then, if they can't fix mortality, so now it's a thirty-year strategic plan. Everyone he shows it to raises their eyebrows incredulously. "Angband is in ruins already," he says sometimes. "Should we let him rebuild it before we knock it down again?" Other times that's the wrong angle and he says "every minute this war goes on, people suffer needlessly", and lets just enough blankness onto his face that they flinch and don't argue. 

With his brothers he says 'word'll reach Mandos, somehow, and Father will be so proud' and he has no arguments. 

With his cousins he has to tread more carefully. Turukano still won't look at him. Nolofinwe looks at him like he might explode at any time. Findekano -

 - it's a month before he says to FIndekano 'how much have you read about Miles' galaxy? I was thinking, I could go terrify some Betan therapists and then, just exist in public, there, without any complications...

And Findekano looks at him the way the King was once in the habit of looking at his father, the way you watch people you love but do not trust. That'd be nice, he says. Of course I'll go with you.

He picks a new name. Maedhros. It doesn't mean pretty.